Added Cilk runtime library (libcilkrts) into GCC.

git-svn-id: svn+ssh://gcc.gnu.org/svn/gcc/trunk@204173 138bc75d-0d04-0410-961f-82ee72b054a4

31 files changed, 15456 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2d0de0d293e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*  cilk.h                  -*-C++-*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2010-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+ 
+/** @file cilk.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Provides convenient aliases for the Cilk language keywords.
+ *
+ *  @details
+ *  Since Cilk is a nonstandard extension to both C and C++, the Cilk
+ *  language keywords all begin with “`_Cilk_`”, which guarantees that they
+ *  will not conflict with user-defined identifiers in properly written 
+ *  programs, so that “standard” C and C++ programs can safely be
+ *  compiled a Cilk-enabled C or C++ compiler.
+ *
+ *  However, this means that the keywords _look_ like something grafted on to
+ *  the base language. Therefore, you can include this header:
+ *
+ *      #include "cilk/cilk.h"
+ *
+ *  and then write the Cilk keywords with a “`cilk_`” prefix instead of
+ *  “`_Cilk_`”.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup language
+ */
+ 
+ 
+/** @defgroup language Language Keywords
+ *  Definitions having to do with the Cilk language.
+ *  @{
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef cilk_spawn
+# define cilk_spawn _Cilk_spawn ///< Spawn a task that can execute in parallel.
+# define cilk_sync  _Cilk_sync  ///< Wait for spawned tasks to complete.
+# define cilk_for   _Cilk_for   ///< Execute iterations of a for loop in parallel.
+#endif
+
+/// @}
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_api.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_api.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a21687b7b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_api.h
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+/*  cilk_api.h
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+ 
+/** @file cilk_api.h
+ *
+ * @brief Defines the documented API exposed by the Cilk Plus for use
+ * by applications.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup api
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef INCLUDED_CILK_API_H
+#define INCLUDED_CILK_API_H
+
+/** @defgroup api Runtime API
+ *  API to allow user programs to interact with the Cilk runtime.
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef CILK_STUB /* Real (non-stub) definitions */
+
+#if ! defined(__cilk) && ! defined(USE_CILK_API)
+#   ifdef _WIN32
+#       error Cilk API is being used with non-Cilk compiler (or Cilk is disabled)
+#   else
+#       warning Cilk API is being used with non-Cilk compiler (or Cilk is disabled)
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+#include <cilk/common.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#   include <cstddef>  /* Defines size_t */
+#else
+#   include <stddef.h> /* Defines size_t */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#   ifndef IN_CILK_RUNTIME
+/* Ensure the library is brought if any of these functions are being called. */
+#       pragma comment(lib, "cilkrts")
+#   endif
+
+#   ifndef __cplusplus
+#       include <wchar.h>
+#   endif
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/** Return values from __cilkrts_set_param() and __cilkrts_set_param_w() 
+ */
+enum __cilkrts_set_param_status {
+    __CILKRTS_SET_PARAM_SUCCESS = 0, /**< Success - parameter set */
+    __CILKRTS_SET_PARAM_UNIMP   = 1, /**< Unimplemented parameter */
+    __CILKRTS_SET_PARAM_XRANGE  = 2, /**< Parameter value out of range */
+    __CILKRTS_SET_PARAM_INVALID = 3, /**< Invalid parameter value */
+    __CILKRTS_SET_PARAM_LATE    = 4  /**< Too late to change parameter value */
+};
+
+/** Set user controllable runtime parameters
+ *
+ *  Call this function to set runtime parameters that control the behavior 
+ *  of the Cilk scheduler.
+ *
+ *  @param param    A string specifying the parameter to be set. One of:
+ *  -   `"nworkers"`
+ *  -   `"force reduce"`
+ *  @param value    A string specifying the parameter value.
+ *  @returns        A value from the @ref __cilkrts_set_param_status 
+ *                  enumeration indicating the result of the operation.
+ *
+ *  @par The "nworkers" parameter
+ *
+ *  This parameter specifies the number of worker threads to be created by the
+ *  Cilk runtime. @a Value must be a string of digits to be parsed by 
+ *  `strtol()`.
+ *
+ *  The number of worker threads is:
+ *  1.  the value set with `__cilkrts_set_param("nworkers")`, if it is 
+ *      positive; otherwise,
+ *  2.  the value of the CILK_NWORKERS environment variable, if it is 
+ *      defined; otherwise
+ *  3.  the number of cores available, as reported by the operating system.
+ *
+ *  @note
+ *  Technically, Cilk distinguishes between the _user thread_ (the thread that
+ *  the user code was executing on when the Cilk runtime started), and 
+ *  _worker threads_ (new threads created by the Cilk runtime to support
+ *  Cilk parallelism). `nworkers` actually includes both the user thread and
+ *  the worker threads; that is, it is one greater than the number of true
+ *  “worker threads”.
+ *
+ *  @note
+ *  Setting `nworkers = 1` produces serial behavior. Cilk spawns and syncs will
+ *  be executed, but with only one worker, continuations will never be stolen,
+ *  so all code will execute in serial.
+ *
+ *  @warning
+ *  The number of worker threads can only be set *before* the runtime has 
+ *  started. Attempting to set it when the runtime is running will have no 
+ *  effect, and will return an error code. You can call __cilkrts_end_cilk() 
+ *  to shut down the runtime to change the number of workers.
+ *
+ *  @warning
+ *  The default Cilk scheduler behavior is usually pretty good. The ability
+ *  to override `nworkers` can be useful for experimentation, but it won’t
+ *  usually be necessary for getting good performance.
+ *
+ *  @par The "force reduce" parameter
+ *
+ *  This parameter controls whether the runtime should allocate a new view
+ *  for a reducer for every parallel strand that it is accessed on. (See 
+ *  @ref pagereducers.) @a Value must be `"1"` or `"true"` to enable the 
+ *  “force reduce” behavior, or `"0"` or `"false"` to disable it.
+ *
+ *  “Force reduce” behavior will also be enabled if 
+ *  `__cilkrts_set_param("force reduce")` is not called, but the
+ *  `CILK_FORCE_REDUCE` environment variable is defined.
+ *
+ *  @warning
+ *  When this option is enabled, `nworkers` should be set to `1`. Using “force
+ *  reduce” with more than one worker may result in runtime errors.
+ *  
+ *  @warning
+ *  Enabling this option can significantly reduce performance. It should
+ *  _only_ be used as a debugging tool.
+ */
+CILK_API(int) __cilkrts_set_param(const char *param, const char *value);
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+/**
+ * Set user controllable parameters using wide strings
+ *
+ * @note This variant of __cilkrts_set_param() is only available
+ * on Windows.
+ *
+ * @copydetails __cilkrts_set_param
+ */
+CILK_API(int) __cilkrts_set_param_w(const wchar_t *param, const wchar_t *value);
+#endif
+
+/** Shut down and deallocate all Cilk state.  The runtime will abort the
+ *  application if Cilk is still in use by this thread.  Otherwise the runtime
+ *  will wait for all other threads using Cilk to exit.
+ */
+CILK_API(void) __cilkrts_end_cilk(void);
+
+/** Initialize the Cilk data structures and start the runtime.
+ */
+CILK_API(void) __cilkrts_init(void);
+
+/** Return the runtime `nworkers` parameter. (See the discussion of `nworkers`
+ *  in the documentation for __cilkrts_set_param().)
+ */
+CILK_API(int) __cilkrts_get_nworkers(void);
+
+/** Return the number of thread data structures.
+ *
+ *  This function returns the number of data structures that has been allocated 
+ *  allocated by the runtime to hold information about user and worker threads.
+ *
+ *  If you don’t already know what this is good for, then you probably don’t
+ *  need it.
+ */
+CILK_API(int) __cilkrts_get_total_workers(void);
+
+/** What thread is the function running on?
+ *
+ *  Return a small integer identifying the current thread. Each worker thread
+ *  started by the Cilk runtime library has a unique worker number in the range 
+ *  `1 .. nworkers - 1`.
+ *
+ *  All _user_ threads (threads started by the user, or by other libraries) are
+ *  identified as worker number 0. Therefore, the worker number is not unique
+ *  across multiple user threads.
+ */
+CILK_API(int) __cilkrts_get_worker_number(void);
+
+/** Test whether “force reduce” behavior is enabled.
+ *  
+ *  @return Non-zero if force-reduce mode is on, zero if it is off.
+ */
+CILK_API(int) __cilkrts_get_force_reduce(void);
+
+/** Interact with tools
+ */
+CILK_API(void)
+    __cilkrts_metacall(unsigned int tool, unsigned int code, void *data);
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+/// Windows exception description record.
+typedef struct _EXCEPTION_RECORD _EXCEPTION_RECORD;
+
+/** Function signature for Windows exception notification callbacks.
+ */
+typedef void (*__cilkrts_pfn_seh_callback)(const _EXCEPTION_RECORD *exception);
+
+/** Specify a function to call when a non-C++ exception is caught.
+ *
+ *  Cilk Plus parallelism plays nicely with C++ exception handling, but the 
+ *  Cilk Plus runtime has no way to unwind the stack across a strand boundary 
+ *  for Microsoft SEH (“Structured Exception Handling”) exceptions. Therefore, 
+ *  when the runtime catches such an exception, it must abort the application.
+ *
+ *  If an SEH callback has been set, the runtime will call it before aborting.
+ *
+ *  @param  pfn A pointer to a callback function to be called before the
+ *              runtime aborts the program because of an SEH exception.
+ */
+CILK_API(int) __cilkrts_set_seh_callback(__cilkrts_pfn_seh_callback pfn);
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+
+#if __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1
+/* Pedigree API is available only for compilers that use ABI version >= 1. */
+
+
+/** @name Pedigrees
+ */
+//@{
+
+// @cond internal
+
+/** Support for __cilkrts_get_pedigree.
+ */
+CILK_API(__cilkrts_pedigree)
+__cilkrts_get_pedigree_internal(__cilkrts_worker *w);
+
+/** Support for __cilkrts_bump_worker_rank.
+ */
+CILK_API(int)
+__cilkrts_bump_worker_rank_internal(__cilkrts_worker* w);
+
+/// @endcond
+
+
+/** Get the current pedigree, in a linked list representation.
+ *
+ *  This routine returns a copy of the last node in the pedigree list.
+ *  For example, if the current pedigree (in order) is <1, 2, 3, 4>,
+ *  then this method returns a node with rank == 4, and whose parent
+ *  field points to the node with rank of 3.  In summary, following the
+ *  nodes in the chain visits the terms of the pedigree in reverse.
+ * 
+ *  The returned node is guaranteed to be valid only until the caller
+ *  of this routine has returned.
+ */
+__CILKRTS_INLINE
+__cilkrts_pedigree __cilkrts_get_pedigree(void) 
+{
+    return __cilkrts_get_pedigree_internal(__cilkrts_get_tls_worker());    
+}
+
+/** Context used by __cilkrts_get_pedigree_info.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated
+ *  This data structure is only used by the deprecated 
+ *  __cilkrts_get_pedigree_info function.
+ *
+ *  Callers should initialize the `data` array to NULL and set the `size`
+ *  field to `sizeof(__cilkrts_pedigree_context_t)` before the first call
+ *  to __cilkrts_get_pedigree_info(), and should not examine or modify it
+ *  thereafter.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    __STDNS size_t size;    /**< Size of the struct in bytes */
+    void *data[3];          /**< Opaque context data */
+} __cilkrts_pedigree_context_t;
+
+/** Get pedigree information.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated
+ *  Use __cilkrts_get_pedigree() instead.
+ *
+ *  This routine allows code to walk up the stack of Cilk frames to gather
+ *  the pedigree.
+ *
+ *  Initialize the pedigree walk by filling the pedigree context with NULLs
+ *  and setting the size field to sizeof(__cilkrts_pedigree_context).
+ *  Other than initialization to NULL to start the walk, user coder should
+ *  consider the pedigree context data opaque and should not examine or
+ *  modify it.
+ *
+ * @returns  0 - Success - birthrank is valid
+ * @returns >0 - End of pedigree walk
+ * @returns -1 - Failure - No worker bound to thread
+ * @returns -2 - Failure - Sanity check failed,
+ * @returns -3 - Failure - Invalid context size
+ * @returns -4 - Failure - Internal error - walked off end of chain of frames
+ */
+CILK_API(int)
+__cilkrts_get_pedigree_info(/* In/Out */ __cilkrts_pedigree_context_t *context,
+                            /* Out */    uint64_t *sf_birthrank);
+
+/** Get the rank of the currently executing worker.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated
+ *  Use `__cilkrts_get_pedigree().rank` instead.
+ *
+ * @returns  0 - Success - *rank is valid
+ * @returns <0 - Failure - *rank is not changed
+ */
+CILK_EXPORT_AND_INLINE
+int __cilkrts_get_worker_rank(uint64_t *rank) 
+{
+    *rank = __cilkrts_get_pedigree().rank;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/** Increment the pedigree rank of the currently executing worker.
+ *
+ * @returns 0 - Success - rank was incremented
+ * @returns-1 - Failure
+ */
+CILK_EXPORT_AND_INLINE
+int __cilkrts_bump_worker_rank(void)
+{
+    return __cilkrts_bump_worker_rank_internal(__cilkrts_get_tls_worker());
+}
+
+/** Increment the pedigree rank for a cilk_for loop. 
+ *  Obsolete.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated
+ *  This function was provided to allow the user to manipulate the pedigree
+ *  rank of a `cilk_for` loop. The compiler now generates code to do that
+ *  manipulation automatically, so this function is now unnecessary. It may
+ *  be called, but will have no effect.
+ */
+CILK_EXPORT_AND_INLINE
+int __cilkrts_bump_loop_rank(void) 
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+//@}
+
+#endif /* __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1 */
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#else /* CILK_STUB */
+
+// Programs compiled with CILK_STUB are not linked with the Cilk runtime 
+// library, so they should not have external references to runtime functions.
+// Therefore, the functions are replaced with stubs.
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define __cilkrts_set_param_w(name,value) ((value), 0)
+#define __cilkrts_set_seh_callback(pfn) (0)
+#endif
+#define __cilkrts_set_param(name,value) ((value), 0)
+#define __cilkrts_end_cilk() ((void) 0)
+#define __cilkrts_init() ((void) 0)
+#define __cilkrts_get_nworkers() (1)
+#define __cilkrts_get_total_workers() (1)
+#define __cilkrts_get_worker_number() (0)
+#define __cilkrts_get_force_reduce() (0)
+#define __cilkrts_metacall(tool,code,data) ((tool), (code), (data), 0)
+
+#if __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1
+/* Pedigree stubs */
+#define __cilkrts_get_pedigree_info(context, sf_birthrank) (-1)
+#define __cilkrts_get_worker_rank(rank) (*(rank) = 0)
+#define __cilkrts_bump_worker_rank() (-1)
+#define __cilkrts_bump_loop_rank() (-1)
+
+/*
+ * A stub method for __cilkrts_get_pedigree.
+ * Returns an empty __cilkrts_pedigree. 
+ */ 
+__CILKRTS_INLINE
+__cilkrts_pedigree __cilkrts_get_pedigree_stub(void)
+{
+    __cilkrts_pedigree ans;
+    ans.rank = 0;
+    ans.parent = NULL;
+    return ans;
+}
+
+/* Renamed to an actual stub method. */
+#define __cilkrts_get_pedigree() __cilkrts_get_pedigree_stub()
+
+#endif /* __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1 */
+
+#endif /* CILK_STUB */
+
+//@}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDED_CILK_API_H */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_api_linux.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_api_linux.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ed9e70635f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_api_linux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* THIS FILE IS DEPRECATED.  USE cilk_api.h INSTEAD. */
+#include <cilk/cilk_api.h>
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_stub.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_stub.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..116e3ff5541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_stub.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*  cilk_stub.h                  -*-C++-*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_CILK_STUB_DOT_H
+#define INCLUDED_CILK_STUB_DOT_H
+
+/* Definitions for creating a serialization from a Cilk program.
+ * These definitions are suitable for use by a compiler that is not
+ * Cilk-enabled.
+ */
+
+/* Pretend we are a non-Cilk compiler */
+#undef __cilk
+#define CILK_STUB
+
+/* Replace Cilk keywords with serial equivalents */
+#define _Cilk_spawn
+#define _Cilk_sync
+#define _Cilk_for for
+
+#endif /* ! defined(INCLUDED_CILK_STUB_DOT_H) */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_undocumented.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_undocumented.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..81cdd64bb89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/cilk_undocumented.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * cilk_undocumented.h
+ *
+ * This file defines exported functions that are not included in the standard
+ * documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_CILK_UNDOCUMENTED_H
+#define INCLUDED_CILK_UNDOCUMENTED_H
+
+#include <cilk/common.h>
+
+#ifndef CILK_STUB
+
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/*
+ * __cilkrts_synched
+ *
+ * Allows an application to determine if there are any outstanding children at
+ * this instant. This function will examine the current full frame to
+ * determine this. This function will return a valid result only when called
+ * within a spawn continuation, within the stack frame of the continuation
+ * itself.
+ */
+
+CILK_EXPORT __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+int __cilkrts_synched(void);
+
+/*
+ * __cilkrts_cilkscreen_puts
+ *
+ * Allows an application to write a string to the Cilkscreen log.
+ * The standard error stream will be flushed after the write.
+ */
+
+CILK_EXPORT __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+void __cilkrts_cilkscreen_puts(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * __cilkrts_get_sf
+ *
+ * A debugging aid that allows an application to get the __cilkrts_stack_frame
+ * for the current function.  Only compiled into the DLL in debug builds.
+ */
+
+CILK_EXPORT __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+void *__cilkrts_get_sf(void);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the size of stacks created by Cilk.
+ */
+CILK_EXPORT __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+size_t __cilkrts_get_stack_size(void);
+
+/** 
+ * Dumps runtime statistics to stderr.
+ * Undocumented API for debugging. 
+ */
+CILK_EXPORT __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+void __cilkrts_dump_stats(void);
+
+CILK_EXPORT __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+int __cilkrts_irml_version(void);
+
+struct __cilk_tbb_unwatch_thunk;
+struct __cilk_tbb_stack_op_thunk;
+
+CILK_EXPORT __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+int __cilkrts_watch_stack(struct __cilk_tbb_unwatch_thunk *u,
+                          struct __cilk_tbb_stack_op_thunk o);
+
+#ifndef IN_CILK_RUNTIME
+#ifdef _WIN32
+/* Do not use CILK_API because __cilkrts_worker_stub must be __stdcall */
+CILK_EXPORT unsigned __CILKRTS_NOTHROW __stdcall
+__cilkrts_worker_stub(void *arg);
+#else
+/* Do not use CILK_API because __cilkrts_worker_stub have default visibility */
+CILK_EXPORT void* __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+__cilkrts_worker_stub(void *arg);
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+#endif /* IN_CILK_RUNTIME */
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#else /* CILK_STUB */
+
+/* Stubs for the api functions */
+
+#define __cilkrts_get_stack_size() (0)
+#define __cilkrts_synched() (1)
+
+#endif /* CILK_STUB */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDED_CILK_UNDOCUMENTED_H */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/common.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/common.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8ec19afa922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/** common.h
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2010-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+ 
+/** @file common.h
+ *
+ * @brief Defines common macros and structures used by the Intel Cilk Plus
+ * runtime.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup common Common Definitions
+ *  Macro, structure, and class definitions used elsewhere in the runtime.
+ *  @{
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef INCLUDED_CILK_COMMON
+#define INCLUDED_CILK_COMMON
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/** Namespace for all Cilk definitions that can be included in user code.
+ */
+namespace cilk {
+    
+    /** Namespace for definitions that are primarily intended for use
+     *  in other Cilk definitions.
+     */
+    namespace internal {}
+}
+#endif
+
+/** Cilk library version = 1.01
+ */
+#define CILK_LIBRARY_VERSION 102
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#   include <cassert>
+#else
+#   include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prefix standard library function and type names with __STDNS in order to
+ * get correct lookup in both C and C++.
+ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define __STDNS std::
+#else
+#   define __STDNS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @def CILK_EXPORT
+ * Define export of runtime functions from shared library.
+ * Should be exported only from cilkrts*.dll/cilkrts*.so
+ * @def CILK_EXPORT_DATA
+ * Define export of runtime data from shared library.
+ */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#   ifdef IN_CILK_RUNTIME
+#       define CILK_EXPORT      __declspec(dllexport)
+#       define CILK_EXPORT_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#   else
+#       define CILK_EXPORT      __declspec(dllimport)
+#       define CILK_EXPORT_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#   endif  /* IN_CILK_RUNTIME */
+#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE)
+#   define CILK_EXPORT      /* nothing */
+#   define CILK_EXPORT_DATA /* nothing */
+#else /* Unix/gcc */
+#   ifdef IN_CILK_RUNTIME
+#       define CILK_EXPORT      __attribute__((visibility("protected")))
+#       define CILK_EXPORT_DATA __attribute__((visibility("protected")))
+#   else
+#       define CILK_EXPORT      /* nothing */
+#       define CILK_EXPORT_DATA /* nothing */
+#   endif  /* IN_CILK_RUNTIME */
+#endif /* Unix/gcc */
+
+/**
+ * @def __CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+ * Macro to denote the start of a section in which all names have "C" linkage.
+ * That is, none of the names are to be mangled.
+ * @see __CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+ * @see __CILKRTS_EXTERN_C
+ *
+ * @def __CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+ * Macro to denote the end of a section in which all names have "C" linkage.
+ * That is, none of the names are to be mangled.
+ * @see __CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+ * @see __CILKRTS_EXTERN_C
+ *
+ * @def __CILKRTS_EXTERN_C
+ * Macro to prefix a single definition which has "C" linkage.
+ * That is, the defined name is not to be mangled.
+ * @see __CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+ * @see __CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define __CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C     extern "C" {
+#   define __CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C       }
+#   define __CILKRTS_EXTERN_C           extern "C"
+#else
+#   define __CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+#   define __CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+#   define __CILKRTS_EXTERN_C
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * OS-independent macro to specify a function which is known to not throw
+ * an exception.
+ */ 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#   ifdef _WIN32
+#       define __CILKRTS_NOTHROW __declspec(nothrow)
+#   else /* Unix/gcc */
+#       define __CILKRTS_NOTHROW __attribute__((nothrow))
+#   endif /* Unix/gcc */
+#else
+#   define __CILKRTS_NOTHROW /* nothing */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** Cache alignment. (Good enough for most architectures.)
+ */
+#define __CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__ 64
+
+/**
+ * Macro to specify alignment of a data member in a structure.
+ * Because of the way that gcc’s alignment attribute is defined, @a n must
+ * be a numeric literal, not just a compile-time constant expression.
+ */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#   define CILK_ALIGNAS(n) __declspec(align(n))
+#else /* Unix/gcc */
+#   define CILK_ALIGNAS(n) __attribute__((__aligned__(n)))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Macro to specify cache-line alignment of a data member in a structure.
+ */
+#define __CILKRTS_CACHE_ALIGN CILK_ALIGNAS(__CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__)
+
+/**
+ * Macro to specify a class as being at least as strictly aligned as some
+ * type on Windows. gcc does not provide a way of doing this, so on Unix, 
+ * this just specifies the largest natural type alignment. Put the macro
+ * between the `class` keyword and the class name:
+ *
+ *      class CILK_ALIGNAS_TYPE(foo) bar { ... };
+ */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#   define CILK_ALIGNAS_TYPE(t) __declspec(align(__alignof(t)))
+#else /* Unix/gcc */
+#   define CILK_ALIGNAS_TYPE(t) __attribute__((__aligned__))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @def CILK_API(RET_TYPE)
+ * A function called explicitly by the programmer.
+ * @def CILK_ABI(RET_TYPE)
+ * A function called by compiler-generated code.
+ * @def CILK_ABI_THROWS(RET_TYPE)
+ * An ABI function that may throw an exception
+ *
+ * Even when these are the same definitions, they should be separate macros so
+ * that they can be easily found in the code.
+ */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#   define CILK_API(RET_TYPE) CILK_EXPORT RET_TYPE __CILKRTS_NOTHROW __cdecl
+#   define CILK_ABI(RET_TYPE) CILK_EXPORT RET_TYPE __CILKRTS_NOTHROW __cdecl
+#   define CILK_ABI_THROWS(RET_TYPE) CILK_EXPORT RET_TYPE __cdecl
+#else
+#   define CILK_API(RET_TYPE) CILK_EXPORT RET_TYPE __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+#   define CILK_ABI(RET_TYPE) CILK_EXPORT RET_TYPE __CILKRTS_NOTHROW
+#   define CILK_ABI_THROWS(RET_TYPE) CILK_EXPORT RET_TYPE
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * __CILKRTS_ASSERT should be defined for debugging only, otherwise it
+ * interferes with vectorization.  Since NDEBUG is not reliable (it must be
+ * set by the user), we must use a platform-specific detection of debug mode.
+ */
+#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_DEBUG)
+    /* Windows debug */
+#   define __CILKRTS_ASSERT(e) assert(e)
+#elif (! defined(_WIN32)) && ! defined(__OPTIMIZE__)
+    /* Unix non-optimized */
+#   define __CILKRTS_ASSERT(e) assert(e)
+#elif defined __cplusplus
+    /* C++ non-debug */
+#   define __CILKRTS_ASSERT(e) static_cast<void>(0)
+#else
+    /* C non-debug */
+#   define __CILKRTS_ASSERT(e) ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * OS-independent macro to specify a function that should be inlined
+ */
+#ifdef __cpluspus
+    // C++
+#   define __CILKRTS_INLINE inline
+#elif defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+    // C99
+#   define __CILKRTS_INLINE static inline
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+    // C89 on Windows
+#   define __CILKRTS_INLINE __inline
+#else
+    // C89 on GCC-compatible systems
+#   define __CILKRTS_INLINE extern __inline__
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Functions marked as CILK_EXPORT_AND_INLINE have both
+ * inline versions defined in the Cilk API, as well as
+ * non-inlined versions that are exported (for
+ * compatibility with previous versions that did not
+ * inline the functions).
+ */
+#ifdef COMPILING_CILK_API_FUNCTIONS
+#   define CILK_EXPORT_AND_INLINE  CILK_EXPORT
+#else
+#   define CILK_EXPORT_AND_INLINE  __CILKRTS_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Try to determine if compiler supports rvalue references.
+ */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES)
+#   if __cplusplus >= 201103L // C++11
+#       define __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES 1
+#   elif defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__)
+#       define __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES 1
+#   elif __cplusplus >= 199711L && __cplusplus < 201103L
+        // Compiler recognizes a language version prior to C++11
+#   elif __INTEL_COMPILER == 1200 && defined(__STDC_HOSTED__)
+        // Intel compiler version 12.0
+        // __cplusplus has a non-standard definition.  In the absence of a
+        // proper definition, look for the C++0x macro, __STDC_HOSTED__.
+#       define __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES 1
+#   elif __INTEL_COMPILER > 1200 && defined(CHAR16T)
+        // Intel compiler version >= 12.1
+        // __cplusplus has a non-standard definition.  In the absence of a
+        // proper definition, look for the Intel macro, CHAR16T
+#       define __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES 1
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Include stdint.h to define the standard integer types.
+ *
+ * Unfortunately Microsoft doesn't provide stdint.h until Visual Studio 2010,
+ * so use our own definitions until those are available
+ */
+
+#if ! defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER >= 1600)
+#   include <stdint.h>
+#else
+#   ifndef __MS_STDINT_TYPES_DEFINED__
+#       define __MS_STDINT_TYPES_DEFINED__
+        typedef signed char int8_t;
+        typedef short int16_t;
+        typedef int int32_t;
+        typedef __int64 int64_t;
+
+        typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+        typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+        typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+        typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+#   endif  /* __MS_STDINT_TYPES_DEFINED__ */
+#endif  /* ! defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER >= 1600) */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Application Binary Interface version of the Cilk runtime library.
+ *
+ * The ABI version is determined by the compiler used.  An object file
+ * compiled with a higher ABI version is not compatible with a library that is
+ * compiled with a lower ABI version.  An object file compiled with a lower
+ * ABI version, however, can be used with a library compiled with a higher ABI
+ * version unless otherwise stated.
+ */
+#ifndef __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION
+#   ifdef IN_CILK_RUNTIME
+#       define __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION 1
+#   elif __INTEL_COMPILER > 1200
+        // Intel compiler version >= 12.1
+#       define __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION 1
+#   else
+        // Compiler does not support ABI version 1
+        // (Non-Intel compiler or Intel compiler prior to version 12.1).
+#       define __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION 0
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+// These structs are exported because the inlining of
+// the internal version of API methods require a worker
+// structure as parameter. 
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+    /// Worker struct, exported for inlined API methods
+    /// @ingroup api
+    struct __cilkrts_worker;
+
+    /// Worker struct, exported for inlined API methods
+    /// @ingroup api
+    typedef struct __cilkrts_worker __cilkrts_worker;     
+
+    /// Worker struct pointer, exported for inlined API methods
+    /// @ingroup api
+    typedef struct __cilkrts_worker *__cilkrts_worker_ptr; 
+    
+    
+    /// Fetch the worker out of TLS.
+    CILK_ABI(__cilkrts_worker_ptr) __cilkrts_get_tls_worker(void);
+
+    /// void *, defined to work around complaints from the compiler
+    /// about using __declspec(nothrow) after the "void *" return type
+    typedef void * __cilkrts_void_ptr;
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+                                   
+#if __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1
+// Pedigree API is available only for compilers that use ABI version >= 1.
+
+/** Pedigree information kept in the worker and stack frame.
+ *  @ingroup api
+ */
+typedef struct __cilkrts_pedigree
+{
+    /** Rank at start of spawn helper. Saved rank for spawning functions */
+    uint64_t rank;
+                                         
+    /** Link to next in chain */
+    const struct __cilkrts_pedigree *parent;
+} __cilkrts_pedigree;
+
+#endif // __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1
+
+/// @}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDED_CILK_COMMON */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/holder.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/holder.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8620c052f53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/holder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1000 @@
+/*
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2011-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * holder.h
+ *
+ * Purpose: hyperobject to provide different views of an object to each
+ * parallel strand.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HOLDER_H_INCLUDED
+#define HOLDER_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+#include <memory>
+#include <utility>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* C++ Interface
+ *
+ * Classes: holder<Type>
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * ============
+ * This component provides a hyperobject that isolates a parallel uses of a
+ * common variable where it is not necessary to preserve changes from
+ * different parallel strands.  In effect, a holder acts a bit like
+ * thread-local storage, but has qualities that work better with the
+ * fork-join structure of Cilk.  In particular, a holder has the following
+ * qualities:
+ *
+ * - The view of a holder before the first spawn within a function is the same
+ *   as the view after each sync (as in the case of a reducer).
+ * - The view of a holder within the first spawned child of a function (or the
+ *   first child spawned after a sync) is the same as the view on entry to the
+ *   function.
+ * - The view of a holder before entering a _Cilk_for loop is the same as the
+ *   view during the first iteration of the loop and the view at the end of
+ *   the loop.
+ * - The view of a holder in the continuation of a spawn or in an arbitrary
+ *   iteration of a _Cilk_for loop is *non-deterministic*.  It is generally
+ *   recommended that the holder be explicitly put into a known state in these
+ *   situations.
+ *
+ * A holder can be used as an alternative to parameter-passing.  They are most
+ * useful for replacing non-local variables without massive refactoring.  A
+ * holder takes advantage of the fact that, most of the time, a holder view
+ * does not change after a spawn or from one iteration of a parallel for loop
+ * to the next (i.e., stealing is the exception, not the rule).  When the
+ * holder view is a large object that is expensive to construct, this
+ * optimization can save significant time versus creating a separate local
+ * object for each view.  In addition, a holder using the "keep last" policy
+ * will have the same value after a sync as the serialization of the same
+ * program.  The last quality will often allow the program to avoid
+ * recomputing a value.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * ==============
+ * Function 'compute()' is a complex function that computes a value using a
+ * memoized algorithm, storing intermediate results in a hash table.  Compute
+ * calls several other functions, each of which calls several other functions,
+ * all of which share a global hash table.  In all, there are over a dozen
+ * functions with a total of about 60 references to the hash table.  
+ *..
+ *  hash_table<int, X> memos;
+ *
+ *  void h(const X& x);  // Uses memos
+ *
+ *  double compute(const X& x)
+ *  {
+ *     memos.clear();
+ *     // ...
+ *     memos[i] = x;
+ *     ...
+ *     g(i);  // Uses memos
+ *     // ...
+ *     std::for_each(c.begin(), c.end(), h);  // Call h for each element of c
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  int main()
+ *  {
+ *      const std::size_t ARRAY_SIZE = 1000000;
+ *      extern X myArray[ARRAY_SIZE];
+ *
+ *      for (std::size_t i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE; ++i)
+ *      {
+ *          compute(myArray[i]);
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ *..
+ * We would like to replace the 'for' loop in 'main' with a 'cilk_for'.
+ * Although the hash table is cleared on entry to each call to 'compute()',
+ * and although the values stored in the hash table are no longer used after
+ * 'compute()' returns, the use of the hash table as a global variable
+ * prevents 'compute()' from being called safely in parallel.  One way to do
+ * this would be to make 'memos' a private variable within the cilk_for loop
+ * and pass it down to the actual computation, so that each loop iteration has
+ * its own private copy:
+ *..
+ *      cilk_for (std::size_t i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE; ++i)
+ *      {
+ *          hash_table<int, X> memos;
+ *          compute(myArray[i], memos);
+ *      }
+ *..
+ * The problem with this approach is that it requires changing the signature
+ * of 'compute', 'h', 'g', and every one of the dozen or so functions that
+ * reference 'memos' as well as any function that calls those functions.  This
+ * may break the abstraction of 'compute' and other functions, exposing an
+ * implementation detail that was not part of the interface.  In addition, the
+ * function 'h' is called through a templated algorithm, 'for_each', which
+ * requires a fixed interface.  Finally, there is constructor and destructor
+ * overhead for 'hash_table' each time through the loop.
+ *
+ * The alternative approach is to replace 'memos' with a holder.  The holder
+ * would be available to all of the functions involved, but would not cause a
+ * race between parallel loop iterations.  In order to make this work, each
+ * use of the 'memos' variable must be (mechanically) replaced by a use of the
+ * holder:
+ *..
+ *  cilk::holder<hash_table<int, X> > memos_h;
+ *
+ *  void h(const X& x);  // Uses memos_h
+ *
+ *  double compute(const X& x)
+ *  {
+ *     memos_h().clear();  // operator() used to "dereference" the holder
+ *     // ...
+ *     memos_h()[i] = x;   // operator() used to "dereference" the holder
+ *     ...
+ *     g(i);  // Uses memos_h
+ *     // ...
+ *     std::for_each(c.begin(), c.end(), h);  // Call h for each element of c
+ *  }
+ *..
+ * Note that each reference to the holder must be modified with an empty pair
+ * of parenthesis.  This syntax is needed because there is no facility in C++
+ * for a "smart reference" that would allow 'memos_h' to be a perfect
+ * replacement for 'memos'.  One way that a user can avoid this syntax change
+ * is to wrap the holder in a class that has the same inteface as
+ * 'hash_table' but redirects all calls to the holder:
+ *..
+ *  template <typename K, typename V>
+ *  class hash_table_holder
+ *  {
+ *    private:
+ *      cilk::holder<hash_table<K, V> > m_holder;
+ *    public:
+ *      void clear() { m_holder().clear(); }
+ *      V& operator[](const K& x) { return m_holder()[x]; }
+ *      std::size_t size() const { return m_holder().size(); }
+ *      // etc. ...
+ *  };
+ *..
+ * Using the above wrapper, the original code can be left unchanged except for
+ * replacing 'hash_table' with 'hash_table_holder' and replacing 'for' with
+ * 'cilk_for':
+ *..
+ *  hash_table_holder<int, X> memos;
+ *
+ *  void h(const X& x);  // Uses memos
+ *
+ *  double compute(const X& x)
+ *  {
+ *     memos.clear();  // Calls hash_table_holder::clear().
+ *     // ...
+ *  }
+ *..
+ * The above changes have no benefit over the use of thread-local storage.
+ * What if one of the functions has a 'cilk_spawn', however?
+ *..
+ *  void h(const X& x)
+ *  {
+ *      Y y = x.nested();
+ *      double d, w;
+ *      if (y)
+ *      {
+ *          w = cilk_spawn compute_width(y); // May use 'memos'
+ *          d = compute_depth(y);            // Does not use 'memos'
+ *          cilk_sync;
+ *          compute(y);  // recursive call.  Uses 'memos'.
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ *..
+ * In the above example, the view of the holder within 'compute_width' is the
+ * same as the view on entry to 'h'.  More importantly, the view of the holder
+ * within the recursive call to 'compute' is the same as the view on entry to
+ * 'h', even if a different worker is executing the recursive call.  Thus, the
+ * holder view within a Cilk program has useful qualities not found in
+ * thread-local storage.
+ */
+
+namespace cilk {
+    
+    /**
+     * After a sync, the value stored in a holder matches the most recent
+     * value stored into the holder by one of the starnds entering the sync.
+     * The holder policy used to instantiate the holder determines which of
+     * the entering strands determines the final value of the holder. A policy
+     * of 'holder_keep_indeterminate' (the default) is the most efficient, and
+     * results in an indeterminate value depending on the runtime schedule
+     * (see below for more specifics).  An indeterminate value after a sync is
+     * often acceptable, especially if the value of the holder is not reused
+     * after the sync.  All of the remaining policies retain the value of the
+     * last strand that would be executed in the serialization of the program.
+     * They differ in the mechanism used to move the value from one view to
+     * another.  A policy of 'holder_keep_last_copy' moves values by
+     * copy-assignment.  A policy of 'holder_keep_last_swap' moves values by
+     * calling 'swap'.  A policy of 'holder_keep_last_move' is available only
+     * for compilers that support C++0x rvalue references and moves values by
+     * move-assignment.  A policy of 'holder_keep_last' attempts to choose the
+     * most efficient mechanism: member-function 'swap' if the view type
+     * supports it, otherwise move-assignment if supported, otherwise
+     * copy-assignment.  (The swap member function for a class that provides
+     * one is almost always as fast or faster than move-assignment or
+     * copy-assignment.)
+     *
+     * The behavior of 'holder_keep_indeterminate', while indeterminate, is
+     * not random and can be used for advanced programming or debugging.  With
+     * a policy of 'holder_keep_intermediate', values are never copied or
+     * moved between views.  The value of the view after a sync is the same as
+     * the value set in the last spawned child before a steal occurs or the
+     * last value set in the continuation if no steal occurs.  Using this
+     * knowledge, a programmer can use a holder to detect the earliest steal
+     * in a piece of code.  An indeterminate holder is also useful for keeping
+     * cached data similar to the way some applications might use thread-local
+     * storage.
+     */
+    enum holder_policy {
+        holder_keep_indeterminate,
+        holder_keep_last,
+        holder_keep_last_copy,
+        holder_keep_last_swap,
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+        holder_keep_last_move
+#endif
+    };
+
+    namespace internal {
+
+        // Private special-case holder policy using the swap member-function
+        const holder_policy holder_keep_last_member_swap =
+            (holder_policy) (holder_keep_last_swap | 0x10);
+
+        /* The constant, 'has_member_swap<T>::value', will be 'true' if 'T'
+         * has a non-static member function with prototype 'void swap(T&)'.
+         * The mechanism used to detect 'swap' is the most portable among
+         * present-day compilers, but is not the most robust.  Specifically,
+         * the prototype for 'swap' must exactly match 'void swap(T&)'.
+         * Near-matches like a 'swap' function that returns 'int' instead of
+         * 'void' will not be detected.  Detection will also fail if 'T'
+         * inherits 'swap' from a base class.
+         */
+        template <typename T>
+        class has_member_swap
+        {
+            // This technique for detecting member functions was described by
+            // Rani Sharoni in comp.lang.c++.moderated:
+            // http://groups.google.com/group/comp.lang.c++.moderated/msg/2b06b2432fddfb60
+
+            // sizeof(notchar) is guaranteed larger than 1
+            struct notchar { char x[2]; };
+
+            // Instantiationg Q<U, &U::swap> will fail unless U contains a
+            // non-static member with prototype 'void swap(U&)'.
+            template <class U, void (U::*)(U&)> struct Q { };
+
+            // First 'test' is preferred overload if U::swap exists with the
+            // correct prototype.  Second 'test' is preferred overload
+            // otherwise.
+            template <typename U> static char test(Q<U,&U::swap>*);
+            template <typename U> static notchar test(...);
+
+        public:
+            /// 'value' will be true if T has a non-static member function
+            /// with prototype 'void swap(T&)'.
+            static const bool value = (1 == sizeof(test<T>(0)));
+        };
+
+        template <typename T> const bool has_member_swap<T>::value;
+
+        /**
+         * @brief Utility class for exception safety.
+         *
+         * The constuctor for this class takes a pointer and an allocator and
+         * holds on to them.  The destructor deallocates the pointed-to
+         * object, without calling its destructor, typically to recover memory
+         * in case an exception is thrown. The release member clears the
+         * pointer so that the deallocation is prevented, i.e., when the
+         * exception danger has passed.  The behavior of this class is similar
+         * to auto_ptr and unique_ptr.
+         */
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator = std::allocator<Type> >
+        class auto_deallocator
+        {
+            Allocator m_alloc;
+            Type*     m_ptr;
+
+            // Non-copiable
+            auto_deallocator(const auto_deallocator&);
+            auto_deallocator& operator=(const auto_deallocator&);
+
+        public:
+            /// Constructor
+            explicit auto_deallocator(Type* p, const Allocator& a = Allocator())
+                : m_alloc(a), m_ptr(p) { }
+
+            /// Destructor - free allocated resources
+            ~auto_deallocator() { if (m_ptr) m_alloc.deallocate(m_ptr, 1); }
+
+            /// Remove reference to resource
+            void release() { m_ptr = 0; }
+        };
+
+        /**
+         * Pure-abstract base class to initialize holder views
+         */
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        class init_base
+        {
+        public:
+            virtual ~init_base() { }
+            virtual init_base* clone_self(Allocator& a) const = 0;
+            virtual void delete_self(Allocator& a) = 0;
+            virtual void construct_view(Type* p, Allocator& a) const = 0;
+        };
+
+        /**
+         * Class to default-initialize a holder view
+         */
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        class default_init : public init_base<Type, Allocator>
+        {
+            typedef init_base<Type, Allocator> base;
+
+            /// Private constructor (called from static make() function).
+            default_init() { }
+
+            // Non-copiable
+            default_init(const default_init&);
+            default_init& operator=(const default_init&);
+
+        public:
+            // Static factory function
+            static default_init* make(Allocator& a);
+
+            // Virtual function overrides
+            virtual ~default_init();
+            virtual base* clone_self(Allocator& a) const;
+            virtual void delete_self(Allocator& a);
+            virtual void construct_view(Type* p, Allocator& a) const;
+        };
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        default_init<Type, Allocator>*
+        default_init<Type, Allocator>::make(Allocator&)
+        {
+            // Return a pointer to a singleton.  All instances of this class
+            // are identical, so we need only one.
+            static default_init self;
+            return &self;
+        }
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        default_init<Type, Allocator>::~default_init()
+        {
+        }
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        init_base<Type, Allocator>*
+        default_init<Type, Allocator>::clone_self(Allocator& a) const
+        {
+            return make(a);
+        }
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        void default_init<Type, Allocator>::delete_self(Allocator&)
+        {
+            // Since make() returned a shared singleton, there is nothing to
+            // delete here.
+        }
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        void
+        default_init<Type, Allocator>::construct_view(Type* p,
+                                                      Allocator&) const
+        {
+            ::new((void*) p) Type();
+            // TBD: In a C++0x library, this should be rewritten
+            // std::allocator_traits<Allocator>::construct(a, p);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Class to copy-construct a view from a stored exemplar.
+         */
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        class exemplar_init : public init_base<Type, Allocator>
+        {
+            typedef init_base<Type, Allocator> base;
+
+            Type* m_exemplar;
+
+            // Private constructors (called from make() functions).
+            exemplar_init(const Type& val, Allocator& a);
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+            exemplar_init(Type&& val,      Allocator& a);
+#endif
+
+            // Non-copyiable
+            exemplar_init(const exemplar_init&);
+            exemplar_init& operator=(const exemplar_init&);
+
+        public:
+            // Static factory functions
+            static exemplar_init* make(const Type& val,
+                                       Allocator& a = Allocator());
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+            static exemplar_init* make(Type&& val,
+                                       Allocator& a = Allocator());
+#endif
+
+            // Virtual function overrides
+            virtual ~exemplar_init();
+            virtual base* clone_self(Allocator& a) const;
+            virtual void delete_self(Allocator& a);
+            virtual void construct_view(Type* p, Allocator& a) const;
+        };
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::exemplar_init(const Type& val,
+                                                      Allocator&  a)
+        {
+            m_exemplar = a.allocate(1);
+            auto_deallocator<Type, Allocator> guard(m_exemplar, a);
+            a.construct(m_exemplar, val);
+            guard.release();
+        }
+
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::exemplar_init(Type&&     val,
+                                                      Allocator& a)
+        {
+            m_exemplar = a.allocate(1);
+            auto_deallocator<Type, Allocator> guard(m_exemplar, a);
+            a.construct(m_exemplar, std::forward<Type>(val));
+            guard.release();
+        }
+#endif
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>*
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::make(const Type& val,
+                                             Allocator&  a)
+        {
+            typedef typename Allocator::template rebind<exemplar_init>::other
+                self_alloc_t;
+            self_alloc_t alloc(a);
+
+            exemplar_init *self = alloc.allocate(1);
+            auto_deallocator<exemplar_init, self_alloc_t> guard(self, alloc);
+
+            // Don't use allocator to construct self.  Allocator should be
+            // used only on elements of type 'Type'.
+            ::new((void*) self) exemplar_init(val, a);
+
+            guard.release();
+
+            return self;
+        }
+
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>*
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::make(Type&&           val,
+                                             Allocator& a)
+        {
+            typedef typename Allocator::template rebind<exemplar_init>::other
+                self_alloc_t;
+            self_alloc_t alloc(a);
+
+            exemplar_init *self = alloc.allocate(1);
+            auto_deallocator<exemplar_init, self_alloc_t> guard(self, alloc);
+
+            // Don't use allocator to construct self.  Allocator should be
+            // used only on elements of type 'Type'.
+            ::new((void*) self) exemplar_init(std::forward<Type>(val), a);
+
+            guard.release();
+
+            return self;
+        }
+#endif
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::~exemplar_init()
+        {
+            // Called only by delete_self, which deleted the exemplar using an
+            // allocator.
+            __CILKRTS_ASSERT(0 == m_exemplar);
+        }
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        init_base<Type, Allocator>*
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::clone_self(Allocator& a) const
+        {
+            return make(*m_exemplar, a);
+        }
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        void exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::delete_self(Allocator& a)
+        {
+            typename Allocator::template rebind<exemplar_init>::other alloc(a);
+
+            a.destroy(m_exemplar);
+            a.deallocate(m_exemplar, 1);
+            m_exemplar = 0;
+
+            this->~exemplar_init();
+            alloc.deallocate(this, 1);
+        }
+
+        template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+        void
+        exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::construct_view(Type*            p,
+                                                       Allocator& a) const
+        {
+            a.construct(p, *m_exemplar);
+            // TBD: In a C++0x library, this should be rewritten
+            // std::allocator_traits<Allocator>::construct(a, p, *m_exemplar);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Class to construct a view using a stored functor.  The functor,
+         * 'f', must be be invokable using the expression 'Type x = f()'.
+         */
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        class functor_init :
+            public init_base<typename Allocator::value_type, Allocator>
+        {
+            typedef typename Allocator::value_type            value_type;
+            typedef init_base<value_type, Allocator>          base;
+            typedef typename Allocator::template rebind<Func>::other f_alloc;
+
+            Func *m_functor;
+
+            /// Private constructors (called from make() functions
+            functor_init(const Func& f, Allocator& a);
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+            functor_init(Func&& f, Allocator& a);
+#endif
+
+            // Non-copiable
+            functor_init(const functor_init&);
+            functor_init& operator=(const functor_init&);
+
+        public:
+            // Static factory functions
+            static functor_init* make(const Func& val,
+                                      Allocator& a = Allocator());
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+            static functor_init* make(Func&& val,
+                                      Allocator& a = Allocator());
+#endif
+
+            // Virtual function overrides
+            virtual ~functor_init();
+            virtual base* clone_self(Allocator& a) const;
+            virtual void delete_self(Allocator& a);
+            virtual void
+                construct_view(value_type* p, Allocator& a) const;
+        };
+
+        /// Specialization to strip off reference from 'Func&'.
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        struct functor_init<Func&, Allocator>
+            : functor_init<Func, Allocator> { };
+
+        /// Specialization to strip off reference and cvq from 'const Func&'.
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        struct functor_init<const Func&, Allocator>
+            : functor_init<Func, Allocator> { };
+
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        functor_init<Func, Allocator>::functor_init(const Func& f,
+                                                    Allocator&  a)
+        {
+            f_alloc alloc(a);
+
+            m_functor = alloc.allocate(1);
+            auto_deallocator<Func, f_alloc> guard(m_functor, alloc);
+            alloc.construct(m_functor, f);
+            guard.release();
+        }
+
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        functor_init<Func, Allocator>::functor_init(Func&&     f,
+                                                    Allocator& a)
+        {
+            f_alloc alloc(a);
+
+            m_functor = alloc.allocate(1);
+            auto_deallocator<Func, f_alloc> guard(m_functor, alloc);
+            alloc.construct(m_functor, std::forward<Func>(f));
+            guard.release();
+        }
+#endif
+
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        functor_init<Func, Allocator>*
+        functor_init<Func, Allocator>::make(const Func& f, Allocator& a)
+        {
+            typedef typename Allocator::template rebind<functor_init>::other
+                self_alloc_t;
+            self_alloc_t alloc(a);
+
+            functor_init *self = alloc.allocate(1);
+            auto_deallocator<functor_init, self_alloc_t> guard(self, alloc);
+
+            // Don't use allocator to construct self.  Allocator should be
+            // used only on elements of type 'Func'.
+            ::new((void*) self) functor_init(f, a);
+
+            guard.release();
+
+            return self;
+        }
+
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        functor_init<Func, Allocator>*
+        functor_init<Func, Allocator>::make(Func&& f, Allocator& a)
+        {
+            typedef typename Allocator::template rebind<functor_init>::other
+                self_alloc_t;
+            self_alloc_t alloc(a);
+
+            functor_init *self = alloc.allocate(1);
+            auto_deallocator<functor_init, self_alloc_t> guard(self, alloc);
+
+            // Don't use allocator to construct self.  Allocator should be
+            // used only on elements of type 'Func'.
+            ::new((void*) self) functor_init(std::forward<Func>(f), a);
+
+            guard.release();
+
+            return self;
+        }
+#endif
+
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        functor_init<Func, Allocator>::~functor_init()
+        {
+            // Called only by delete_self, which deleted the functor using an
+            // allocator.
+            __CILKRTS_ASSERT(0 == m_functor);
+        }
+
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        init_base<typename Allocator::value_type, Allocator>*
+        functor_init<Func, Allocator>::clone_self(Allocator& a) const
+        {
+            return make(*m_functor, a);
+        }
+
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        inline
+        void functor_init<Func, Allocator>::delete_self(Allocator& a)
+        {
+            typename Allocator::template rebind<functor_init>::other alloc(a);
+            f_alloc fa(a);
+
+            fa.destroy(m_functor);
+            fa.deallocate(m_functor, 1);
+            m_functor = 0;
+
+            this->~functor_init();
+            alloc.deallocate(this, 1);
+        }
+
+        template <typename Func, typename Allocator>
+        void functor_init<Func, Allocator>::construct_view(value_type* p,
+                                                           Allocator& a) const
+        {
+            a.construct(p, (*m_functor)());
+            // In C++0x, the above should be written
+            // std::allocator_traits<Allocator>::construct(a, p, m_functor());
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Functor called to reduce a holder
+         */
+        template <typename Type, holder_policy Policy>
+        struct holder_reduce_functor;
+
+        /**
+         * Specialization to keep the left (first) value.
+         */
+        template <typename Type>
+        struct holder_reduce_functor<Type, holder_keep_indeterminate>
+        {
+            void operator()(Type* left, Type* right) const { }
+        };
+
+        /**
+         * Specialization to copy-assign from the right (last) value.
+         */
+        template <typename Type>
+        struct holder_reduce_functor<Type, holder_keep_last_copy>
+        {
+            void operator()(Type* left, Type* right) const {
+                *left = *right;
+            }
+        };
+
+        /*
+         * Specialization to keep the right (last) value via swap.
+         */
+        template <typename Type>
+        struct holder_reduce_functor<Type, holder_keep_last_swap>
+        {
+            void operator()(Type* left, Type* right) const {
+                using std::swap;
+                swap(*left, *right);
+            }
+        };
+
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+        /*
+         * Specialization to move-assign from the right (last) value.
+         */
+        template <typename Type>
+        struct holder_reduce_functor<Type, holder_keep_last_move>
+        {
+            void operator()(Type* left, Type* right) const {
+                *left = std::move(*right);
+            }
+        };
+#endif
+
+        /*
+         * Specialization to keep the right (last) value via the swap member
+         * function.
+         */
+        template <typename Type>
+        struct holder_reduce_functor<Type, holder_keep_last_member_swap>
+        {
+            void operator()(Type* left, Type* right) const {
+                left->swap(*right);
+            }
+        };
+
+        /*
+         * Specialization to keep the right (last) value by the most efficient
+         * means detectable.
+         */
+        template <typename Type>
+        struct holder_reduce_functor<Type, holder_keep_last> :
+            holder_reduce_functor<Type,
+                                  (holder_policy)
+                                  (has_member_swap<Type>::value ?
+                                  holder_keep_last_member_swap :
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+                                  holder_keep_last_move
+#else
+                                  holder_keep_last_copy
+#endif
+                                  )>
+        {
+        };
+    } // end namespace internal
+
+    /**
+     * Monoid for holders.
+     * Allocator type is required to be thread-safe.
+     */
+    template <typename Type,
+              holder_policy Policy = holder_keep_indeterminate,
+              typename Allocator = std::allocator<Type> >
+    class holder_monoid : public monoid_base<Type>
+    {
+        // Allocator is mutable because the copy of the monoid inside the
+        // reducer is const (to avoid races on the shared state).  However,
+        // the allocator is required to be thread-safe, so it is ok (and
+        // necessary) to modify.
+        mutable Allocator                     m_allocator;
+        internal::init_base<Type, Allocator> *m_initializer;
+
+    public:
+        /// This constructor uses default-initialization for both the leftmost
+        /// view and each identity view.
+        holder_monoid(const Allocator& a = Allocator())
+            : m_allocator(a)
+            , m_initializer(
+                internal::default_init<Type, Allocator>::make(m_allocator))
+            { }
+
+        /// These constructors use 'val' as an exemplar to copy-construct both
+        /// the leftmost view and each identity view.
+        holder_monoid(const Type& val, const Allocator& a = Allocator())
+            : m_allocator(a)
+            , m_initializer(internal::exemplar_init<Type, Allocator>::make(
+                                val, m_allocator)) { }
+        /// This constructor uses 'f' as a functor to construct both
+        /// the leftmost view and each identity view.
+        template <typename Func>
+        holder_monoid(const Func& f, const Allocator& a = Allocator())
+            : m_allocator(a)
+            , m_initializer(
+                internal::functor_init<Func, Allocator>::make(f,m_allocator))
+            { }
+
+        /// Copy constructor
+        holder_monoid(const holder_monoid& rhs)
+            : m_allocator(rhs.m_allocator)
+            , m_initializer(rhs.m_initializer->clone_self(m_allocator)) { }
+
+        /// "Extended" copy constructor with allocator
+        holder_monoid(const holder_monoid& rhs, const Allocator& a)
+            : m_allocator(a)
+            , m_initializer(rhs.m_initializer->clone_self(m_allocator)) { }
+
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+        /// Move constructor
+        holder_monoid(holder_monoid&& rhs)
+            : m_allocator(rhs.m_allocator)
+            , m_initializer(rhs.m_initializer) {
+            rhs.m_initializer =
+                internal::default_init<Type, Allocator>::make(m_allocator);
+        }
+
+        /// "Extended" move constructor with allocator
+        holder_monoid(holder_monoid&& rhs, const Allocator& a)
+            : m_allocator(a)
+            , m_initializer(0) {
+            if (a != rhs.m_allocator)
+                m_initializer = rhs.m_initializer->clone_self(a);
+            else {
+                m_initializer = rhs.m_initializer;
+                rhs.m_initializer =
+                    internal::default_init<Type, Allocator>::make(m_allocator);
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+        /// Destructor
+        ~holder_monoid() { m_initializer->delete_self(m_allocator); }
+
+        holder_monoid& operator=(const holder_monoid& rhs) {
+            if (this == &rhs) return *this;
+            m_initializer->delete_self(m_allocator);
+            m_initializer = rhs.m_initializer->clone_self(m_allocator);
+        }
+
+#ifdef __CILKRTS_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+        holder_monoid& operator=(holder_monoid&& rhs) {
+            if (m_allocator != rhs.m_allocator)
+                // Delegate to copy-assignment on unequal allocators
+                return operator=(static_cast<const holder_monoid&>(rhs));
+            std::swap(m_initializer, rhs.m_initializer);
+            return *this;
+        }
+#endif
+
+        /// Constructs IDENTITY value into the uninitilized '*p'
+        void identity(Type* p) const
+            { m_initializer->construct_view(p, m_allocator); }
+
+        /// Calls the destructor on the object pointed-to by 'p'
+        void destroy(Type* p) const
+            { m_allocator.destroy(p); }
+
+        /// Return a pointer to size bytes of raw memory
+        void* allocate(std::size_t s) const {
+            __CILKRTS_ASSERT(sizeof(Type) == s);
+            return m_allocator.allocate(1);
+        }
+
+        /// Deallocate the raw memory at p
+        void deallocate(void* p) const {
+            m_allocator.deallocate(static_cast<Type*>(p), sizeof(Type));
+        }
+
+        void reduce(Type* left, Type* right) const {
+            internal::holder_reduce_functor<Type, Policy>()(left, right);
+        }
+
+        void swap(holder_monoid& other) {
+            __CILKRTS_ASSERT(m_allocator == other.m_allocator);
+            std::swap(m_initializer, other.m_initializer);
+        }
+
+        Allocator get_allocator() const {
+            return m_allocator;
+        }
+    };
+
+    // Namespace-scope swap
+    template <typename Type, holder_policy Policy, typename Allocator>
+    inline void swap(holder_monoid<Type, Policy, Allocator>& a,
+                     holder_monoid<Type, Policy, Allocator>& b)
+    {
+        a.swap(b);
+    }
+
+   /**
+    * Hyperobject to provide different views of an object to each
+    * parallel strand.
+    */
+    template <typename Type,
+              holder_policy Policy = holder_keep_indeterminate,
+              typename Allocator = std::allocator<Type> >
+    class holder : public reducer<holder_monoid<Type, Policy, Allocator> >
+    {
+        typedef holder_monoid<Type, Policy, Allocator> monoid_type;
+        typedef reducer<monoid_type> imp;
+
+        // Return a value of Type constructed using the functor Func.
+        template <typename Func>
+        Type make_value(const Func& f) const {
+            struct obj {
+                union {
+                    char buf[sizeof(Type)];
+                    void* align1;
+                    double align2;
+                };
+
+                obj(const Func& f) { f(static_cast<Type*>(buf)); }
+                ~obj() { static_cast<Type*>(buf)->~Type(); }
+
+                operator Type&() { return *static_cast<Type*>(buf); }
+            };
+
+            return obj(f);
+        }
+
+    public:
+        /// Default constructor uses default-initialization for both the
+        /// leftmost view and each identity view.
+        holder(const Allocator& alloc = Allocator())
+            : imp(monoid_type(alloc)) { }
+
+        /// Construct from an exemplar that is used to initialize both the
+        /// leftmost view and each identity view.
+        holder(const Type& v, const Allocator& alloc = Allocator())
+            // Alas, cannot use an rvalue reference for 'v' because it is used
+            // twice in the same expression for initializing imp.
+            : imp(monoid_type(v, alloc), v) { }
+
+        /// Construct from a functor that is used to initialize both the
+        /// leftmost view and each identity view.  The functor, 'f', must be be
+        /// invokable using the expression 'Type x = f()'.
+        template <typename Func>
+        holder(const Func& f, const Allocator& alloc = Allocator())
+            // Alas, cannot use an rvalue for 'f' because it is used twice in
+            // the same expression for initializing imp.
+            : imp(monoid_type(f, alloc), make_value(f)) { }
+    };
+
+} // end namespace cilk
+
+#else /* C */
+# error Holders are currently available only for C++
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* HOLDER_H_INCLUDED */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/hyperobject_base.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/hyperobject_base.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..484bf5f01ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/hyperobject_base.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_CILK_HYPEROBJECT_BASE
+#define INCLUDED_CILK_HYPEROBJECT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# include <cstdlib>
+# include <cstddef>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <cilk/common.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined _WIN64
+# if !defined CILK_STUB && !defined IN_CILK_RUNTIME
+    /* bring in the Cilk library, which has definitions for some of these
+     * functions. */
+#   pragma comment(lib, "cilkrts")
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The __CILKRTS_STRAND_PURE attribute tells the compiler that the value
+ * returned by 'func' for a given argument to 'func' will remain valid until
+ * the next strand boundary (spawn or sync) or until the next call to a
+ * function with the __CILKRTS_STRAND_STALE attribute using the same function
+ * argument.
+ */
+#if 0 && defined __cilk && (defined __GNUC__ && !defined _WIN32) && defined __cilkartsrev
+# define __CILKRTS_STRAND_PURE(func) \
+    func __attribute__((__cilk_hyper__("lookup")))
+# define __CILKRTS_STRAND_STALE(func) \
+    func __attribute__((__cilk_hyper__("flush")))
+#else
+# define __CILKRTS_STRAND_PURE(func) func
+# define __CILKRTS_STRAND_STALE(func) func
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * C runtime interface to the hyperobject subsystem
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Callback function signatures.  The 'r' argument always points to the
+ * reducer itself and is commonly ignored. */
+typedef void (*cilk_c_reducer_reduce_fn_t)(void* r, void* lhs, void* rhs);
+typedef void (*cilk_c_reducer_identity_fn_t)(void* r, void* view);
+typedef void (*cilk_c_reducer_destroy_fn_t)(void* r, void* view);
+typedef void* (*cilk_c_reducer_allocate_fn_t)(void* r, __STDNS size_t bytes);
+typedef void (*cilk_c_reducer_deallocate_fn_t)(void* r, void* view);
+
+/** Representation of the monoid */
+typedef struct cilk_c_monoid {
+    cilk_c_reducer_reduce_fn_t          reduce_fn;
+    cilk_c_reducer_identity_fn_t        identity_fn;
+    cilk_c_reducer_destroy_fn_t         destroy_fn;
+    cilk_c_reducer_allocate_fn_t        allocate_fn;
+    cilk_c_reducer_deallocate_fn_t      deallocate_fn;
+} cilk_c_monoid;
+
+/** Base of the hyperobject */
+typedef struct __cilkrts_hyperobject_base
+{
+    cilk_c_monoid       __c_monoid;
+    unsigned long long  __flags;
+    __STDNS ptrdiff_t   __view_offset;  /* offset (in bytes) to leftmost view */
+    __STDNS size_t      __view_size;    /* Size of each view */
+} __cilkrts_hyperobject_base;
+
+
+#ifndef CILK_STUB
+
+/* Library functions. */
+CILK_EXPORT
+    void __cilkrts_hyper_create(__cilkrts_hyperobject_base *key);
+CILK_EXPORT void __CILKRTS_STRAND_STALE(
+    __cilkrts_hyper_destroy(__cilkrts_hyperobject_base *key));
+CILK_EXPORT void* __CILKRTS_STRAND_PURE(
+    __cilkrts_hyper_lookup(__cilkrts_hyperobject_base *key));
+
+CILK_EXPORT
+    void* __cilkrts_hyperobject_alloc(void* ignore, __STDNS size_t bytes);
+CILK_EXPORT
+    void __cilkrts_hyperobject_dealloc(void* ignore, void* view);
+
+/* No-op destroy function */
+CILK_EXPORT
+    void __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy(void* ignore, void* ignore2);
+
+
+#else // CILK_STUB
+
+// Programs compiled with CILK_STUB are not linked with the Cilk runtime 
+// library, so they should not have external references to cilkrts functions.
+// Furthermore, they don't need the hyperobject functionality, so the
+// functions can be stubbed.
+
+#define __cilkrts_hyperobject_create __cilkrts_hyperobject_create__stub
+__CILKRTS_INLINE
+    void __cilkrts_hyper_create(__cilkrts_hyperobject_base *key) 
+    {}
+
+#define __cilkrts_hyperobject_destroy __cilkrts_hyperobject_destroy__stub
+__CILKRTS_INLINE
+    void __cilkrts_hyper_destroy(__cilkrts_hyperobject_base *key) 
+    {}
+
+#define __cilkrts_hyperobject_lookup __cilkrts_hyperobject_lookup__stub
+__CILKRTS_INLINE
+    void* __cilkrts_hyper_lookup(__cilkrts_hyperobject_base *key)
+    { return (char*)(key) + key->__view_offset; }
+
+// Pointers to these functions are stored into monoids, so real functions
+// are needed.
+
+#define __cilkrts_hyperobject_alloc __cilkrts_hyperobject_alloc__stub
+__CILKRTS_INLINE
+    void* __cilkrts_hyperobject_alloc(void* ignore, __STDNS size_t bytes)
+    { assert(0); return __STDNS malloc(bytes); }
+
+#define __cilkrts_hyperobject_dealloc __cilkrts_hyperobject_dealloc__stub
+__CILKRTS_INLINE
+    void __cilkrts_hyperobject_dealloc(void* ignore, void* view)
+    { assert(0); __STDNS free(view); }
+
+#define __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy \
+            __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy__stub
+__CILKRTS_INLINE
+    void __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy(void* ignore, void* ignore2)
+    {}
+    
+#endif
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#endif /* INCLUDED_CILK_HYPEROBJECT_BASE */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/metaprogramming.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/metaprogramming.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5f6f29df87b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/metaprogramming.h
@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+/*  metaprogramming.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2012-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file metaprogramming.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines metaprogramming utility classes used in the Cilk library.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+
+#ifndef METAPROGRAMMING_H_INCLUDED
+#define METAPROGRAMMING_H_INCLUDED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#include <functional>
+#include <new>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#include <algorithm>
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+namespace internal {
+
+/** Test if a class is empty.
+ *
+ *  If @a Class is an empty (and therefore necessarily stateless) class, then
+ *  the “empty base-class optimization” guarantees that
+ *  `sizeof(check_for_empty_class<Class>) == sizeof(char)`. Conversely, if
+ *  `sizeof(check_for_empty_class<Class>) > sizeof(char)`, then @a Class is not
+ *  empty, and we must discriminate distinct instances of @a Class.
+ *
+ *  Typical usage:
+ *
+ *      // General definition of A<B> for non-empty B:
+ *      template <typename B, bool BIsEmpty = class_is_empty<B>::value> >
+ *      class A { ... };
+ *
+ *      // Specialized definition of A<B> for empty B:
+ *      template <typename B>
+ *      class A<B, true> { ... };
+ *
+ *  @tparam Class   The class to be tested for emptiness.
+ *
+ *  @result         The `value` member will be `true` if @a Class is empty,
+ *                  `false` otherwise.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+template <class Class>
+class class_is_empty { 
+    class check_for_empty_class : public Class
+    {
+        char m_data;
+    public:
+        // Declared but not defined
+        check_for_empty_class();
+        check_for_empty_class(const check_for_empty_class&);
+        check_for_empty_class& operator=(const check_for_empty_class&);
+        ~check_for_empty_class();
+    };
+public:
+
+    /** Constant is true if and only if @a Class is empty.
+     */
+    static const bool value = (sizeof(check_for_empty_class) == sizeof(char));
+};
+
+
+/** Get the alignment of a type.
+ *
+ *  For example:
+ *
+ *      align_of<double>::value == 8
+ *
+ *  @tparam Tp  The type whose alignment is to be computed.
+ *
+ *  @result     The `value` member of an instantiation of this class template
+ *              will hold the integral alignment requirement of @a Tp.
+ *
+ *  @pre        @a Tp shall be a complete type.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+template <typename Tp>
+struct align_of
+{
+private:
+    struct imp {
+        char m_padding;
+        Tp   m_val;
+
+        // The following declarations exist to suppress compiler-generated
+        // definitions, in case @a Tp does not have a public default
+        // constructor, copy constructor, or destructor.
+        imp(const imp&); // Declared but not defined
+        ~imp();          // Declared but not defined
+    };
+
+public:
+    /// The integral alignment requirement of @a Tp.
+    static const std::size_t    value = (sizeof(imp) - sizeof(Tp));
+};
+
+
+/** A class containing raw bytes with a specified alignment and size.
+ *
+ *  An object of type `aligned_storage<S, A>` will have alignment `A` and
+ *  size at least `S`. Its contents will be uninitialized bytes.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Size        The required minimum size of the resulting class.
+ *  @tparam Alignment   The required alignment of the resulting class.
+ *
+ *  @pre    @a Alignment shall be a power of 2 no greater then 64.
+ *
+ *  @note   This is implemented using the `CILK_ALIGNAS` macro, which uses
+ *          the non-standard, implementation-specific features
+ *          `__declspec(align(N))` on Windows, and 
+ *          `__attribute__((__aligned__(N)))` on Unix. The `gcc` implementation
+ *          of `__attribute__((__aligned__(N)))` requires a numeric literal `N`
+ *          (_not_ an arbitrary compile-time constant expression). Therefore,
+ *          this class is implemented using specialization on the required
+ *          alignment.
+ *
+ *  @note   The template class is specialized only for the supported
+ *          alignments. An attempt to instantiate it for an unsupported
+ *          alignment will result in a compilation error.
+ */
+template <std::size_t Size, std::size_t Alignment>
+struct aligned_storage;
+
+template<std::size_t Size> class aligned_storage<Size,  1> 
+    { CILK_ALIGNAS( 1) char m_bytes[Size]; };
+template<std::size_t Size> class aligned_storage<Size,  2> 
+    { CILK_ALIGNAS( 2) char m_bytes[Size]; };
+template<std::size_t Size> class aligned_storage<Size,  4> 
+    { CILK_ALIGNAS( 4) char m_bytes[Size]; };
+template<std::size_t Size> class aligned_storage<Size,  8> 
+    { CILK_ALIGNAS( 8) char m_bytes[Size]; };
+template<std::size_t Size> class aligned_storage<Size, 16> 
+    { CILK_ALIGNAS(16) char m_bytes[Size]; };
+template<std::size_t Size> class aligned_storage<Size, 32> 
+    { CILK_ALIGNAS(32) char m_bytes[Size]; };
+template<std::size_t Size> class aligned_storage<Size, 64> 
+    { CILK_ALIGNAS(64) char m_bytes[Size]; };
+
+
+/** A buffer of uninitialized bytes with the same size and alignment as a
+ *  specified type.
+ *
+ *  The class `storage_for_object<Type>` will have the same size and alignment
+ *  properties as `Type`, but it will contain only raw (uninitialized) bytes.
+ *  This allows the definition of a data member which can contain a `Type`
+ *  object which is initialized explicitly under program control, rather
+ *  than implicitly as part of the initialization of the containing class. 
+ *  For example:
+ *
+ *      class C {
+ *          storage_for_object<MemberClass> _member;
+ *      public:
+ *          C() ... // Does NOT initialize _member
+ *          void initialize(args) 
+ *              { new (_member.pointer()) MemberClass(args); }
+ *          const MemberClass& member() const { return _member.object(); }
+ *                MemberClass& member()       { return _member.object(); }
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type whose size and alignment are to be reflected
+ *                  by this class.
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class storage_for_object : 
+    aligned_storage< sizeof(Type), align_of<Type>::value >
+{
+public:
+    /// Return a typed reference to the buffer.
+    const Type& object() const { return *reinterpret_cast<Type*>(this); }
+          Type& object()       { return *reinterpret_cast<Type*>(this); }
+};
+
+
+/** Get the functor class corresponding to a binary function type.
+ *
+ *  The `binary_functor` template class class can be instantiated with a binary
+ *  functor class or with a real binary function, and will yield an equivalent
+ *  binary functor class class in either case.
+ *
+ *  @tparam F   A binary functor class, a binary function type, or a pointer to
+ *              binary function type.
+ *
+ *  @result     `binary_functor<F>::%type` will be the same as @a F if @a F is
+ *              a class. It will be a `std::pointer_to_binary_function` wrapper
+ *              if @a F is a binary function or binary function pointer type.
+ *              (It will _not_ necessarily be an `Adaptable Binary Function`
+ *              class, since @a F might be a non-adaptable binary functor
+ *              class.)
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+template <typename F>
+struct binary_functor {
+     /// The binary functor class equivalent to @a F.
+     typedef F type;
+};
+
+/// @copydoc binary_functor
+/// Specialization for binary function.
+template <typename R, typename A, typename B>
+struct binary_functor<R(A,B)> {
+     /// The binary functor class equivalent to @a F.
+    typedef std::pointer_to_binary_function<A, B, R> type;
+};
+
+/// @copydoc binary_functor
+/// Specialization for pointer to binary function.
+template <typename R, typename A, typename B>
+struct binary_functor<R(*)(A,B)> {
+     /// The binary functor class equivalent to @a F.
+    typedef std::pointer_to_binary_function<A, B, R> type;
+};
+
+
+/** Indirect binary function class with specified types.
+ *
+ *  `typed_indirect_binary_function<F>` is an `Adaptable Binary Function` class
+ *  based on an existing binary functor class or binary function type @a F. If
+ *  @a F is a stateless class, then this class will be empty, and its
+ *  `operator()` will invoke @a F’s `operator()`. Otherwise, an object of this
+ *  class will hold a pointer to an object of type @a F, and will refer its
+ *  `operator()` calls to the pointed-to @a F object.
+ *
+ *  That is, suppose that we have the declarations:
+ *
+ *      F *p;
+ *      typed_indirect_binary_function<F, int, int, bool> ibf(p);
+ *
+ *  Then:
+ *
+ *  -   `ibf(x, y) == (*p)(x, y)`.
+ *  -   `ibf(x, y)` will not do a pointer dereference if `F` is an empty class.
+ *
+ *  @note       Just to repeat: if `F` is an empty class, then
+ *              `typed_indirect_binary_function\<F\>' is also an empty class.
+ *              This is critical for its use in the @ref min_max::view_base
+ *              "min/max reducer view classes", where it allows the view to
+ *              call a comparison functor in the monoid without actually
+ *              having to allocate a pointer in the view class when the 
+ *              comparison class is empty.
+ *
+ *  @note       If you have an `Adaptable Binary Function` class or a binary
+ *              function type, then you can use the 
+ *              @ref indirect_binary_function class, which derives the
+ *              argument and result types parameter type instead of requiring
+ *              you to specify them as template arguments.
+ *
+ *  @tparam F   A binary functor class, a binary function type, or a pointer to
+ *              binary function type.
+ *  @param A1   The first argument type.
+ *  @param A2   The second argument type.
+ *  @param R    The result type.
+ *
+ *  @see min_max::comparator_base
+ *  @see indirect_binary_function
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+template <  typename F
+         ,  typename A1
+         ,  typename A2
+         ,  typename R
+         ,  typename Functor    = typename binary_functor<F>::type
+         ,  bool FunctorIsEmpty = class_is_empty<Functor>::value
+         >
+class typed_indirect_binary_function : std::binary_function<A1, A2, R>
+{
+    const F* f;
+public:
+    /// Constructor captures a pointer to the wrapped function.
+    typed_indirect_binary_function(const F* f) : f(f) {}
+    
+    /// Return the comparator pointer, or `NULL` if the comparator is stateless.
+    const F* pointer() const { return f; }
+
+    /// Apply the pointed-to functor to the arguments.
+    R operator()(const A1& a1, const A2& a2) const { return (*f)(a1, a2); }
+};
+
+
+/// @copydoc typed_indirect_binary_function
+/// Specialization for an empty functor class. (This is only possible if @a F
+/// itself is an empty class. If @a F is a function or pointer-to-function 
+/// type, then the functor will contain a pointer.)
+template <typename F, typename A1, typename A2, typename R, typename Functor>
+class typed_indirect_binary_function<F, A1, A2, R, Functor, true> : 
+    std::binary_function<A1, A2, R>
+{
+public:
+    /// Return `NULL` for the comparator pointer of a stateless comparator.
+    const F* pointer() const { return 0; }
+
+    /// Constructor discards the pointer to a stateless functor class.
+    typed_indirect_binary_function(const F* f) {}
+    
+    /// Create an instance of the stateless functor class and apply it to the arguments.
+    R operator()(const A1& a1, const A2& a2) const { return F()(a1, a2); }
+};
+
+
+/** Indirect binary function class with inferred types.
+ *
+ *  This is identical to @ref typed_indirect_binary_function, except that it
+ *  derives the binary function argument and result types from the parameter
+ *  type @a F instead of taking them as additional template parameters. If @a F
+ *  is a class type, then it must be an `Adaptable Binary Function`.
+ *
+ *  @see typed_indirect_binary_function
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+template <typename F, typename Functor = typename binary_functor<F>::type>
+class indirect_binary_function : 
+    typed_indirect_binary_function< F
+                                  , typename Functor::first_argument_type
+                                  , typename Functor::second_argument_type
+                                  , typename Functor::result_type
+                                  > 
+{
+    typedef     typed_indirect_binary_function< F
+                                  , typename Functor::first_argument_type
+                                  , typename Functor::second_argument_type
+                                  , typename Functor::result_type
+                                  > 
+                base;
+public:
+    indirect_binary_function(const F* f) : base(f) {} ///< Constructor
+};
+
+
+/** Choose a type based on a boolean constant.
+ *
+ *  This metafunction is identical to C++11’s condition metafunction.
+ *  It needs to be here until we can reasonably assume that users will be
+ *  compiling with C++11.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Cond    A boolean constant.
+ *  @tparam IfTrue  A type.
+ *  @tparam IfFalse A type.
+ *  @result         The `type` member will be a typedef of @a IfTrue if @a Cond
+ *                  is true, and a typedef of @a IfFalse if @a Cond is false.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+template <bool Cond, typename IfTrue, typename IfFalse>
+struct condition
+{
+    typedef IfTrue type;    ///< The type selected by the condition.
+};
+
+/// @copydoc condition
+/// Specialization for @a Cond == `false`.
+template <typename IfTrue, typename IfFalse>
+struct condition<false, IfTrue, IfFalse>
+{
+    typedef IfFalse type;   ///< The type selected by the condition.
+};
+
+
+/** @def __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT
+ *
+ *  @brief Compile-time assertion.
+ *
+ *  Causes a compilation error if a compile-time constant expression is false.
+ *
+ *  @par    Usage example.
+ *          This assertion  is used in reducer_min_max.h to avoid defining 
+ *          legacy reducer classes that would not be binary-compatible with the
+ *          same classes compiled with earlier versions of the reducer library.
+ *
+ *              __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT(
+ *                  internal::class_is_empty< internal::binary_functor<Compare> >::value, 
+ *                  "cilk::reducer_max<Value, Compare> only works with an empty Compare class");
+ *
+ *  @note   In a C++11 compiler, this is just the language predefined
+ *          `static_assert` macro.
+ *
+ *  @note   In a non-C++11 compiler, the @a Msg string is not directly included
+ *          in the compiler error message, but it may appear if the compiler
+ *          prints the source line that the error occurred on.
+ *
+ *  @param  Cond    The expression to test.
+ *  @param  Msg     A string explaining the failure.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+#if defined(__INTEL_CXX11_MODE__) || defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__)
+#   define  __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT(Cond, Msg) static_assert(Cond, Msg)
+#else
+#   define __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT(Cond, Msg)                               \
+        typedef int __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT_DUMMY_TYPE                      \
+            [::cilk::internal::static_assert_failure<(Cond)>::Success]
+
+/// @cond internal
+    template <bool> struct static_assert_failure { };
+    template <> struct static_assert_failure<true> { enum { Success = 1 }; };
+
+#   define  __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT_DUMMY_TYPE \
+            __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT_DUMMY_TYPE1(__cilkrts_static_assert_, __LINE__)
+#   define  __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT_DUMMY_TYPE1(a, b) \
+            __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT_DUMMY_TYPE2(a, b)
+#   define  __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT_DUMMY_TYPE2(a, b) a ## b
+/// @endcond
+
+#endif
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** @name Aligned heap management.
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** Implementation-specific aligned memory allocation function.
+ *
+ *  @param  size        The minimum number of bytes to allocate.
+ *  @param  alignment   The required alignment (must be a power of 2).
+ *  @return             The address of a block of memory of at least @a size
+ *                      bytes. The address will be a multiple of @a alignment.
+ *                      `NULL` if the allocation fails.
+ *
+ *  @see                deallocate_aligned()
+ */
+inline void* allocate_aligned(std::size_t size, std::size_t alignment)
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    return _aligned_malloc(size, alignment);
+#else
+#if defined(ANDROID) || defined(__ANDROID__)
+    return memalign(std::max(alignment, sizeof(void*)), size);
+#else
+    void* ptr;
+    return (posix_memalign(&ptr, std::max(alignment, sizeof(void*)), size) == 0) ? ptr : 0;
+#endif
+#endif        
+}
+
+/** Implementation-specific aligned memory deallocation function.
+ *
+ *  @param  ptr A pointer which was returned by a call to alloc_aligned().
+ */
+inline void deallocate_aligned(void* ptr)
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    _aligned_free(ptr);
+#else
+    std::free(ptr);
+#endif        
+}
+
+/** Class to allocate and guard an aligned pointer.
+ *
+ *  A new_aligned_pointer object allocates aligned heap-allocated memory when
+ *  it is created, and automatically deallocates it when it is destroyed 
+ *  unless its `ok()` function is called.
+ *
+ *  @tparam T   The type of the object to allocate on the heap. The allocated
+ *              will have the size and alignment of an object of type T.
+ */
+template <typename T>
+class new_aligned_pointer {
+    void* m_ptr;
+public:
+    /// Constructor allocates the pointer.
+    new_aligned_pointer() : 
+        m_ptr(allocate_aligned(sizeof(T), internal::align_of<T>::value)) {}
+    /// Destructor deallocates the pointer.
+    ~new_aligned_pointer() { if (m_ptr) deallocate_aligned(m_ptr); }
+    /// Get the pointer.
+    operator void*() { return m_ptr; }
+    /// Return the pointer and release the guard.
+    T* ok() { 
+        T* ptr = static_cast<T*>(m_ptr);
+        m_ptr = 0;
+        return ptr;
+    }
+};
+
+//@}
+
+/// @endcond
+
+} // namespace internal
+
+//@{
+
+/** Allocate an aligned data structure on the heap.
+ *
+ *  `cilk::aligned_new<T>([args])` is equivalent to `new T([args])`, except
+ *  that it guarantees that the returned pointer will be at least as aligned
+ *  as the alignment requirements of type `T`.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+template <typename T>
+T* aligned_new()
+{
+    internal::new_aligned_pointer<T> ptr;
+    new (ptr) T();
+    return ptr.ok();
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename T1>
+T* aligned_new(const T1& x1)
+{
+    internal::new_aligned_pointer<T> ptr;
+    new (ptr) T(x1);
+    return ptr.ok();
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename T1, typename T2>
+T* aligned_new(const T1& x1, const T2& x2)
+{
+    internal::new_aligned_pointer<T> ptr;
+    new (ptr) T(x1, x2);
+    return ptr.ok();
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+T* aligned_new(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3)
+{
+    internal::new_aligned_pointer<T> ptr;
+    new (ptr) T(x1, x2, x3);
+    return ptr.ok();
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
+T* aligned_new(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, const T4& x4)
+{
+    internal::new_aligned_pointer<T> ptr;
+    new (ptr) T(x1, x2, x3, x4);
+    return ptr.ok();
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
+T* aligned_new(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, const T4& x4, const T5& x5)
+{
+    internal::new_aligned_pointer<T> ptr;
+    new (ptr) T(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5);
+    return ptr.ok();
+}
+
+//@}
+
+
+/** Deallocate an aligned data structure on the heap.
+ *
+ *  `cilk::aligned_delete(ptr)` is equivalent to `delete ptr`, except that it
+ *  operates on a pointer that was allocated by aligned_new().
+ *
+ *  @ingroup common
+ */
+template <typename T>
+void aligned_delete(const T* ptr)
+{
+    ptr->~T();
+    internal::deallocate_aligned((void*)ptr);
+}
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+#endif // METAPROGRAMMING_H_INCLUDED
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a22651e1e6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1900 @@
+/*  reducer.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+ 
+/** @file reducer.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines foundation classes for creating Cilk reducers.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  @see @ref pagereducers
+ *
+ *  @defgroup Reducers Reducers
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef REDUCER_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include "cilk/hyperobject_base.h"
+#include "cilk/metaprogramming.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+//===================== C++ interfaces ===================================
+
+#include <new>
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/** Base class for defining monoids.
+ *
+ *  The monoid_base class template is useful for creating classes that model
+ *  the monoid concept. It provides the core type and memory management
+ *  functionality.  A subclass of monoid_base need only declare and implement
+ *  the `identity` and `reduce` functions. 
+ *
+ *  The monoid_base class also manages the integration between the monoid, the
+ *  reducer class that is based on it, and an optional view class which wraps
+ *  value objects and restricts access to their operations.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Value   The value type for the monoid.
+ *  @tparam View    An optional view class that serves as a proxy for the value
+ *                  type.
+ *
+ *  @see monoid_with_view
+ */
+template <typename Value, typename View = Value>
+class monoid_base
+{
+protected:
+
+    /** Class for provisionally constructed objects.
+     *
+     *  The monoid_base::construct() functions manually construct both a monoid
+     *  and a view. If one of these is constructed successfully, and the
+     *  construction of the other (or some other initialization) fails, then 
+     *  the first one must be destroyed to avoid a memory leak. Because the
+     *  construction is explicit, the destruction must be explicit, too.
+     *
+     *  A provisional_guard object wraps a pointer to a newly constructed
+     *  object. A call to its confirm() function confirms that the object is
+     *  really going to be used. If the guard is destroyed without being
+     *  confirmed, then the pointed-to object is destroyed (but not
+     *  deallocated).
+     *  
+     *  Expected usage:
+     *
+     *      provisional_guard<T1> x1_provisional( new (x1) T1() );
+     *      … more initialization …
+     *      x1_provisional.confirm();
+     *
+     *  or
+     *
+     *      provisional_guard<T1> x1_provisional( new (x1) T1() );
+     *      x1_provisional.confirm_if( new (x2) T2() );
+     *
+     *  If an exception is thrown in the “more initialization” code in the 
+     *  first example, or in the `T2` constructor in the second example, then
+     *  `x1_provisional` will not be confirmed, so when its destructor is 
+     *  called during exception unwinding, the `T1` object that was constructed
+     *  in `x1` will be destroyed.
+     *
+     *  @see provisional()
+     *
+     *  @tparam Type    The type of the provisionally constructed object.
+     */
+    template <typename Type>
+    class provisional_guard {
+        Type* m_ptr;
+    
+    public:
+    
+        /** Constructor. Creates a guard for a provisionally constructed object.
+         *
+         *  @param ptr  A pointer to the provisionally constructed object.
+         */
+        provisional_guard(Type* ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) {}
+        
+        /** Destructor. Destroy the object pointed to by the contained pointer
+         *  if it has not been confirmed.
+         */
+        ~provisional_guard() { if (m_ptr) m_ptr->~Type(); }
+        
+        /** Confirm the provisional construction. Do *not* delete the contained
+         *  pointer when the guard is destroyed.
+         */
+        void confirm() { m_ptr = 0; }
+        
+        /** Confirm provisional construction if argument is non-null. Note that
+         *  if an exception is thrown during evaluation of the argument
+         *  expression, then this function will not be called, and the
+         *  provisional object will not be confirmed. This allows the usage:
+         *
+         *      x1_provisional.confirm_if( new (x2) T2() );
+         *
+         *  @param cond An arbitrary pointer. The provisional object will be
+         *              confirmed if @a cond is not null.
+         * 
+         *  @returns    The value of the @a cond argument.
+         */
+        template <typename Cond>
+        Cond* confirm_if(Cond* cond) { if (cond) m_ptr = 0; return cond; }
+    };
+
+    
+    /** Create a provisional_guard object. This function allows simpler code
+     *  when the only use of a provisional_guard is in a
+     *  provisional_guard::confirm_if() call immediately following its
+     *  creation. Instead of
+     *
+     *      provisional_guard<T>guard( new (ptr_to_T) T() );
+     *      guard.confirm_if( new (ptr_to_U) U() );
+     *
+     *  you can just write
+     *
+     *      provisional( new (ptr_to_T) T() ).confirm_if( new (ptr_to_U) U() );
+     *
+     *  @tparam Type    The type of the provisionally constructed object.
+     *
+     *  @param  ptr     A pointer to a provisionally constructed object.
+     *
+     *  @returns        A @ref provisional_guard object that guards the
+     *                  provisionally constructed object pointed to by @a ptr.
+     */
+    template <typename Type> 
+    static provisional_guard<Type> provisional(Type* ptr) 
+        { return provisional_guard<Type>(ptr); }
+
+public:
+
+    /** Value type of the monoid.
+     */
+    typedef Value   value_type;
+    
+    /** View type of the monoid. Defaults to be the same as the value type.
+     *  @see monoid_with_view
+     */
+    typedef View    view_type;
+    
+    enum { 
+        /** Should reducers created with this monoid be aligned?
+         *
+         *  @details
+         *  “Aligned” means that the view is allocated at a cache-line aligned
+         *  offset in the reducer, and the reducer must be cache-line aligned.
+         *  “Unaligned” means that the reducer as a whole is just naturally 
+         *  aligned, but it contains a large enough block of uninitialized 
+         *  storage for a cache-line aligned view to be allocated in it at
+         *  reducer construction time.
+         *
+         *  Since the standard heap allocator (new reducer) does not allocate 
+         *  cache-line aligned storage, only unaligned reducers can be safely
+         *  allocated on the heap.
+         *  
+         *  Default is false (unaligned) unless overridden in a subclass.
+         *
+         *  @since 1.02
+         *  (In Cilk library versions 1.0 and 1.01, the default was true.
+         *  In Cilk library versions prior to 1.0, reducers were always aligned,
+         *  and this data member did not exist.)
+         */
+        align_reducer = false 
+    };
+    
+    /** Destroy a view. Destroys (without deallocating) the @a View object
+     *  pointed to by @a p.
+     *
+     *  @param p    The address of the @a View object to be destroyed.
+     */
+    void destroy(view_type* p) const { p->~view_type(); }
+
+    /** Allocate raw memory. Allocate @a s bytes of memory with no
+     *  initialization.
+     *
+     *  @param s    The number of bytes of memory to allocate.
+     *  @return     An untyped pointer to the allocated memory.
+     */
+    void* allocate(size_t s) const { return operator new(s); }
+
+    /** Deallocate raw memory. Deallocates the memory pointed to by @a p 
+     *  without doing any destruction.
+     *
+     *  @param p    Pointer to the memory to be deallocated.
+     *
+     *  @pre        @a p points to a block of memory that was allocated by a
+     *              call to allocate().
+     */
+    void deallocate(void* p) const { operator delete(p); }
+
+    /** Create the identity value. Constructs (without allocating) a @a View
+     *  object representing the default value of the @a Value type.
+     *
+     *  @param p    A pointer to a block of raw memory large enough to hold a 
+     *              @a View object.
+     *
+     *  @post       The memory pointed to by @a p contains a @a View object that
+     *              represents the default value of the @a View type.
+     *
+     *  @deprecated This function constructs the @a View object with its default
+     *              constructor, which will often, but not always, yield the
+     *              appropriate identity value. Monoid classes should declare
+     *              their identity function explicitly, rather than relying on
+     *              this default definition.
+     */
+    void identity(View* p) const { new ((void*) p) View(); }
+    
+    
+    /** @name Construct the monoid and the view with arbitrary arguments.
+     *
+     *  A @ref reducer object contains monoid and view data members, which are
+     *  declared as raw storage (byte arrays), so that they are not implicitly
+     *  constructed when the reducer is constructed. Instead, a reducer
+     *  constructor calls one of the monoid class’s static construct() 
+     *  functions with the addresses of the monoid and the view, and the
+     *  construct() function uses placement `new` to construct them.
+     *
+     *  This allows the monoid to determine the order in which the monoid and
+     *  view are constructed, and to make one of them dependent on the other.
+     *
+     *  Any arguments to the reducer constructor are just passed on as 
+     *  additional arguments to the construct() function (after the monoid
+     *  and view addresses).
+     *
+     *  Any monoid whose needs are satisfied by the suite of construct() 
+     *  functions below, such as @ref monoid_with_view, can just inherit them
+     *  from monoid_base. Other monoids will need to provide their own versions
+     *  to override the monoid_base functions.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Default-construct the monoid, and pass zero to five const reference
+     *  arguments to the view constructor.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    template <typename Monoid>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            (monoid->identity(view), view) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const T1& x1)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, 
+                            const T1& x1, const T2& x2)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, 
+                            const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2, x3) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, 
+                typename T4>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, 
+                            const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, 
+                            const T4& x4)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2, x3, x4) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, 
+                typename T4, typename T5>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, 
+                            const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, 
+                            const T4& x4, const T5& x5)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5) ); }
+        
+    //@}
+    
+    /** Default-construct the monoid, and pass one non-const reference argument
+     *  to the view constructor.
+     */
+    //@{
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, T1& x1)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1) ); }
+    //@}
+
+    /** Copy-construct the monoid, and pass zero to four const reference
+     *  arguments to the view constructor.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    template <typename Monoid>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const Monoid& m)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(m) ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View() ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const Monoid& m, 
+                            const T1& x1)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(m) ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1) ); }
+        
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const Monoid& m, 
+                            const T1& x1, const T2& x2)
+    { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(m) ).confirm_if( 
+        new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2) ); }
+        
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const Monoid& m, 
+                            const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3)
+    {
+        provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(m) ).confirm_if(
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2, x3) );
+    }
+        
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, 
+                typename T4>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const Monoid& m, 
+                            const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, 
+                            const T4& x4)
+    {
+        provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(m) ).confirm_if(
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2, x3, x4) );
+    }
+        
+    //@}
+    
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** Monoid class that gets its value type and identity and reduce operations
+ *  from its view.
+ *
+ *  A simple implementation of the monoid-view-reducer architecture would
+ *  distribute knowledge about the type and operations for the reduction 
+ *  between the monoid and the view — the identity and reduction operations are
+ *  specified in the monoid, the reduction operations are implemented in the
+ *  view, and the value type is specified in both the monoid and the view.
+ *  This is inelegant.
+ *
+ *  monoid_with_view is a subclass of @ref monoid_base that gets its value type
+ *  and its identity and reduction operations from its view class. No
+ *  customization of the monoid_with_view class itself is needed beyond
+ *  instantiating it with an appropriate view class. (Customized subclasses of
+ *  monoid_with_view may be needed for other reasons, such as to keep some
+ *   state for the reducer.) All of the Cilk predefined reducers use
+ *  monoid_with_view or one of its subclasses.
+ *  
+ *  The view class `View` of a monoid_with_view must provide the following public definitions:
+ *
+ *  Definition                       | Meaning
+ *  ---------------------------------|--------
+ *  `value_type`                     | a typedef of the value type for the reduction
+ *  `View()`                         | a default constructor which constructs the identity value for the reduction
+ *  `void reduce(const View* other)` | a member function which applies the reduction operation to the values of `this` view and the `other` view, leaving the result as the value of `this` view, and leaving the value of the `other` view undefined (but valid)
+ *
+ *  @tparam View    The view class for the monoid.
+ *  @tparam Align   If true, reducers instantiated on this monoid will be
+ *                  cache-aligned. By default, library reducers (unlike legacy
+ *                  library reducer _wrappers_) are aligned only as required by
+ *                  contents.
+ */
+template <class View, bool Align = false>
+class monoid_with_view : public monoid_base<typename View::value_type, View>
+{
+public:
+    /** Should reducers created with this monoid be aligned?
+     */
+    enum { align_reducer = Align };
+    
+    /** Create the identity value.
+     *
+     *  Implements the monoid `identity` operation by using the @a View class’s
+     *  default constructor.
+     *
+     *  @param  p   A pointer to a block of raw memory large enough to hold a 
+     *              @p View object.
+     */
+    void identity(View* p) const { new ((void*)p) View(); }
+    
+    /** Reduce the values of two views.
+     *
+     *  Implements the monoid `reduce` operation by calling the left view’s
+     *  `%reduce()` function with the right view as an operand.
+     *
+     *  @param  left    The left operand of the reduce operation.
+     *  @param  right   The right operand of the reduce operation.
+     *  @post           The left view contains the result of the reduce
+     *                  operation, and the right view is undefined.
+     */
+    void reduce(View* left, View* right) const { left->reduce(right); }
+};
+
+
+/** Base class for simple views with (usually) scalar values.
+ *
+ *  The scalar_view class is intended as a base class which provides about half
+ *  of the required definitions for simple views. It defines the `value_type`
+ *  required by a @ref monoid_with_view (but not the identity constructor and
+ *  reduce operation, which are inherently specific to a particular kind of
+ *  reduction). It also defines the value access functions which will be called
+ *  by the corresponding @ref reducer functions. (It uses copy semantics for 
+ *  the view_move_in() and view_move_out() functions, which is appropriate
+ *  for simple scalar types, but not necessarily for more complex types like
+ *  STL containers.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of value wrapped by the view.
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class scalar_view
+{
+protected:
+    Type m_value;       ///< The wrapped accumulator variable.
+
+public:
+    /** Value type definition required by @ref monoid_with_view.
+     */
+    typedef Type value_type;
+    
+    /** Default constructor.
+     */
+    scalar_view() : m_value() {}    
+    
+    /** Value constructor.
+     */
+    scalar_view(const Type& v) : m_value(v) {}
+    
+    /** @name Value functions required by the reducer class.
+     *
+     *  Note that the move in/out functions use simple assignment semantics.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /** Set the value of the view.
+     */
+    void view_move_in(Type& v) { m_value = v; }
+
+    /** Get the value of the view.
+     */
+    void view_move_out(Type& v) { v = m_value; }
+
+    /** Set the value of the view.
+     */
+    void view_set_value(const Type& v) { m_value = v; }
+
+    /** Get the value of the view.
+     */
+    Type const& view_get_value() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    /** Get a reference to the value contained in the view. For legacy
+     *  reducer support only.
+     */
+    Type      & view_get_reference()       { return m_value; }
+    
+    /** Get a reference to the value contained in the view. For legacy
+     *  reducer support only.
+     */
+    Type const& view_get_reference() const { return m_value; }
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** Wrapper class for move-in construction.
+ *
+ *  Some types allow their values to be _moved_ as an alternative to copying.
+ *  Moving a value may be much faster than copying it, but may leave the value
+ *  of the move’s source undefined. Consider the `swap` operation provided by
+ *  many STL container classes:
+ *
+ *      list<T> x, y;
+ *      x = y;      // Copy
+ *      x.swap(y);  // Move
+ *
+ *  The assignment _copies_ the value of `y` into `x` in time linear in the 
+ *  size of `y`, leaving `y` unchanged. The `swap` _moves_ the  value of `y`
+ *  into `x` in constant time, but it also moves the value of `x` into `y`,
+ *  potentially leaving `y` undefined.
+ *  
+ *  A move_in_wrapper simply wraps a pointer to an object. It is created by a
+ *  call to cilk::move_in(). Passing a move_in_wrapper to a view constructor
+ *  (actually, passing it to a reducer constructor, which passes it to the
+ *  monoid `construct()` function, which passes it to the view constructor)
+ *  allows, but does not require, the value pointed to by the wrapper to be
+ *  moved into the view instead of copied.
+ *
+ *  A view class exercises this option by defining a _move-in constructor_,
+ *  i.e., a constructor with a move_in_wrapper parameter. The constructor calls
+ *  the wrapper’s `value()` function to get a reference to its pointed-to 
+ *  value, and can then use that reference in a move operation.
+ *
+ *  A move_in_wrapper also has an implicit conversion to its pointed-to value,
+ *  so if a view class does not define a move-in constructor, its ordinary 
+ *  value constructor will be called with the wrapped value. For example, an
+ *  @ref ReducersAdd "op_add" view does not have a move-in constructor, so
+ *
+ *      int x;
+ *      reducer< op_add<int> > xr(move_in(x));
+ *
+ *  will simply call the `op_add_view(const int &)` constructor. But an 
+ *  @ref ReducersList "op_list_append" view does have a move-in  constructor,
+ *  so
+ *
+ *      list<int> x;
+ *      reducer< op_list_append<int> > xr(move_in(x));
+ *
+ *  will call the `op_list_append_view(move_in_wrapper<int>)` constructor,
+ *  which can `swap` the value of `x` into the view.
+ *
+ *  @note   Remember that passing the value of a variable to a reducer
+ *          constructor using a move_in_wrapper leaves the variable undefined.
+ *          You cannot assume that the constructor either will or will not copy
+ *          or move the value.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the wrapped value.
+ *
+ *  @see cilk::move_in()
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class move_in_wrapper
+{
+    Type *m_pointer;
+public:
+    
+    /** Constructor that captures the address of its argument. This is almost
+     *  always called from the @ref move_in function.
+     */
+    explicit move_in_wrapper(Type& ref) : m_pointer(&ref) { }
+    
+    /** Implicit conversion to the wrapped value. This allows a move_in_wrapper
+     *  to be used where a value of the wrapped type is expected, in which case
+     *  the wrapper is completely transparent.
+     */
+    operator Type&() const { return *m_pointer; }
+    
+    /** Get a reference to the pointed-to value. This has the same effect as 
+     *  the implicit conversion, but makes the intent clearer in a move-in
+     *  constructor.
+     */
+    Type& value() const { return *m_pointer; }
+};
+
+/** Function to create a move_in_wrapper for a value.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the argument, which will be the `type` of the 
+ *                  created wrapper.
+ *
+ *  @see move_in_wrapper
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+inline
+move_in_wrapper<Type> move_in(Type& ref)
+    { return move_in_wrapper<Type>(ref); }
+
+
+/** @copydoc move_in(Type&)
+ *
+ *  @note   Applying a function that is explicitly specified as modifying its
+ *          argument to a const argument is obviously an irrational thing to 
+ *          do. This move_in() variant is just provided to allow calling a
+ *          move-in constructor with a function return value, which the 
+ *          language treats as a const. Using it for any other purpose will
+ *          probably end in tears.
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+inline
+move_in_wrapper<Type> move_in(const Type& ref)
+    { return move_in_wrapper<Type>(ref); }
+
+
+/** Wrapper class to allow implicit downcasts to reducer subclasses.
+ *
+ *  The Cilk library contains a collection of reducer wrapper classes which 
+ *  were created before the `cilk::reducer<Monoid>` style was developed. For 
+ *  example, `cilk::reducer_opadd<Type>` provided essentially the same
+ *  functionality that is now provided by 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_add<Type> >`. These legacy reducer classes are 
+ *  deprecated, but still supported, and they have been reimplemented as 
+ *  subclasses of the corresponding `cilk::reducer` classes. For example:
+ *
+ *      template <class T>
+ *      reducer_opadd<T> : public reducer< op_add<T> > { ... };
+ *
+ *  This reimplementation allows transparent conversion between legacy and 
+ *  new reducers. That is, a `reducer<op_add>*` or `reducer<op_add>&` can be 
+ *  used anywhere that a `reducer_opadd*` or `reducer_opadd&` is expected, 
+ *  and vice versa. 
+ *
+ *  The conversion from the legacy reducer to the new reducer is just an 
+ *  up-cast, which is provided for free by C++. The conversion from the new 
+ *  reducer to the legacy reducer is a down-cast, though, which requires an 
+ *  explicit conversion member function in the `reducer` class. The challenge
+ *  is to define a function in the reducer template class which will convert
+ *  each cilk::reducer specialization to the corresponding legacy reducer, 
+ *  if there is one.
+ *
+ *  The trick is in the legacy_reducer_downcast template class, which provides
+ *  a mapping from  `cilk::reducer` specializations to legacy reducer classes.
+ *  `reducer<Monoid>` has a conversion function to convert itself to 
+ *  `legacy_reducer_downcast< reducer<Monoid> >::%type`. By default,
+ *  `legacy_reducer_downcast<Reducer>::%type` is just a trivial subclass of
+ *  `Reducer`, which is uninteresting, but a reducer with a legacy counterpart
+ *  will have a specialization of `legacy_reducer_downcast` whose `type` is 
+ *  the corresponding legacy reducer. For example:
+ *
+ *      template <typename Type>
+ *      struct legacy_reducer_downcast< reducer< op_add<Type> > >
+ *      {
+ *          typedef reducer_opadd<Type> type;
+ *      };
+ *
+ *
+ *  @tparam Reducer The new-style reducer class whose corresponding legacy reducer class
+ *                  is `type`, if there is such a legacy reducer class.
+ */
+template <typename Reducer>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast
+{
+    /** The related legacy reducer class.
+     *
+     *  By default, this is just a trivial subclass of Reducer, but it can be 
+     *  overridden in the specialization of legacy_reducer_downcast for 
+     *  a reducer that has a corresponding legacy reducers.
+     */
+    struct type : Reducer { };
+};
+
+
+namespace internal {
+/// @cond internal
+
+template <typename Value, typename View>
+struct reducer_set_get
+{
+    static View theView;  // Declared but not defined
+
+    // sizeof(notchar) is guaranteed larger than 1
+    struct notchar { char x[2]; };
+
+    // check_for_ref returns char if 'get_value' returns by value and notchar
+    // if 'get_value' returns by reference.
+    static char    check_for_ref(Value,  ...);
+    static notchar check_for_ref(Value&, int);
+
+    enum { GET_VALUE_BY_VALUE =
+           (1 == sizeof(check_for_ref(theView.view_get_value(), 0))) } ;
+
+    typedef typename condition<GET_VALUE_BY_VALUE,
+                               Value, const Value&>::type get_value_type;
+
+    static void move_in(View& view, Value& v)   { view.view_move_in(v); }
+    static void move_out(View& view,  Value& v) { view.view_move_out(v); }
+
+    static void set_value(View& view, const Value& v)
+        { view.view_set_value(v); }
+
+    static get_value_type get_value(const View& view)
+        { return view.view_get_value(); }
+};
+
+template <typename Value>
+struct reducer_set_get<Value, Value>
+{
+    typedef const Value& get_value_type;
+
+    static void move_in(Value& view, Value& v)   { view = v; }
+    static void move_out(Value& view,  Value& v) { v = view; }
+
+    static void set_value(Value& view, const Value& v) { view = v; }
+
+    static get_value_type get_value(const Value& view) { return view; }
+};
+
+/// @endcond
+
+
+/** Base class defining the data layout that is common to all reducers.
+ */
+template <typename Monoid> 
+class reducer_base {
+    typedef typename Monoid::view_type view_type;
+
+    // This makes the reducer a hyper-object. (Partially initialized in
+    // the derived reducer_content class.)
+    //
+    __cilkrts_hyperobject_base      m_base;
+
+    // The monoid is allocated here as raw bytes, and is constructed explicitly
+    // by a call to the monoid_type::construct() function in the constructor of
+    // the `reducer` subclass.
+    //
+    storage_for_object<Monoid>      m_monoid;
+
+    // Used for sanity checking at destruction.
+    //
+    void*                           m_initialThis;
+    
+    // The leftmost view comes next. It is defined in the derived
+    // reducer_content class.
+    
+    /** @name C-callable wrappers for the C++-coded monoid dispatch functions.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    static void reduce_wrapper(void* r, void* lhs, void* rhs);
+    static void identity_wrapper(void* r, void* view);
+    static void destroy_wrapper(void* r, void* view);
+    static void* allocate_wrapper(void* r, __STDNS size_t bytes);
+    static void deallocate_wrapper(void* r, void* view);
+    
+    //@}
+
+protected:
+
+    /** Constructor.
+     *
+     *  @param  leftmost    The address of the leftmost view in the reducer.
+     */
+    reducer_base(char* leftmost) 
+    {
+        static const cilk_c_monoid c_monoid_initializer = {
+            (cilk_c_reducer_reduce_fn_t)     &reduce_wrapper,
+            (cilk_c_reducer_identity_fn_t)   &identity_wrapper,
+            (cilk_c_reducer_destroy_fn_t)    &destroy_wrapper,
+            (cilk_c_reducer_allocate_fn_t)   &allocate_wrapper,
+            (cilk_c_reducer_deallocate_fn_t) &deallocate_wrapper
+        };
+
+        m_base.__c_monoid = c_monoid_initializer;
+        m_base.__flags = 0;
+        m_base.__view_offset = (char*)leftmost - (char*)this;
+        m_base.__view_size = sizeof(view_type);
+        m_initialThis = this;
+        
+        __cilkrts_hyper_create(&m_base);
+    }
+    
+    /** Destructor.
+     */
+    __CILKRTS_STRAND_STALE(~reducer_base())
+    {
+        // Make sure we haven't been memcopy'd or corrupted
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(
+            this == m_initialThis ||
+            // Allow for a layout bug that may put the initialThis field one 
+            // word later in 1.0 reducers than in 0.9  and 1.1 reducers.
+            this == *(&m_initialThis + 1)
+        );
+        __cilkrts_hyper_destroy(&m_base);
+    }
+
+    /** Monoid data member.
+     *
+     *  @return A pointer to the reducer’s monoid data member.
+     */
+    Monoid* monoid_ptr() { return &m_monoid.object(); }
+
+    /** Leftmost view data member.
+     *
+     *  @return A pointer to the reducer’s leftmost view data member.
+     *
+     *  @note   This function returns the address of the *leftmost* view, 
+     *          which is unique for the lifetime of the reducer. It is 
+     *          intended to be used in constructors and destructors. 
+     *          Use the reducer::view() function to access the per-strand 
+     *          view instance.
+     */
+    view_type* leftmost_ptr() 
+    {
+        char* view_addr = (char*)this + m_base.__view_offset;
+        return reinterpret_cast<view_type*>(view_addr);
+    }
+    
+public:
+
+    /** @name Access the current view.
+     *
+     *  These functions return a reference to the instance of the reducer’s 
+     *  view that was created for the current strand of a parallel computation
+     *  (and create it if it doesn’t already exist). Note the difference from
+     *  the (private) leftmost_ptr() function, which returns a pointer to the
+     *  _leftmost_ view, which is the same in all strands.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Per-strand view instance.
+     *
+     *  @return A reference to the per-strand view instance.
+     */
+    view_type& view() 
+    {
+        return *static_cast<view_type *>(__cilkrts_hyper_lookup(&m_base)); 
+    }
+    
+    /** @copydoc view()
+     */
+    const view_type& view() const 
+    { 
+        return const_cast<reducer_base*>(this)->view(); 
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    /** Initial view pointer field.
+     *
+     *  @internal
+     *
+     *  @return a reference to the m_initialThis field.
+     *
+     *  @note   This function is provided for “white-box” testing of the
+     *          reducer layout code. There is never any reason for user code
+     *          to call it.
+     */
+    const void* const & initial_this() const { return m_initialThis; }
+};
+
+template <typename Monoid>
+void reducer_base<Monoid>::reduce_wrapper(void* r, void* lhs, void* rhs)
+{
+    Monoid* monoid = static_cast<reducer_base*>(r)->monoid_ptr();
+    monoid->reduce(static_cast<view_type*>(lhs),
+                         static_cast<view_type*>(rhs));
+}
+
+template <typename Monoid>
+void reducer_base<Monoid>::identity_wrapper(void* r, void* view)
+{
+    Monoid* monoid = static_cast<reducer_base*>(r)->monoid_ptr();
+    monoid->identity(static_cast<view_type*>(view));
+}
+
+template <typename Monoid>
+void reducer_base<Monoid>::destroy_wrapper(void* r, void* view)
+{
+    Monoid* monoid = static_cast<reducer_base*>(r)->monoid_ptr();
+    monoid->destroy(static_cast<view_type*>(view));
+}
+
+template <typename Monoid>
+void* reducer_base<Monoid>::allocate_wrapper(void* r, __STDNS size_t bytes)
+{
+    Monoid* monoid = static_cast<reducer_base*>(r)->monoid_ptr();
+    return monoid->allocate(bytes);
+}
+
+template <typename Monoid>
+void reducer_base<Monoid>::deallocate_wrapper(void* r, void* view)
+{
+    Monoid* monoid = static_cast<reducer_base*>(r)->monoid_ptr();
+    monoid->deallocate(static_cast<view_type*>(view));
+}
+
+
+/** Base class defining the data members of a reducer.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Aligned The `m_view` data member, and therefore the entire 
+ *                  structure, are cache-line aligned if this parameter
+ *                  is `true'.
+ */
+template <typename Monoid, bool Aligned = Monoid::align_reducer>
+class reducer_content;
+
+/** Base class defining the data members of an aligned reducer.
+ */
+template <typename Monoid>
+class reducer_content<Monoid, true> : public reducer_base<Monoid>
+{
+    typedef typename Monoid::view_type view_type;
+    
+    // The leftmost view is defined as raw bytes. It will be constructed
+    // by the monoid `construct` function. It is cache-aligned, which 
+    // will push it into a new cache line. Furthermore, its alignment causes
+    // the reducer as a whole to be cache-aligned, which makes the reducer 
+    // size a multiple of a cache line. Since there is nothing in the reducer 
+    // after the view, all this means that the leftmost view gets one or more
+    // cache lines all to itself, which prevents false sharing.
+    //
+    __CILKRTS_CACHE_ALIGN
+    char m_leftmost[sizeof(view_type)];
+
+    /** Test if the reducer is cache-line-aligned.
+     *
+     *  Used in assertions.
+     */
+    bool reducer_is_cache_aligned() const
+        { return 0 == ((std::size_t) this & (__CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__ - 1)); }
+        
+protected:
+
+    /** Constructor.
+     */
+    reducer_content() : reducer_base<Monoid>((char*)&m_leftmost)
+    {
+#ifndef CILK_IGNORE_REDUCER_ALIGNMENT
+    assert(reducer_is_cache_aligned() &&
+           "Reducer should be cache aligned. Please see comments following this assertion for explanation and fixes.");
+#endif
+    /*  "REDUCER SHOULD BE CACHE ALIGNED" ASSERTION.
+     *
+     *  This Reducer class instantiation specifies cache-line alignment of the 
+     *  leftmost view field (and, implicitly, of the reducer itself). You got
+     *  this assertion because a reducer with this class was allocated at a
+     *  non-cache-aligned address, probably because it was allocated on the 
+     *  heap with `new`. This can be a problem for two reasons:
+     *
+     *  1.  If the leftmost view is not on a cache line by itself, there might
+     *      be a slowdown resulting from accesses to the same cache line from
+     *      different threads.
+     *
+     *  2.  The compiler thinks that reducer is cache-line aligned, but it
+     *      really isn't. If the reducer is contained in a structure, then the
+     *      compiler will believe that the containing structure, and other
+     *      fields contained in it, are also more aligned than they really
+     *      are. In particular, if the structure contains a numeric array that
+     *      is used in a vectorizable loop, then the compiler might generate
+     *      invalid vector instructions, resulting in a runtime error.
+     *
+     *  The compiler will always allocate reducer variables, and structure
+     *  variables containing reducers, with their required alignment.
+     *  Reducers, and structures containing a reducer, which are allocated
+     *  on the heap with `new` will _not_ be properly aligned.
+     *
+     *  There are three ways that you can fix this assertion failure.
+     *
+     *  A.  Rewrite your code to use the new-style `reducer< op_XXX<Type> >` 
+     *      instead of the legacy `reducer_XXX<type>`. The new-style reducers
+     *      are not declared to be cache-aligned, and will work properly if
+     *      they are not cache-aligned.
+     *
+     *  B.  If you must allocate an old-style reducer or a structure containing
+     *      a reducer on the heap, figure out how to align it correctly. The
+     *      suggested fix is to use `cilk::aligned_new()` and 
+     *      `cilk::aligned_delete()` instead of `new` and `delete`, as follows:
+     *
+     *          Type* ptr = cilk::aligned_new<Type>(constructor-arguments);
+     *          cilk::aligned_delete(ptr);
+     *
+     *  C.  Define the macro CILK_IGNORE_REDUCER_ALIGNMENT, which will suppress
+     *      the assertion check. Do this only if you are comfortable that
+     *      problem (2) above will not occur.
+     */
+    }
+};
+
+/** Base class defining the data members of an unaligned reducer.
+ */
+template <typename Monoid>
+class reducer_content<Monoid, false> : public reducer_base<Monoid>
+{
+    typedef typename Monoid::view_type view_type;      ///< The view type.
+
+    // Reserve space for the leftmost view. The view will be allocated at an
+    // aligned offset in this space at runtime, to guarantee that the view
+    // will get one or more cache lines all to itself, to prevent false 
+    // sharing.
+    //
+    // The number of bytes to reserve is determined as follows:
+    // * Start with the view size.
+    // * Round up to a multiple of the cache line size, to get the total size
+    //   of the cache lines that will be dedicated to the view.
+    // * Add (cache line size - 1) filler bytes to guarantee that the reserved
+    //   area will contain a cache-aligned block of the required cache lines,
+    //   no matter where the reserved area starts.
+    //
+    char m_leftmost[
+        // View size rounded up to multiple cache lines
+        (   (sizeof(view_type) + __CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__ - 1)
+            & ~ (__CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__ - 1)
+        )
+        // plus filler to allow alignment.
+        + __CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__ - 1
+        ];
+
+protected:
+
+    /** Constructor. Find the first cache-aligned position in the reserved
+     *  area, and pass it to the base constructor as the leftmost view 
+     *  address.
+     */
+    reducer_content() : 
+        reducer_base<Monoid>(
+            (char*)( ((std::size_t)&m_leftmost + __CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__ - 1)
+                     & ~ (__CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__ - 1) ) )
+    {}
+};
+
+
+} // namespace internal
+
+
+// The __cilkrts_hyperobject_ functions are defined differently depending on
+// whether a file is compiled with or without the CILK_STUB option. Therefore,
+// reducers compiled in the two modes should be link-time incompatible, so that
+// object files compiled with stubbed reducers won't be linked into an
+// unstubbed program, or vice versa. We achieve this by putting the reducer
+// class definition into the cilk::stub namespace in a stubbed compilation.
+
+#ifdef CILK_STUB
+namespace stub {
+#endif
+
+/** Reducer class.
+ *
+ *  A reducer is instantiated on a Monoid.  The Monoid provides the value
+ *  type, associative reduce function, and identity for the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Monoid  The monoid class that the reducer is instantiated on. It must model
+ *                  the @ref reducers_monoid_concept "monoid concept".
+ *
+ *  @see @ref pagereducers
+ */
+template <class Monoid>
+class reducer : public internal::reducer_content<Monoid>
+{
+    typedef internal::reducer_content<Monoid> base;
+    using base::monoid_ptr;
+    using base::leftmost_ptr;
+  public:
+    typedef Monoid                          monoid_type;    ///< The monoid type.
+    typedef typename Monoid::value_type     value_type;     ///< The value type.
+    typedef typename Monoid::view_type      view_type;      ///< The view type.
+
+  private:
+    typedef internal::reducer_set_get<value_type, view_type> set_get;
+    
+    reducer(const reducer&);                ///< Disallow copying.
+    reducer& operator=(const reducer&);     ///< Disallow assignment.
+
+  public:
+  
+    /** @name Constructors
+     *
+     *  All reducer constructors call the static `construct()` function of the monoid class to
+     *  construct the reducer's monoid and leftmost view. 
+     *
+     *  The reducer constructor arguments are simply passed through to the construct() function.
+     *  Thus, the constructor parameters accepted by a particular reducer class are determined
+     *  by its monoid class.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /** 0 – 6 const reference parameters.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    reducer()
+    {
+        monoid_type::construct(monoid_ptr(), leftmost_ptr());
+    }
+
+    template <typename T1>
+    reducer(const T1& x1)
+    {
+        monoid_type::construct(monoid_ptr(), leftmost_ptr(), x1);
+    }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    reducer(const T1& x1, const T2& x2)
+    {
+        monoid_type::construct(monoid_ptr(), leftmost_ptr(), x1, x2);
+    }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    reducer(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3)
+    {
+        monoid_type::construct(monoid_ptr(), leftmost_ptr(), x1, x2, x3);
+    }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
+    reducer(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, const T4& x4)
+    {
+        monoid_type::construct(monoid_ptr(), leftmost_ptr(), x1, x2, x3, x4);
+    }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
+    reducer(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, const T4& x4, const T5& x5)
+    {
+        monoid_type::construct(monoid_ptr(), leftmost_ptr(), x1, x2, x3, x4, x5);
+    }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6>
+    reducer(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, const T4& x4, const T5& x5, const T6& x6)
+    {
+        monoid_type::construct(monoid_ptr(), leftmost_ptr(), x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6);
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    /** 1 non-const reference parameter.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    template <typename T1>
+    reducer(T1& x1)
+    {
+        monoid_type::construct(monoid_ptr(), leftmost_ptr(), x1);
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** Destructor.
+     */
+    __CILKRTS_STRAND_STALE(~reducer())
+    {
+        leftmost_ptr()->~view_type();
+        monoid_ptr()->~monoid_type();
+    }
+
+    //@{
+    /** Get the monoid.
+     *
+     *  @return A reference to the monoid object belonging to this reducer.
+     */
+    Monoid& monoid() { return *monoid_ptr(); }
+    
+    const Monoid& monoid() const 
+    { return const_cast<reducer*>(this)->monoid(); }
+    //@}
+
+    //@{
+    /** Access the current view.
+     *
+     *  Return a reference to the instance of the reducer’s view that was 
+     *  created for the current strand of a parallel computation (and create
+     *  it if it doesn’t already exist).
+     */
+          view_type& view()       { return base::view(); }
+    const view_type& view() const { return base::view(); }
+    //@}
+        
+
+    /** @name Dereference the reducer to get the view.
+     *
+     *  “Dereferencing” a reducer yields the view for the current strand. The
+     *  view, in turn, acts as a proxy for its contained value, exposing only
+     *  those operations which are consistent with the reducer’s monoid. Thus,
+     *  all modifications of the reducer’s accumulator variable are written as
+     *
+     *      *reducer OP ...
+     *
+     *  or
+     *
+     *      reducer->func(...)
+     *
+     *  (The permitted operations on a reducer’s accumulator are listed in the
+     *  documentation for that particular kind of reducer.)
+     *
+     *  @note   `*r` is a synonym for `r.view()`. Recommended style is to use
+     *          `*r` (or `r->`) in the common case where code is simply
+     *          updating the accumulator variable wrapped in the view, and to
+     *          use `r.view()` in the unusual case where it is desirable to
+     *          call attention to the view itself.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    //@{
+    /** Dereference operator.
+     *
+     *  @return A reference to the per-strand view instance.
+     */
+    view_type&       operator*()       { return view(); }
+    view_type const& operator*() const { return view(); }
+    //@}
+
+    //@{
+    /** Pointer operator.
+     *
+     *  @return A pointer to the per-strand view instance.
+     */
+    view_type*       operator->()       { return &view(); }
+    view_type const* operator->() const { return &view(); }
+    //@}
+    
+    //@{
+    /** Deprecated view access.
+     *
+     *  `r()` is a synonym for `*r` which was used with early versions of Cilk
+     *  reducers. `*r` is now the preferred usage.
+     *
+     *  @deprecated Use operator*() instead of operator()().
+     *
+     *  @return A reference to the per-strand view instance.
+     */
+    view_type&       operator()()       { return view(); }
+    view_type const& operator()() const { return view(); }
+    //@}
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Set and get the value.
+     *
+     *  These functions are used to set an initial value for the reducer before
+     *  starting the reduction, or to get the final value after the reduction
+     *  is complete.
+     *
+     *  @note   These functions are completely different from the view
+     *          operations that are made available via operator*() and
+     *          operator->(), which are used to _modify_ the reducer’s value
+     *          _during_ the reduction.
+     *
+     *  @warning    These functions _can_ be called at any time, and in 
+     *              general, they will refer to the value contained in the view
+     *              for the current strand. However, using them other than to
+     *              set the reduction’s initial value or get its final value
+     *              will almost always result in undefined behavior.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /** Move a value into the reducer.
+     *
+     *  This function is used to set the initial value of the reducer’s
+     *  accumulator variable by either copying or _moving_ the value of @a obj
+     *  into it. Moving a value can often be performed in constant time, even
+     *  for large container objects, but has the side effect of leaving the
+     *  value of @a obj undefined. (See the description of the 
+     *  @ref move_in_wrapper class for a discussion of moving values.) 
+     *
+     *  @par    Usage
+     *          A move_in() call to initialize a reducer is often paired with a
+     *          move_out() call to get its final value:
+     *
+     *              reducer<Type> xr;
+     *              xr.move_in(x);
+     *              … do the reduction …
+     *              xr.move_out(x);
+     *
+     *  @par Assumptions
+     *      -   You cannot assume either that this will function will copy its
+     *          value or that it will move it. 
+     *      -   You must assume that the value of @a obj will be undefined 
+     *          after the call to move_in(). 
+     *      -   You can assume that move_in() will be at least as efficient as
+     *          set_value(), and you should therefore prefer move_in() unless
+     *          you need the value of @a obj to be unchanged after the call.
+     *          (But you should usually prefer the move-in constructor over a
+     *          move_in() call — see the note below.)
+     *
+     *  @note   The behavior of a default constructor followed by move-in
+     *          initialization:
+     *
+     *              reducer<Type> xr;
+     *              xr.move_in(x);
+     *
+     *  @note   is not necessarily the same as a move-in constructor:
+     *
+     *      reducer<Type> xr(move_in(x));
+     * 
+     *  @note   In particular, when @a Type is a container type with a 
+     *          non-empty allocator, the move-in constructor will create the
+     *          accumulator variable with the same allocator as the input
+     *          argument @a x, while the default constructor will create the
+     *          accumulator variable with a default allocator. The mismatch of
+     *          allocators in the latter case means that the input argument 
+     *          @a x may have to be copied in linear time instead of being 
+     *          moved in constant time.
+     *
+     *  @note   Best practice is to prefer the move-in constructor over the
+     *          move-in function unless the move-in function is required for
+     *          some specific reason.
+     *
+     *  @warning    Calling this function other than to set the initial value
+     *              for a reduction will almost always result in undefined
+     *              behavior.
+     *
+     *  @param  obj The object containing the value that will be moved into the
+     *              reducer.
+     *
+     *  @post   The reducer contains the value that was initially in @a obj.
+     *  @post   The value of @a obj is undefined.
+     *
+     *  @see set_value()
+     */
+    void move_in(value_type& obj) { set_get::move_in(view(), obj);}
+
+    /** Move the value out of the reducer.
+     *
+     *  This function is used to retrieve the final value of the reducer’s
+     *  accumulator variable by either copying or _moving_ the value of @a obj
+     *  into it. Moving a value can often be performed in constant time, even
+     *  for large container objects, but has the side effect of leaving the
+     *  value of the reducer’s accumulator variable undefined. (See the
+     *  description of the @ref move_in_wrapper class for a discussion of 
+     *  moving values.) 
+     *
+     *  @par    Usage
+     *          A move_in() call to initialize a reducer is often paired with a
+     *          move_out() call to get its final value:
+     *
+     *              reducer<Type> xr;
+     *              xr.move_in(x);
+     *              … do the reduction …
+     *              xr.move_out(x);
+     *
+     *  @par Assumptions
+     *      -   You cannot assume either that this will function will copy its
+     *          value or that it will move it. 
+     *      -   You must assume that the value of the reducer’s accumulator
+     *          variable will be undefined after the call to move_out().
+     *      -   You can assume that move_out() will be at least as efficient as
+     *          get_value(), and you should therefore prefer move_out() unless
+     *          you need the accumulator variable to be preserved after the
+     *          call.
+     *
+     *  @warning    Calling this function other than to retrieve the final 
+     *              value of a reduction will almost always result in undefined
+     *              behavior.
+     *
+     *  @param  obj The object that the value of the reducer will be moved into.
+     *
+     *  @post   @a obj contains the value that was initially in the reducer.
+     *  @post   The value of the reducer is undefined.
+     *
+     *  @see get_value()
+     */
+    void move_out(value_type& obj) { set_get::move_out(view(), obj); }
+
+    /** Set the value of the reducer.
+     *
+     *  This function sets the initial value of the reducer’s accumulator
+     *  variable to the value of @a obj.
+     *
+     *  @note   The behavior of a default constructor followed by
+     *          initialization:
+     *
+     *      reducer<Type> xr;
+     *      xr.set_value(x);
+     *
+     *  @note   is not necessarily the same as a value constructor:
+     *
+     *      reducer<Type> xr(x);
+     * 
+     *  @note   In particular, when @a Type is a container type with a 
+     *          non-empty allocator, the value constructor will create the
+     *          accumulator variable with the same allocator as the input
+     *          argument @a x, while the default constructor will create the
+     *          accumulator variable with a default allocator.
+     *
+     *  @warning    Calling this function other than to set the initial value
+     *              for a reduction will almost always result in undefined
+     *              behavior.
+     *
+     *  @param  obj The object containing the value that will be copied into 
+     *              the reducer.
+     *
+     *  @post   The reducer contains a copy of the value in @a obj.
+     *
+     *  @see move_in()
+     */
+    void set_value(const value_type& obj) { set_get::set_value(view(), obj); }
+
+    /** Get the value of the reducer.
+     *
+     *  This function gets the final value of the reducer’s accumulator
+     *  variable.
+     *
+     *  @warning    Calling this function other than to retrieve the final 
+     *              value of a reduction will almost always result in undefined
+     *              behavior.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the value contained in the reducer.
+     *
+     *  @see move_out()
+     */
+    typename set_get::get_value_type get_value() const 
+        { return set_get::get_value(view()); }
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** Implicit downcast to legacy reducer wrapper, if any.
+     *
+     *  @see legacy_reducer_downcast
+     */
+    operator typename legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer>::type& ()
+    {
+        typedef typename legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer>::type downcast_type;
+        return *reinterpret_cast<downcast_type*>(this);
+    }
+
+
+    /** Implicit downcast to legacy reducer wrapper, if any.
+     *
+     *  @see legacy_reducer_downcast
+     */
+    operator const typename legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer>::type& () const
+    {
+        typedef typename legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer>::type downcast_type;
+        return *reinterpret_cast<const downcast_type*>(this);
+    }
+};
+
+#ifdef CILK_STUB
+} // namespace stub
+using stub::reducer;
+#endif
+
+} // end namespace cilk
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** @page page_reducers_in_c Creating and Using Reducers in C
+ *
+ *  @tableofcontents
+ *  
+ *  The Cilk runtime supports reducers written in C as well as in C++. The basic logic is the
+ *  same, but the implementation details are very different. The C++ reducer implementation uses
+ *  templates heavily to create very generic components. The C reducer implementation uses
+ *  macros, which are a much blunter instrument. The most immediate consequence is that the 
+ *  monoid/view/reducer architecture is mostly implicit rather than explicit in C reducers.
+ *  
+ *  @section reducers_c_overview Overview of Using Reducers in C
+ *  
+ *  The basic usage pattern for C reducers is:
+ *  
+ *  1.  Create and initialize a reducer object.
+ *  2.  Tell the Cilk runtime about the reducer.
+ *  3.  Update the value contained in the reducer in a parallel computation.
+ *  4.  Tell the Cilk runtime that you are done with the reducer.
+ *  5.  Retrieve the value from the reducer.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_creation Creating and Initializing a C Reducer
+ *  
+ *  The basic pattern for creating and initializing a reducer object in C is
+ *  
+ *      CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(value-type) reducer-name =
+ *          CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(value-type,
+ *                              reduce-function,
+ *                              identity-function,
+ *                              destroy-function,
+ *                              initial-value);
+ *                              
+ *  This is simply an initialized definition of a variable named _reducer-name_. The
+ *  @ref CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER macro expands to an anonymous `struct` declaration for a reducer 
+ *  object containing a view of type _value-type_, and the @ref CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER macro
+ *  expands to a struct initializer.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_reduce_func Reduce Functions
+ *  
+ *  The reduce function for a reducer is called when a parallel execution strand terminates, to
+ *  combine the values computed by the terminating strand and the strand to its left. It takes
+ *  three arguments:
+ *  
+ *  -   `void* reducer` — the address of the reducer.
+ *  -   `void* left` — the address of the value for the left strand.
+ *  -   `void* right` — the address of the value for the right (terminating) strand.
+ *  
+ *  It must apply the reducer’s reduction operation to the `left` and `right` values, leaving
+ *  the result in the `left` value. The `right` value is undefined after the reduce function
+ *  call.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_identity_func Identity Functions
+ *  
+ *  The identity function for a reducer is called when a parallel execution strand begins, to
+ *  initialize its value to the reducer’s identity value. It takes two arguments:
+ *  
+ *  -   `void* reducer` — the address of the reducer.
+ *  -   `void* v` — the address of a freshly allocated block of memory of size
+ *      `sizeof(value-type)`.
+ *  
+ *  It must initialize the memory pointed to by `v` so that it contains the reducer’s identity 
+ *  value.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_destroy_func Destroy Functions
+ *  
+ *  The destroy function for a reducer is called when a parallel execution strand terminates, to
+ *  do any necessary cleanup before its value is deallocated. It takes two arguments:
+ *  
+ *  -   `void* reducer` — the address of the reducer.
+ *  -   `void* p` — the address of the value for the terminating strand.
+ *  
+ *  It must release any resources belonging to the value pointed to by `p`, to avoid a resource 
+ *  leak when the memory containing the value is deallocated.
+ *  
+ *  The runtime function `__cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy` can be used for the destructor 
+ *  function if the reducer’s values do not need any cleanup.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_register Tell the Cilk Runtime About the Reducer
+ *  
+ *  Call the @ref CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER macro to register the reducer with the Cilk runtime:
+ *  
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(reducer-name);
+ *  
+ *  The runtime will manage reducer values for all registered reducers when parallel execution 
+ *  strands begin and end.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_update Update the Value Contained in the Reducer
+ *  
+ *  The @ref REDUCER_VIEW macro returns a reference to the reducer’s value for the  current
+ *  parallel strand:
+ *  
+ *      REDUCER_VIEW(reducer-name) = REDUCER_VIEW(reducer-name) OP x;
+ *      
+ *  C++ reducer views restrict access to the wrapped value so that it can only be modified in
+ *  ways consistent with the reducer’s operation. No such protection is provided for C reducers.
+ *  It is
+ *  entirely the responsibility of the user to avoid modifying the value in any
+ *  inappropriate way.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection c_reducers_unregister Tell the Cilk Runtime That You Are Done with the Reducer
+ *  
+ *  When the parallel computation is complete, call the @ref CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER macro to 
+ *  unregister the reducer with the Cilk runtime:
+ *  
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(reducer-name);
+ *  
+ *  The runtime will stop managing reducer values for the reducer.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection c_reducers_retrieve Retrieve the Value from the Reducer
+ *  
+ *  When the parallel computation is complete, use the @ref REDUCER_VIEW macro to retrieve the
+ *  final value computed by the reducer.
+ *  
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_example_custom Example — Creating and Using a Custom C Reducer
+ *  
+ *  The `IntList` type represents a simple list of integers.
+ *  
+ *      struct _intListNode {
+ *          int value;
+ *          _intListNode* next;
+ *      } IntListNode;
+ *      typedef struct { IntListNode* head; IntListNode* tail; } IntList;
+ *      
+ *      // Initialize a list to be empty
+ *      void IntList_init(IntList* list) { list->head = list->tail = 0; }
+ *      
+ *      // Append an integer to the list
+ *      void IntList_append(IntList* list, int x) 
+ *      { 
+ *          IntListNode* node = (IntListNode*) malloc(sizeof(IntListNode));
+ *          if (list->tail) list->tail->next = node; else list->head = node;
+ *          list->tail = node;
+ *      }
+ *      
+ *      // Append the right list to the left list, and leave the right list empty
+ *      void IntList_concat(IntList* left, IntList* right)
+ *      {
+ *          if (left->head) {
+ *              left->tail->next = right->head;
+ *              if (right->tail) left->tail = right->tail;
+ *          }
+ *          else {
+ *              *left = *right;
+ *          }
+ *          IntList_init(*right);
+ *      }
+ *      
+ *  This code creates a reducer that supports creating an `IntList` by appending values to it.
+ *  
+ *      void identity_IntList(void* reducer, void* list)
+ *      {
+ *          IntList_init((IntList*)list);
+ *      }
+ *      
+ *      void reduce_IntList(void* reducer, void* left, void* right)
+ *      {
+ *          IntList_concat((IntList*)left, (IntList*)right);
+ *      }
+ *          
+ *      CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(IntList) my_list_int_reducer =
+ *          CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(IntList,
+ *                              reduce_int_list,
+ *                              identity_int_list,
+ *                              __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy);
+ *                              // Initial value omitted //
+ *      ListInt_init(&REDUCER_VIEW(my_int_list_reducer));
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(my_int_list_reducer);
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          IntList_append(&REDUCER_VIEW(my_int_list_reducer), a[i]);
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(my_int_list_reducer);
+ *      
+ *      IntList result = REDUCER_VIEW(my_int_list_reducer);
+ *
+ *  @section reducers_c_predefined Predefined C Reducers
+ *
+ *  Some of the predefined reducer classes in the Cilk library come with a set of predefined
+ *  macros to provide the same capabilities in C. In general, two macros are provided for each
+ *  predefined reducer family:
+ *
+ *  -   `CILK_C_REDUCER_operation(reducer-name, type-name, initial-value)` — Declares a
+ *      reducer object named _reducer-name_ with initial value _initial-value_ to perform
+ *      a reduction using the _operation_ on values of the type specified by _type-name_.
+ *      This is the equivalent of the general code described in @ref reducers_c_creation :
+ *
+ *          CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(type) reducer-name =
+ *              CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(type, ..., initial-value);
+ *
+ *      where _type_ is the C type corresponding to _type_name_. See @ref reducers_c_type_names
+ *      below for the _type-names_ that you can use.
+ *
+ *  -   `CILK_C_REDUCER_operation_TYPE(type-name)` — Expands to the `typedef` name for the type
+ *      of the reducer object declared by
+ *      `CILK_C_REDUCER_operation(reducer-name, type-name, initial-value)`.
+ *
+ *  See @ref reducers_c_example_predefined.
+ *
+ *  The predefined C reducers are:
+ *
+ *  |   Operation       |   Name        |   Documentation               |
+ *  |-------------------|---------------|-------------------------------|
+ *  |   addition        |   `OPADD`     |   @ref ReducersAdd            |
+ *  |   bitwise and     |   `OPAND`     |   @ref ReducersAnd            |
+ *  |   bitwise or      |   `OPOR`      |   @ref ReducersOr             |
+ *  |   bitwise xor     |   `OPXOR`     |   @ref ReducersXor            |
+ *  |   multiplication  |   `OPMUL`     |   @ref ReducersMul            |
+ *  |   minimum         |   `MIN`       |   @ref ReducersMinMax         |
+ *  |   minimum & index |   `MIN_INDEX` |   @ref ReducersMinMax         |
+ *  |   maximum         |   `MIN`       |   @ref ReducersMinMax         |
+ *  |   maximum & index |   `MIN_INDEX` |   @ref ReducersMinMax         |
+ *      
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_type_names Numeric Type Names
+ *  
+ *  The type and function names created by the C reducer definition macros incorporate both the
+ *  reducer kind (`opadd`, `opxor`, etc.) and the value type of the reducer (`int`, `double`, 
+ *  etc.). The value type is represented by a _numeric type name_ string. The types supported 
+ *  in C reducers, and their corresponding numeric type names, are given in the following table:
+ *  
+ *  |   Type                |   Numeric Type Name           |
+ *  |-----------------------|-------------------------------|
+ *  |  `char`               |  `char`                       |
+ *  |  `unsigned char`      |  `uchar`                      |
+ *  |  `signed char`        |  `schar`                      |
+ *  |  `wchar_t`            |  `wchar_t`                    |
+ *  |  `short`              |  `short`                      |
+ *  |  `unsigned short`     |  `ushort`                     |
+ *  |  `int`                |  `int`                        |
+ *  |  `unsigned int`       |  `uint`                       |
+ *  |  `unsigned int`       |  `unsigned` (alternate name)  |
+ *  |  `long`               |  `long`                       |
+ *  |  `unsigned long`      |  `ulong`                      |
+ *  |  `long long`          |  `longlong`                   |
+ *  |  `unsigned long long` |  `ulonglong`                  |
+ *  |  `float`              |  `float`                      |
+ *  |  `double`             |  `double`                     |
+ *  |  `long double`        |  `longdouble`                 |
+ *  
+ *  @subsection reducers_c_example_predefined Example — Using a Predefined C Reducer
+ *
+ *  To compute the sum of all the values in an array of `unsigned int`:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD(sum, uint, 0);
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(sum);
+ *      cilk_for(int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          REDUCER_VIEW(sum) += a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(sum);
+ *      printf("The sum is %u\n", REDUCER_VIEW(sum));
+ */
+
+ 
+ /** @name C language reducer macros
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to declare and work with reducers in C code.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+ //@{
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** @name Compound identifier macros.
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to construct an identifier by concatenating two or three identifiers.
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** Expand to an identifier formed by concatenating two identifiers.
+ */
+#define __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(a,b) __CILKRTS_MKIDENT_IMP(a,b,)
+
+/** Expand to an identifier formed by concatenating three identifiers.
+ */
+#define __CILKRTS_MKIDENT3(a,b,c) __CILKRTS_MKIDENT_IMP(a,b,c)
+
+/** Helper macro to do the concatenation.
+ */
+#define __CILKRTS_MKIDENT_IMP(a,b,c) a ## b ## c
+
+//@}
+
+/** Compiler-specific keyword for the “type of” operator.
+ */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+# define _Typeof __typeof__
+#endif
+
+/** @name Predefined reducer function declaration macros.
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to create the function headers for the identity, reduction,
+ *  and destructor functions for a builtin reducer family. The macro can be followed by
+ *  a semicolon to create a declaration, or by a brace-enclosed body to create a definition.
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** Create an identity function header.
+ *
+ *  @note   The name of the function’s value pointer parameter will always be `v`.
+ *
+ *  @param name The reducer family name.
+ *  @param tn   The type name.
+ */
+#define __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(name,tn)  CILK_EXPORT         \
+    void __CILKRTS_MKIDENT3(name,_identity_,tn)(void* key, void* v)
+
+/** Create a reduction function header.
+ *
+ *  @param name The reducer family name.
+ *  @param tn   The type name.
+ *  @param l    The name to use for the function’s left value pointer parameter.
+ *  @param r    The name to use for the function’s right value pointer parameter.
+ */
+#define __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(name,tn,l,r) CILK_EXPORT        \
+    void __CILKRTS_MKIDENT3(name,_reduce_,tn)(void* key, void* l, void* r)
+
+/** Create a destructor function header.
+ *
+ *  @param name The reducer family name.
+ *  @param tn   The type name.
+ *  @param p    The name to use for the function’s value pointer parameter.
+ */
+#define __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_DESTROY(name,tn,p) CILK_EXPORT         \
+    void __CILKRTS_MKIDENT3(name,_destroy_,tn)(void* key, void* p)
+
+//@}
+
+/// @endcond
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *              Real implementation
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/** Declaration of a C reducer structure type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into an anonymous structure declaration for a C reducer structure
+ *  which contains a @a Type value. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(int) my_add_int_reducer =
+ *          CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(int, …);
+ *
+ *  @param Type The type of the value contained in the reducer object.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_creation
+ */
+#define CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(Type) struct {                      \
+        __cilkrts_hyperobject_base   __cilkrts_hyperbase;          \
+        __CILKRTS_CACHE_ALIGN Type   value;                        \
+    }
+
+/** Initializer for a C reducer structure.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a brace-enclosed structure initializer for a C reducer structure
+ *  that was declared with `CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(Type)`. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(int) my_add_int_reducer =
+ *          CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(int, 
+ *                              add_int_reduce, 
+ *                              add_int_identity, 
+ *                              __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy,
+ *                              0);
+ *
+ *  @param Type     The type of the value contained in the reducer object. Must be the same as
+ *                  the @a Type argument of the CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER macro call that created
+ *                  the reducer.
+ *  @param Reduce   The address of the @ref reducers_c_reduce_func "reduce function" for the
+ *                  reducer.
+ *  @param Identity The address of the @ref reducers_c_identity_func "identity function" for
+ *                  the reducer.
+ *  @param Destroy  The address of the @ref reducers_c_destroy_func "destroy function" for the
+ *                  reducer.
+ *  @param ...      The initial value for the reducer. (A single expression if @a Type is a
+ *                  scalar type; a list of values if @a Type is a struct or array type.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_creation
+ */
+
+#define CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(Type, Reduce, Identity, Destroy, ...)       \
+    {   {   {   Reduce                                                  \
+            ,   Identity                                                \
+            ,   Destroy                                                 \
+            ,   __cilkrts_hyperobject_alloc                             \
+            ,   __cilkrts_hyperobject_dealloc                           \
+            }                                                           \
+        ,   0                                                           \
+        ,   __CILKRTS_CACHE_LINE__                                      \
+        ,   sizeof(Type)                                                \
+        }                                                               \
+    ,   __VA_ARGS__                                                     \
+    }
+
+/** Register a reducer with the Cilk runtime.
+ *
+ *  The runtime will manage reducer values for all registered reducers when parallel execution 
+ *  strands begin and end. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(my_add_int_reducer);
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          …
+ *      }
+ *
+ *  @param Expr The reducer to be registered.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(Expr) \
+    __cilkrts_hyper_create(&(Expr).__cilkrts_hyperbase)
+
+/** Unregister a reducer with the Cilk runtime.
+ *
+ *  The runtime will stop managing reducer values for a reducer after it is unregistered. For
+ *  example:
+ *
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          …
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(my_add_int_reducer);
+ *
+ *  @param Expr The reducer to be unregistered.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+#define CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(Expr) \
+    __cilkrts_hyper_destroy(&(Expr).__cilkrts_hyperbase)
+
+/** Get the current view for a reducer.
+ *
+ *  The `REDUCER_VIEW(reducer-name)` returns a reference to the reducer’s value for the 
+ *  current parallel strand. This can be used to initialize thevalue of the  reducer before it
+ *  is used, to modify the value of the reducer on the current parallel strand, or to retrieve
+ *  the final value of the reducer at the end of the parallel computation.
+ *
+ *      REDUCER_VIEW(my_add_int_reducer) = REDUCER_VIEW(my_add_int_reducer) + x;
+ *
+ *  @note   C++ reducer views restrict access to the wrapped value so that it can only be
+ *  modified in ways consistent with the reducer’s operation. No such protection is provided 
+ *  for C reducers. It is entirely the responsibility of the user to refrain from modifying the
+ *  value in any inappropriate way.
+ *
+ *  @param Expr The reducer whose value is to be returned.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+#define REDUCER_VIEW(Expr) (*(_Typeof((Expr).value)*)               \
+    __cilkrts_hyper_lookup(&(Expr).__cilkrts_hyperbase))
+
+//@} C language reducer macros
+
+#endif // CILK_REDUCER_H_INCLUDED
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_file.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_file.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..75af994e9d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+
+
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_list.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_list.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fc0be1e03d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_list.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1127 @@
+/*  reducer_list.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_list.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel list creation by appending or
+ *  prepending.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersList
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_LIST_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_LIST_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+#include <list>
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersList List Reducers
+ *
+ *  List append and prepend reducers allow the creation of a standard list by
+ *  concatenating a set of lists or values in parallel.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  You should be familiar with @ref pagereducers "Cilk reducers", described in
+ *  file `reducers.md`, and particularly with @ref reducers_using, before trying
+ *  to use the information in this file.
+ *
+ *  @section redlist_usage Usage Example
+ *
+ *      // Create a list containing the labels of the nodes of a tree in
+ *      // “inorder” (left subtree, root, right subtree).
+ *
+ *      struct Tree { Tree* left; Tree* right; string label; ... };
+ *
+ *      list<string> x;
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_list_append<string> > xr(cilk::move_in(x));
+ *      collect_labels(tree, xr);
+ *      xr.move_out(x);
+ *      
+ *      void collect_labels(Tree* node, 
+ *                          cilk::reducer< cilk::op_list_append<string> >& xr)
+ *      {
+ *          if (node) {
+ *              cilk_spawn collect_labels(node->left, xr);
+ *              xr->push_back(node->label);
+ *              collect_labels(node->right, xr);
+ *              cilk_sync;
+ *          }
+ *      }
+ *
+ *  @section redlist_monoid The Monoid
+ *
+ *  @subsection redlist_monoid_values Value Set
+ *
+ *  The value set of a list reducer is the set of values of the class 
+ *  `std::list<Type, Allocator>`, which we refer to as “the reducer’s list 
+ *  type”.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redlist_monoid_operator Operator
+ *
+ *  The operator of a list append reducer is defined as
+ *
+ *      x CAT y == (every element of x, followed by every element of y)
+ *
+ *  The operator of a list prepend reducer is defined as
+ *
+ *      x RCAT y == (every element of y, followed by every element of x)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redlist_monoid_identity Identity
+ *
+ *  The identity value of a list reducer is the empty list, which is the value 
+ *  of the expression `std::list<Type, Allocator>([allocator])`.
+ *
+ *  @section redlist_operations Operations
+ *
+ *  In the operation descriptions below, the type name `List` refers to the 
+ *  reducer’s string type, `std::list<Type, Allocator>`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redlist_constructors Constructors
+ *
+ *  Any argument list which is valid for a `std::list` constructor is valid for 
+ *  a list reducer constructor. The usual move-in constructor is also provided:
+ *
+ *      reducer(move_in(List& variable))
+ *
+ *  A list reducer with no constructor arguments, or with only an allocator 
+ *  argument, will initially contain the identity value, an empty list. 
+ *
+ *  @subsection redlist_get_set Set and Get
+ *
+ *      r.set_value(const List& value)
+ *      const List& = r.get_value() const
+ *      r.move_in(List& variable)
+ *      r.move_out(List& variable)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redlist_view_ops View Operations
+ *
+ *  The view of a list append reducer provides the following member functions:
+ *
+ *      void push_back(const Type& element) 
+ *      void insert_back(List::size_type n, const Type& element) 
+ *      template <typename Iter> void insert_back(Iter first, Iter last)
+ *      void splice_back(List& x)
+ *      void splice_back(List& x, List::iterator i)
+ *      void splice_back(List& x, List::iterator first, List::iterator last)
+ *  
+ *  The view of a list prepend reducer provides the following member functions:
+ *
+ *      void push_front(const Type& element) 
+ *      void insert_front(List::size_type n, const Type& element) 
+ *      template <typename Iter> void insert_front(Iter first, Iter last)
+ *      void splice_front(List& x)
+ *      void splice_front(List& x, List::iterator i)
+ *      void splice_front(List& x, List::iterator first, List::iterator last)
+ *
+ *  The `push_back` and `push_front` functions are the same as the
+ *  corresponding `std::list` functions. The `insert_back`, `splice_back`,
+ *  `insert_front`, and `splice_front` functions are the same as the 
+ *  `std::list` `insert` and `splice` functions, with the first parameter
+ *  fixed to the end or beginning of the list, respectively.
+ *
+ *  @section redlist_performance Performance Considerations
+ *
+ *  An efficient reducer requires that combining the values of two views (using 
+ *  the view `reduce()` function) be a constant-time operations. Two lists can
+ *  be merged in constant time using the `splice()` function if they have the
+ *  same allocator. Therefore, the lists for new views are created (by the view
+ *  identity constructor) using the same allocator as the list that was created
+ *  when the reducer was constructed.
+ *
+ *  The performance of adding elements to a list reducer depends on the view 
+ *  operations that are used:
+ *
+ *  *   The `push` functions add a single element to the list, and therefore
+ *      take constant time.
+ *  *   An `insert` function that inserts _N_ elements adds each of them
+ *      individually, and therefore takes _O(N)_ time. 
+ *  *   A `splice` function that inserts _N_ elements just adjusts a couple of
+ *      pointers, and therefore takes constant time, _if the splice is from a
+ *      list with the same allocator as the reducer_. Otherwise, it is
+ *      equivalent to an `insert`, and takes _O(N)_ time.
+ *
+ *  This means that for best performance, if you will be adding elements to a
+ *  list reducer in batches, you should `splice` them from a list having the
+ *  same allocator as the reducer.
+ *
+ *  The reducer `move_in` and `move_out` functions do a constant-time `swap` if
+ *  the variable has the same allocator as the reducer, and a linear-time copy
+ *  otherwise.
+ *  
+ *  Note that the allocator of a list reducer is determined when the reducer is
+ *  constructed. The following two examples may have very different behavior:
+ *
+ *      list<Element, Allocator> a_list;
+ *
+ *      reducer< list_append<Element, Allocator> reducer1(move_in(a_list));
+ *      ... parallel computation ...
+ *      reducer1.move_out(a_list);
+ *
+ *      reducer< list_append<Element, Allocator> reducer2;
+ *      reducer2.move_in(a_list);
+ *      ... parallel computation ...
+ *      reducer2.move_out(a_list);
+ *
+ *  *   `reducer1` will be constructed with the same allocator as `a_list`,
+ *      because the list was was specified in the constructor. The `move_in`
+ *      and`move_out` can therefore be done with a `swap` in constant time.
+ *  *   `reducer2` will be constructed with a _default_ allocator,
+ *      “`Allocator()`”, which may or may not be the same as the allocator of
+ *      `a_list`. Therefore, the `move_in` and `move_out` may have to be done
+ *      with a copy in _O(N)_ time.
+ *  
+ *  (All instances of an allocator type with no internal state (like
+ *  `std::allocator`) are “the same”. You only need to worry about the “same
+ *  allocator” issue when you create list reducers with custom allocator types.)
+ *
+ *  @section redlist_types Type and Operator Requirements
+ *
+ *  `std::list<Type, Allocator>` must be a valid type.
+ */
+
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+namespace internal {
+
+/** @ingroup ReducersList */
+//@{
+
+/** Base class for list append and prepend view classes.
+ *
+ *  @note   This class provides the definitions that are required for a class
+ *          that will be used as the parameter of a @ref list_monoid_base
+ *          specialization. 
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type        The list element type (not the list type).
+ *  @tparam Allocator   The list's allocator class.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ *  @see list_monoid_base
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Allocator>
+class list_view_base
+{
+protected:
+    /// The type of the contained list.
+    typedef std::list<Type, Allocator>  list_type;
+
+    /// The list accumulator variable.
+    list_type m_value;
+
+public:
+
+    /** @name Monoid support.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Required by @ref monoid_with_view
+    typedef list_type   value_type;
+
+    /// Required by @ref list_monoid_base
+    Allocator get_allocator() const
+    { 
+        return m_value.get_allocator(); 
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    
+    /** @name Constructors.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Standard list constructor.
+    explicit list_view_base(const Allocator& a = Allocator()) : m_value(a) {}
+    explicit list_view_base(
+        typename list_type::size_type n, 
+        const Type& value = Type(), 
+        const Allocator& a = Allocator() ) : m_value(n, value, a) {}
+    template <typename Iter> 
+    list_view_base(Iter first, Iter last, const Allocator& a = Allocator()) : 
+        m_value(first, last, a) {}
+    list_view_base(const list_type& list) : m_value(list) {}
+
+    /// Move-in constructor.
+    explicit list_view_base(move_in_wrapper<value_type> w)
+        : m_value(w.value().get_allocator())
+    {
+        m_value.swap(w.value());
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Reducer support.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Required by reducer::move_in()
+    void view_move_in(value_type& v)
+    {
+        if (m_value.get_allocator() == v.get_allocator())
+            // Equal allocators. Do a (fast) swap.
+            m_value.swap(v);
+        else
+            // Unequal allocators. Do a (slow) copy.
+            m_value = v;
+        v.clear();
+    }
+    
+    /// Required by reducer::move_out()
+    void view_move_out(value_type& v)
+    {
+        if (m_value.get_allocator() == v.get_allocator())
+            // Equal allocators.  Do a (fast) swap.
+            m_value.swap(v);
+        else
+            // Unequal allocators.  Do a (slow) copy.
+            v = m_value;
+        m_value.clear();
+    }
+    
+    /// Required by reducer::set_value()
+    void view_set_value(const value_type& v) { m_value = v; }
+
+    /// Required by reducer::get_value()
+    value_type const& view_get_value()     const { return m_value; }
+    
+    // Required by legacy wrapper get_reference()
+    value_type      & view_get_reference()       { return m_value; }
+    value_type const& view_get_reference() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** Base class for list append and prepend monoid classes.
+ *
+ *  The key to efficient reducers is that the `identity` operation, which
+ * creates a new per-strand view, and the `reduce` operation, which combines
+ *  two per-strand views, must be constant-time operations. Two lists can be
+ *  concatenated in constant time only if they have the same allocator.
+ *  Therefore, all the per-strand list accumulator variables must be created
+ *   with the same allocator as the leftmost view list. 
+ *
+ *  This means that a list reduction monoid must have a copy of the allocator
+ *  of the leftmost view’s list, so that it can use it in the `identity`
+ *  operation. This, in turn, requires that list reduction monoids have a
+ *  specialized `construct()` function, which constructs the leftmost view
+ *  before the monoid, and then passes the leftmost view’s allocator to the
+ *  monoid constructor.
+ *
+ *  @tparam View    The list append or prepend view class.
+ *  @tparam Align   If `false` (the default), reducers instantiated on this
+ *                  monoid will be naturally aligned (the Cilk library 1.0
+ *                  behavior). If `true`, reducers instantiated on this monoid
+ *                  will be cache-aligned for binary compatibility with 
+ *                  reducers in Cilk library version 0.9.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ *  @see list_view_base
+ */
+template <typename View, bool Align>
+class list_monoid_base : public monoid_with_view<View, Align>
+{
+    typedef typename View::value_type           list_type;
+    typedef typename list_type::allocator_type  allocator_type;
+    allocator_type                              m_allocator;
+    
+    using monoid_base<list_type, View>::provisional;
+    
+public:
+
+    /** Constructor.
+     *
+     *  There is no default constructor for list monoids, because the allocator 
+     *  must always be specified.
+     *
+     *  @param  allocator   The list allocator to be used when
+     *                      identity-constructing new views.
+     */
+    list_monoid_base(const allocator_type& allocator = allocator_type()) :
+        m_allocator(allocator) {}
+
+    /** Create an identity view.
+     *
+     *  List view identity constructors take the list allocator as an argument.
+     *
+     *  @param v    The address of the uninitialized memory in which the view
+     *              will be constructed.
+     */
+    void identity(View *v) const { ::new((void*) v) View(m_allocator); }
+    
+    /** @name construct functions
+     *
+     *  All `construct()` functions first construct the leftmost view, using 
+     *  the optional @a x1, @a x2, and @a x3 arguments that were passed in from
+     *  the reducer constructor. They then call the view’s `get_allocator()`
+     *  function to get the list allocator from its contained list, and pass it
+     *  to the monoid constructor.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    template <typename Monoid>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) View() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const T1& x1)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) View(x1) ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const T1& x1, const T2& x2)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2) ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const T1& x1, const T2& x2, 
+                            const T3& x3)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2, x3) ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    //@}
+};
+
+//@}
+
+} // namespace internal
+
+
+/** @ingroup ReducersList */
+//@{
+
+/** The list append reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_list_append<Type, Allocator> >`. It holds the
+ *  accumulator variable for the reduction, and allows only append operations
+ *  to be performed on it.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `push_back` operation would be used in an expression like
+ *          `r->push_back(a)`, where `r` is a list append reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type        The list element type (not the list type).
+ *  @tparam Allocator   The list allocator type.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ *  @see op_list_append
+ */
+template <class Type, 
+          class Allocator = typename std::list<Type>::allocator_type>
+class op_list_append_view : public internal::list_view_base<Type, Allocator>
+{
+    typedef internal::list_view_base<Type, Allocator>   base;
+    typedef std::list<Type, Allocator>                  list_type;
+    typedef typename list_type::iterator                iterator;
+    
+    iterator end() { return this->m_value.end(); }
+
+public:
+
+    /** @name Constructors.
+     *
+     *  All op_list_append_view constructors simply pass their arguments on to
+     *  the @ref internal::list_view_base base class constructor.
+     *
+     *  @ref internal::list_view_base supports all the std::list constructor
+     *  forms, as well as the reducer move_in constructor form.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    op_list_append_view() : base() {}
+    
+    template <typename T1>
+    op_list_append_view(const T1& x1) : base(x1) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    op_list_append_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2) : base(x1, x2) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    op_list_append_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3) : 
+        base(x1, x2, x3) {}
+
+    //@}    
+
+    /** @name View modifier operations.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Add an element at the end of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.push_back(element)`
+     */
+    void push_back(const Type& element) 
+        { this->m_value.push_back(element); }
+
+    /** Insert elements at the end of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.insert(list.end(), n, element)`
+     */
+    void insert_back(typename list_type::size_type n, const Type& element) 
+        { this->m_value.insert(end(), n, element); }
+
+    /** Insert elements at the end of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.insert(list.end(), first, last)`
+     */
+    template <typename Iter>
+    void insert_back(Iter first, Iter last)
+        { this->m_value.insert(end(), first, last); }
+
+    /** Splice elements at the end of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.splice(list.end(), x)`
+     */
+    void splice_back(list_type& x) {
+        if (x.get_allocator() == this->m_value.get_allocator())
+            this->m_value.splice(end(), x);
+        else {
+            insert_back(x.begin(), x.end());
+            x.clear();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /** Splice elements at the end of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.splice(list.end(), x, i)`
+     */
+    void splice_back(list_type& x, iterator i) {
+        if (x.get_allocator() == this->m_value.get_allocator())
+            this->m_value.splice(end(), x, i);
+        else {
+            push_back(*i);
+            x.erase(i);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /** Splice elements at the end of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.splice(list.end(), x, first, last)`
+     */
+    void splice_back(list_type& x, iterator first, iterator last) {
+        if (x.get_allocator() == this->m_value.get_allocator())
+            this->m_value.splice(end(), x, first, last);
+        else {
+            insert_back(first, last);
+            x.erase(first, last);
+        }
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** Reduction operation.
+     *
+     *  This function is invoked by the @ref op_list_append monoid to combine
+     *  the views of two strands when the right strand merges with the left 
+     *  one. It appends the value contained in the right-strand view to the 
+     *  value contained in the left-strand view, and leaves the value in the
+     *  right-strand view undefined.
+     *
+     *  @param  right   A pointer to the right-strand view. (`this` points to
+     *                  the left-strand view.)
+     *
+     *  @note   Used only by the @ref op_list_append monoid to implement the
+     *          monoid reduce operation.
+     */
+    void reduce(op_list_append_view* right)
+    {
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(
+            this->m_value.get_allocator() == right->m_value.get_allocator());
+        this->m_value.splice(end(), right->m_value);
+    }
+};
+
+
+/** The list prepend reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator> >`. It holds the
+ *  accumulator variable for the reduction, and allows only prepend operations
+ *  to be performed on it.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `push_front` operation would be used in an expression like
+ *          `r->push_front(a)`, where `r` is a list prepend reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type        The list element type (not the list type).
+ *  @tparam Allocator   The list allocator type.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ *  @see op_list_prepend
+ */
+template <class Type, 
+          class Allocator = typename std::list<Type>::allocator_type>
+class op_list_prepend_view : public internal::list_view_base<Type, Allocator>
+{
+    typedef internal::list_view_base<Type, Allocator>   base;
+    typedef std::list<Type, Allocator>                  list_type;
+    typedef typename list_type::iterator                iterator;
+    
+    iterator begin() { return this->m_value.begin(); }
+
+public:
+
+    /** @name Constructors.
+     *
+     *  All op_list_prepend_view constructors simply pass their arguments on to
+     *  the @ref internal::list_view_base base class constructor.
+     *
+     *  @ref internal::list_view_base supports all the std::list constructor
+     *  forms, as well as the reducer move_in constructor form.
+     *
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    op_list_prepend_view() : base() {}
+    
+    template <typename T1>
+    op_list_prepend_view(const T1& x1) : base(x1) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    op_list_prepend_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2) : base(x1, x2) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    op_list_prepend_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3) : 
+        base(x1, x2, x3) {}
+
+    //@}    
+
+    /** @name View modifier operations.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Add an element at the beginning of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.push_front(element)`
+     */
+    void push_front(const Type& element) 
+        { this->m_value.push_front(element); }
+
+    /** Insert elements at the beginning of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.insert(list.begin(), n, element)`
+     */
+    void insert_front(typename list_type::size_type n, const Type& element) 
+        { this->m_value.insert(begin(), n, element); }
+
+    /** Insert elements at the beginning of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.insert(list.begin(), first, last)`
+     */
+    template <typename Iter>
+    void insert_front(Iter first, Iter last)
+        { this->m_value.insert(begin(), first, last); }
+
+    /** Splice elements at the beginning of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.splice(list.begin(), x)`
+     */
+    void splice_front(list_type& x) {
+        if (x.get_allocator() == this->m_value.get_allocator())
+            this->m_value.splice(begin(), x);
+        else {
+            insert_front(x.begin(), x.begin());
+            x.clear();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /** Splice elements at the beginning of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.splice(list.begin(), x, i)`
+     */
+    void splice_front(list_type& x, iterator i) {
+        if (x.get_allocator() == this->m_value.get_allocator())
+            this->m_value.splice(begin(), x, i);
+        else {
+            push_front(*i);
+            x.erase(i);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /** Splice elements at the beginning of the list.
+     *
+     *  This is equivalent to `list.splice(list.begin(), x, first, last)`
+     */
+    void splice_front(list_type& x, iterator first, iterator last) {
+        if (x.get_allocator() == this->m_value.get_allocator())
+            this->m_value.splice(begin(), x, first, last);
+        else {
+            insert_front(first, last);
+            x.erase(first, last);
+        }
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** Reduction operation.
+     *
+     *  This function is invoked by the @ref op_list_prepend monoid to combine
+     *  the views of two strands when the right strand merges with the left 
+     *  one. It prepends the value contained in the right-strand view to the 
+     *  value contained in the left-strand view, and leaves the value in the
+     *  right-strand view undefined.
+     *
+     *  @param  right   A pointer to the right-strand view. (`this` points to
+     *                  the left-strand view.)
+     *
+     *  @note   Used only by the @ref op_list_prepend monoid to implement the
+     *          monoid reduce operation.
+     */
+    /** Reduce operation.
+     *
+     *  Required by @ref monoid_base.
+     */
+    void reduce(op_list_prepend_view* right)
+    {
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(
+            this->m_value.get_allocator() == right->m_value.get_allocator());
+        this->m_value.splice(begin(), right->m_value);
+    }
+};
+
+
+
+/** Monoid class for list append reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer
+ *  template class with a op_list_append monoid to create a list append reducer
+ *  class. For example, to create a list of strings:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_list_append<std::string> > r;
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The list element type (not the list type).
+ *  @tparam Alloc   The list allocator type.
+ *  @tparam Align   If `false` (the default), reducers instantiated on this
+ *                  monoid will be naturally aligned (the Cilk library 1.0
+ *                  behavior). If `true`, reducers instantiated on this monoid
+ *                  will be cache-aligned for binary compatibility with 
+ *                  reducers in Cilk library version 0.9.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ *  @see op_list_append_view
+ */
+template <typename Type, 
+          typename Allocator = typename std::list<Type>::allocator_type,
+          bool Align = false>
+struct op_list_append : 
+    public internal::list_monoid_base<op_list_append_view<Type, Allocator>, Align> 
+{
+    /// Construct with default allocator.
+    op_list_append() {}
+    /// Construct with specified allocator.
+    op_list_append(const Allocator& alloc) : 
+        internal::list_monoid_base<op_list_append_view<Type, Allocator>, Align>(alloc) {}
+};
+
+/** Monoid class for list prepend reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer
+ *  template class with a op_list_prepend monoid to create a list prepend
+ *  reducer class. For example, to create a list of strings:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_list_prepend<std::string> > r;
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The list element type (not the list type).
+ *  @tparam Alloc   The list allocator type.
+ *  @tparam Align   If `false` (the default), reducers instantiated on this
+ *                  monoid will be naturally aligned (the Cilk library 1.0
+ *                  behavior). If `true`, reducers instantiated on this monoid
+ *                  will be cache-aligned for binary compatibility with 
+ *                  reducers in Cilk library version 0.9.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ *  @see op_list_prepend_view
+ */
+template <typename Type, 
+          typename Allocator = typename std::list<Type>::allocator_type,
+          bool Align = false>
+struct op_list_prepend : 
+    public internal::list_monoid_base<op_list_prepend_view<Type, Allocator>, Align> 
+{
+    /// Construct with default allocator.
+    op_list_prepend() {}
+    /// Construct with specified allocator.
+    op_list_prepend(const Allocator& alloc) : 
+        internal::list_monoid_base<op_list_prepend_view<Type, Allocator>, Align>(alloc) {}
+};
+
+
+/** Deprecated list append reducer wrapper class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_list_append is the same as 
+ *  @ref reducer<@ref op_list_append>, except that reducer_list_append is a
+ *  proxy for the contained view, so that accumulator variable update 
+ *  operations can be applied directly to the reducer. For example, an element
+ *  is appended to a `reducer<%op_list_append>` with `r->push_back(a)`, but an
+ *  element can be appended to a `%reducer_list_append` with `r.push_back(a)`.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_list_append. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_list_append` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_list_append>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_list_append` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_list_append` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_list_append>`, and vice
+ *          versa.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type        The value type of the list.
+ *  @tparam Allocator   The allocator type of the list.
+ *
+ *  @see op_list_append
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ */
+template <class Type, class Allocator = std::allocator<Type> >
+class reducer_list_append : 
+    public reducer<op_list_append<Type, Allocator, true> >
+{
+    typedef reducer<op_list_append<Type, Allocator, true> > base;
+    using base::view;
+public:
+
+    /// The reducer’s list type.
+    typedef typename base::value_type list_type;
+
+    /// The list’s element type.
+    typedef Type list_value_type;
+
+    /// The reducer’s primitive component type.
+    typedef Type basic_value_type;
+
+    /// The monoid type.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type Monoid;
+
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Construct a reducer with an empty list.
+     */
+    reducer_list_append() {}
+
+    /** Construct a reducer with a specified initial list value.
+     */
+    reducer_list_append(const std::list<Type, Allocator> &initial_value) : 
+        base(initial_value) {}
+        
+    //@}
+        
+
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_and_view. */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc op_list_append_view::push_back(const Type&)
+    void push_back(const Type& element) { view().push_back(element); }
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** Allow mutable access to the list within the current view.
+     * 
+     *  @warning    If this method is called before the parallel calculation is
+     *              complete, the list returned by this method will be a partial
+     *              result.
+     * 
+     *  @returns    A mutable reference to the list within the current view.
+     */
+    list_type &get_reference() { return view().view_get_reference(); }
+
+    /** Allow read-only access to the list within the current view.
+     * 
+     *  @warning    If this method is called before the parallel calculation is
+     *              complete, the list returned by this method will be a partial
+     *              result.
+     * 
+     *  @returns    A const reference to the list within the current view.
+     */
+    list_type const &get_reference() const { return view().view_get_reference(); }
+
+    /// @name Dereference
+    //@{
+    /** Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the wrapper.
+     *  Combined with the rule that a wrapper forwards view operations to the
+     *  view, this means that view operations can be written the same way on
+     *  reducers and wrappers, which is convenient for incrementally
+     *  converting code using wrappers to code using reducers. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_list_append<int> > r;
+     *      r->push_back(a);    // *r returns the view
+     *                          // push_back is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_list_append<int> w;
+     *      w->push_back(a);    // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                          // push_back is a wrapper member function that
+     *                          // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_list_append&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_list_append const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_list_append*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_list_append const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_list_append<Type, Allocator, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast<
+            reducer< op_list_append<Type, Allocator, false> >*
+            >(this);
+    }
+    operator const reducer< op_list_append<Type, Allocator, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< 
+            const reducer< op_list_append<Type, Allocator, false> >* 
+            >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+    
+};
+
+
+/** Deprecated list prepend reducer wrapper class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_list_prepend is the same as 
+ *  @ref reducer<@ref op_list_prepend>, except that reducer_list_prepend is a
+ *  proxy for the contained view, so that accumulator variable update operations
+ *  can be applied directly to the reducer. For example, an element is prepended
+ *  to a `reducer<op_list_prepend>` with `r->push_back(a)`, but an element is
+ *  prepended to a `reducer_list_prepend` with `r.push_back(a)`.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_list_prepend. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_list_prepend` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_list_prepend>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_list_prepend` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_list_prepend` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_list_prepend>`, and vice
+ *          versa.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type        The value type of the list.
+ *  @tparam Allocator   The allocator type of the list.
+ *
+ *  @see op_list_prepend
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersList
+ */
+template <class Type, class Allocator = std::allocator<Type> >
+class reducer_list_prepend : 
+    public reducer<op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator, true> >
+{
+    typedef reducer<op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator, true> > base;
+    using base::view;
+public:
+
+    /** The reducer’s list type.
+     */
+    typedef typename base::value_type list_type;
+
+    /** The list’s element type.
+     */
+    typedef Type list_value_type;
+
+    /** The reducer’s primitive component type.
+     */
+    typedef Type basic_value_type;
+
+    /** The monoid type.
+     */
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type Monoid;
+
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Construct a reducer with an empty list.
+     */
+    reducer_list_prepend() {}
+
+    /** Construct a reducer with a specified initial list value.
+     */
+    reducer_list_prepend(const std::list<Type, Allocator> &initial_value) : 
+        base(initial_value) {}
+        
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_and_view. 
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc op_list_prepend_view::push_front(const Type&)
+    void push_front(const Type& element) { view().push_front(element); }
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** Allow mutable access to the list within the current view.
+     * 
+     *  @warning    If this method is called before the parallel calculation is
+     *              complete, the list returned by this method will be a partial
+     *              result.
+     * 
+     *  @returns    A mutable reference to the list within the current view.
+     */
+    list_type &get_reference() { return view().view_get_reference(); }
+
+    /** Allow read-only access to the list within the current view.
+     * 
+     *  @warning    If this method is called before the parallel calculation is
+     *              complete, the list returned by this method will be a partial
+     *              result.
+     * 
+     *  @returns    A const reference to the list within the current view.
+     */
+    list_type const &get_reference() const { return view().view_get_reference(); }
+
+    /// @name Dereference
+    /** Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the wrapper.
+     *  Combined with the rule that a wrapper forwards view operations to the
+     *  view, this means that view operations can be written the same way on
+     *  reducers and wrappers, which is convenient for incrementally
+     *  converting code using wrappers to code using reducers. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_list_prepend<int> > r;
+     *      r->push_front(a);    // *r returns the view
+     *                           // push_front is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_list_prepend<int> w;
+     *      w->push_front(a);    // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                           // push_front is a wrapper member function that
+     *                           // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_list_prepend&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_list_prepend const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_list_prepend*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_list_prepend const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast<
+            reducer< op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator, false> >* 
+            >(this);
+    }
+    operator const reducer< op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast<
+            const reducer< op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator, false> >* 
+            >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+    
+};
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Metafunction specialization for reducer conversion.
+ *
+ *  This specialization of the @ref legacy_reducer_downcast template class
+ *  defined in reducer.h causes the `reducer< op_list_append<Type, Allocator> >`
+ *  class to have an `operator reducer_list_append<Type, Allocator>& ()`
+ *  conversion operator that statically downcasts the `reducer<op_list_append>`
+ *  to the corresponding `reducer_list_append` type. (The reverse conversion,
+ *  from `reducer_list_append` to `reducer<op_list_append>`, is just an upcast,
+ *  which is provided for free by the language.)
+ */
+template <class Type, class Allocator, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer<op_list_append<Type, Allocator, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_list_append<Type, Allocator> type;
+};
+
+/** Metafunction specialization for reducer conversion.
+ *
+ *  This specialization of the @ref legacy_reducer_downcast template class
+ *  defined in reducer.h causes the
+ *  `reducer< op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator> >` class to have an 
+ *  `operator reducer_list_prepend<Type, Allocator>& ()` conversion operator
+ *  that statically downcasts the `reducer<op_list_prepend>` to the
+ *  corresponding `reducer_list_prepend` type. (The reverse conversion, from
+ *  `reducer_list_prepend` to `reducer<op_list_prepend>`, is just an upcast,
+ *  which is provided for free by the language.)
+ */
+template <class Type, class Allocator, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer<op_list_prepend<Type, Allocator, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_list_prepend<Type, Allocator> type;
+};
+
+/// @endcond
+
+//@}
+
+} // Close namespace cilk
+
+#endif //  REDUCER_LIST_H_INCLUDED
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_max.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_max.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ba3a0bc8ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_max.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*  reducer_max.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_max.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel maximum reductions.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ */
+
+#include "reducer_min_max.h"
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_min.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_min.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f5a3910850e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_min.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*  reducer_min.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_min.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel minimum reductions.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ */
+
+#include "reducer_min_max.h"
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_min_max.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_min_max.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..55f068c34a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_min_max.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3606 @@
+/*  reducer_min_max.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_min_max.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel minimum and maximum reductions.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_MIN_MAX_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_MIN_MAX_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <limits>
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMinMax Minimum and Maximum Reducers
+ *
+ *  Minimum and maximum reducers allow the computation of the minimum or
+ *  maximum of a set of values in parallel.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  You should be familiar with @ref pagereducers "Cilk reducers", described in
+ *  file `reducers.md`, and particularly with @ref reducers_using, before trying
+ *  to use the information in this file.
+ *
+ *  @section redminmax_usage Usage Examples
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_max<int> > rm;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE; ++i)
+ *      {
+ *          rm->calc_max(a[i]); // or *rm = cilk::max_of(*max, a[i])
+ *      }
+ *      std::cout << "maximum value is " << rm.get_value() << std::endl;
+ *
+ *  and
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_min_index<int, double> > rmi;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE; ++i)
+ *      {
+ *          rmi->calc_min(i, a[i]) // or *rmi = cilk::min_of(*rmi, i, a[i]);
+ *      }
+ *      std::cout << "minimum value a[" << rmi.get_value().first << "] = "
+ *                << rmi.get_value().second << std::endl;
+ *
+ *  @section redminmax_monoid The Monoid
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_monoid_values Value Set
+ *
+ *  The value set of a minimum or maximum reducer is the set of values of
+ *  `Type`, possibly augmented with a special identity value which is greater
+ *  than (less than) any value of `Type`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_monoid_operator Operator
+ *
+ *  In the most common case, the operator of a minimum reducer is defined as
+ *
+ *      x MIN y == (x < y) ? x : y
+ *
+ *  Thus, `a1 MIN a2 MIN … an` is the first `ai` which is not greater than any
+ *  other `ai`.
+ *
+ *  The operator of a maximum reducer is defined as
+ *
+ *      x MAX y == (x > y) ? x : y
+ *
+ *  Thus, `a1 MAX a2 MAX … an` is the first `ai` which is not less than any
+ *  other `ai`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_monoid_comparators Comparators
+ *
+ *  Min/max reducers are not limited to finding the minimum or maximum value
+ *  determined by the `<` or `>` operator. In fact, all min/max reducers use a
+ *  _comparator_, which is either a function or an object of a function class
+ *  that defines a [strict weak ordering] 
+ *  (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strict_weak_ordering#Strict_weak_orderings)
+ *  on a set of values. (This is exactly the same as the requirement for the
+ *  comparison predicate for STL associative containers and sorting
+ *  algorithms.)
+ *
+ *  Just as with STL algorithms and containers, the comparator type parameter
+ *  for min/max reducers is optional. If it is omitted, it defaults to
+ *  `std::less`, which gives the behavior described in the previous section.
+ *  Using non-default comparators (anything other than `std::less`) with 
+ *  min/max reducers is just like using them with STL containers and 
+ *  algorithms.
+ *
+ *  Taking comparator objects into account, the reduction operation `MIN` for a
+ *  minimum reducer is defined as
+ *
+ *      x MIN y == compare(x, y) ? x : y
+ *
+ *  where `compare()` is the reducer’s comparator. Similarly, the reduction
+ *  operation MAX for a maximum reducer is defined as
+ *
+ *      x MAX y == compare(y, x) ? x : y
+ *
+ *  (If `compare(x, y) == x < y`, then `compare(y, x) == x > y`.) 
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_monoid_identity Identity
+ *
+ *  The identity value of the reducer is the value which is greater than (less
+ *  than) any other value in the value set of the reducer. This is the 
+ *  [“special identity value”](#redminmax_monoid_values) if the reducer has
+ *  one, or the largest (smallest) value in the value set otherwise.
+ *
+ *  @section redminmax_index Value and Index Reducers
+ *
+ *  Min/max reducers come in two families. The _value_ reducers, using `op_min`
+ *  and `op_max` monoids, simply find the smallest or largest value from a set
+ *  of values. The _index_ reducers, using `op_min_index` and `op_max_index` 
+ *  monoids, also record an index value associated with the first occurrence of
+ *  the smallest or largest value.
+ *
+ *  In the `%op_min_index` usage example [above](#redminmax_usage), the values
+ *  are taken from an array, and the index of a value is the index of the array
+ *  element it comes from. More generally, though, an index can be any sort of
+ *  key which identifies a particular value in a collection of values. For
+ *  example, if the values were taken from the nodes of a tree, then the 
+ *  “index” of a value might be a pointer to the node containing that value. 
+ *
+ *  A min/max index reducer is essentially the same as a min/max value reducer
+ *  whose value type is an (index, value) pair, and whose comparator ignores 
+ *  the index part of the pair. (index, value) pairs are represented by
+ *  `std::pair<Index, Type>` objects. This has the consequence that wherever 
+ *  the interface of a min/max value reducer has a `Type`, the interface of the
+ *  corresponding min/max index reducer has a `std::pair<Index, Type>`. (There
+ *  are convenience variants of the `reducer(Type)` constructor and the
+ *  `calc_min()`, `calc_max()`, `%min_of()`, and `%max_of()` functions that
+ *  take an index argument and a value argument instead of an index/value 
+ *  pair.)
+ *
+ *  @section redminmax_operations Operations
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_constructors Constructors
+ *
+ *  @subsubsection redminmax_constructors_value Min/Max Value Reducers
+ *
+ *      reducer()                           // identity
+ *      reducer(const Compare& compare)     // identity
+ *      reducer(const Type& value)
+ *      reducer(move_in(Type& variable))
+ *      reducer(const Type& value, const Compare& compare)
+ *      reducer(move_in(Type& variable), const Compare& compare)
+ *
+ *  @subsubsection redminmax_constructors_index Min/Max Index Reducers
+ *
+ *      reducer()                           // identity
+ *      reducer(const Compare& compare)     // identity
+ *      reducer(const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair)
+ *      reducer(const Index& index, const Type& value)
+ *      reducer(move_in(std::pair<Index, Type>& variable))
+ *      reducer(const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair, const Compare& compare)
+ *      reducer(const Index& index, const Type& value, const Compare& compare)
+ *      reducer(move_in(std::pair<Index, Type>& variable), const Compare& compare)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_get_set Set and Get
+ *
+ *      r.set_value(const Type& value)
+ *      Type = r.get_value() const
+ *      r.move_in(Type& variable)
+ *      r.move_out(Type& variable)
+ *
+ *  Note that for an index reducer, the `Type` in these operations is actually a
+ *  `std::pair<Index, Type>`. (See @ref redminmax_index.) There is _not_ a
+ *  `set_value(value, index)` operation.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_initial Initial Values and is_set()
+ *
+ *  A minimum or maximum reducer without a specified initial value, before any
+ *  MIN or MAX operation has been performed on it, represents the [identity
+ *  value](#redminmax_monoid_identity) of its monoid. For value reducers with a
+ *  numeric type and default comparator (`std::less`), this will be a well
+ *  defined value. For example,
+ *
+ *      reducer< op_max<unsigned> > r1;
+ *      // r1.get_value() == 0
+ *
+ *      reducer< op_min<float> > r2;
+ *      // r2.get_value() == std::numeric_limits<float>::infinity
+ *
+ *  In other cases, though (index reducers, non-numeric types, or non-default
+ *  comparators), the actual identity value for the monoid may be unknown, or
+ *  it may not even be a value of the reducer’s type. For example, there is no
+ *  “largest string” to serve as the initial value for a 
+ *  `reducer< op_min<std::string> >`. In these cases, the result of calling
+ *  `get_value()` is undefined.
+ *
+ *  To avoid calling `get_value()` when its result is undefined, you can call
+ *  the view’s `is_set()` function, which will return true  if the reducer
+ *  has a well-defined value — either because a MIN or MAX operation has been
+ *  performed, or because it had a well-defined initial value:
+ *
+ *      reducer< op_max<unsigned> > r1;
+ *      // r1->is_set() == true
+ *      // r1.get_value() == 0
+ *
+ *      reducer< op_min<std::string> > r2;
+ *      // r2->is_set() == false
+ *      // r2.get_value() is undefined
+ *      r2->calc_min("xyzzy");
+ *      // r2->is_set() == true
+ *      // r2.get_value() == "xyzzy"
+ *
+ *  >   Note: For an index reducer without a specified initial value, the 
+ *  >   initial value of the index is the default value of the `Index` type.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_view_ops View Operations
+ *
+ *  The basic reduction operation is `x = x MIN a` for a minimum reducer, or 
+ *  `x = x MAX a` for a maximum reducer. The basic syntax for these operations
+ *  uses the `calc_min()` and `calc_max()` member functions of the view class.
+ *  An assignment syntax is also provided, using the %cilk::min_of() and
+ *  %cilk::max_of() global functions:
+ *
+ *  Class          | Modifier            | Assignment
+ *  ---------------|---------------------|-----------
+ *  `op_min`       | `r->calc_min(x)`    | `*r = min_of(*r, x)` or `*r = min_of(x, *r)`
+ *  `op_max`       | `r->calc_max(x)`    | `*r = max_of(*r, x)` or `*r = max_of(x, *r)`
+ *  `op_min_index` | `r->calc_min(i, x)` | `*r = min_of(*r, i, x)` or `*r = min_of(i, x, *r)`
+ *  `op_max_index` | `r->calc_max(i, x)` | `*r = max_of(*r, i, x)` or `*r = max_of(i, x, *r)`
+ *
+ *  Wherever an “`i`, `x`” argument pair is shown in the table above, a single
+ *  pair argument may be passed instead. For example:
+ *
+ *      Index index;
+ *      Type value;
+ *      std::pair<Index, Type> ind_val(index, value);
+ *      // The following statements are all equivalent.
+ *      r->calc_min(index, value);
+ *      r->calc_min(ind_val);
+ *      *r = min_of(*r, index, value);
+ *      *r = min_of(*r, ind_val);
+ *
+ *  The `calc_min()` and `calc_max()` member functions return a reference to 
+ *  the view, so they can be chained:
+ *
+ *      r->calc_max(x).calc_max(y).calc_max(z);
+ *
+ *  In a `%min_of()` or `%max_of()` assignment, the view on the left-hand side
+ *  of the assignment must be the same as the view argument in the call.
+ *  Otherwise, the behavior is undefined (but an assertion error will occur if
+ *  the code is compiled with debugging enabled).
+ *
+ *      *r = max_of(*r, x);     // OK
+ *      *r1 = max_of(*r2, y);   // ERROR
+ *
+ *  `%min_of()` and `%max_of()` calls can be nested:
+ *
+ *      *r = max_of(max_of(max_of(*r, x), y), z);
+ *      *r = min_of(i, a[i], min_of(j, a[j], min_of(k, a[k], *r)));
+ *
+ *  @section redminmax_compatibility Compatibility Issues
+ *
+ *  Most Cilk library reducers provide
+ *  *   Binary compatibility between `reducer_KIND` reducers compiled with Cilk
+ *      library version 0.9 (distributed with Intel® C++ Composer XE version
+ *      13.0 and earlier) and the same reducers compiled with Cilk library
+ *      version 1.0 and later.
+ *  *   Transparent casting between references to `reducer<op_KIND>` and
+ *      `reducer_KIND`.
+ *
+ *  This compatibility is not available in all cases for min/max reducers. 
+ *  There are two areas of incompatibility.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_compatibility_stateful Non-empty Comparators
+ *
+ *  There is no way to provide binary compatibility between the 0.9 and 1.0
+ *  definitions of min/max reducers that use a non-empty comparator class or a
+ *  comparator function. (Empty comparator classes like `std::less` are not a
+ *  problem.) 
+ *
+ *  To avoid run-time surprises, the legacy `reducer_{min|max}[_index]` classes
+ *  have been coded in the 1.0 library so that they will not even compile when
+ *  instantiated with a non-empty comparator class.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redminmax_compatibility_optimized Numeric Optimization
+ *
+ *  Min/max reducers with a numeric value type and the default comparator can 
+ *  be implemented slightly more efficiently than other min/max reducers.
+ *  However, the optimization is incompatible with the 0.9 library
+ *  implementation of min/max reducers.
+ *
+ *  The default min/max reducers implementation in the 1.0 library uses this
+ *  numeric optimization. Code using legacy reducers compiled with the 1.0
+ *  library can be safely used in the same program as code compiled with the
+ *  0.9 library, but classes compiled with the different Cilk libraries will be
+ *  defined in different namespaces.
+ *
+ *  The simplest solution is just to recompile the code that was compiled with
+ *  the older version of Cilk. However, if this is impossible, you can define
+ *  the `CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX` macro (on the compiler command line,
+ *  or in your source code before including `reducer_min_max.h`) when compiling
+ *  with the new library. This will cause it to generate numeric reducers that
+ *  will be less efficient, but will be fully compatible with previously
+ *  compiled code. (Note that this macro has no effect on [the non-empty
+ *  comparator incompatibility] (redminmax_compatibility_stateful).)
+ *
+ *  @section redminmax_types Type Requirements
+ *
+ *  `Type` and `Index` must be `Copy Constructible`, `Default Constructible`,
+ *  and `Assignable`.
+ *
+ *  `Compare` must be `Copy Constructible` if the reducer is constructed with a 
+ *  `compare` argument, and `Default Constructible` otherwise.
+ *
+ *  The `Compare` function must induce a strict weak ordering on the elements
+ *  of `Type`.
+ *
+ *  @section redminmax_in_c Minimum and Maximum Reducers in C
+ *
+ *  These macros can be used to do minimum and maximum reductions in C:
+ *
+ *  Declaration                  | Type                              | Operation
+ *  -----------------------------|-----------------------------------|----------
+ * @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN       |@ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_TYPE       |@ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_CALC      
+ * @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX       |@ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_TYPE       |@ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_CALC      
+ * @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX |@ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_TYPE |@ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_CALC
+ * @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX |@ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_TYPE |@ref CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_CALC
+ *
+ *  For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN(r, int, INT_MAX);
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      cilk_for(int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_CALC(r, a[i]);
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      printf("The smallest value in a is %d\n", REDUCER_VIEW(r));
+ *
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX(r, uint, 0);
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      cilk_for(int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_CALC(r, i, a[i]);
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      printf("The largest value in a is %u at %d\n", 
+ *              REDUCER_VIEW (r).value, REDUCER_VIEW(r).index);
+ *
+ *  See @ref reducers_c_predefined.
+ */
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMinMaxBinComp Binary compatibility
+ *
+ *  If the macro CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX is defined, then we generate
+ *  reducer code and data structures which are binary-compatible with code that
+ *  was compiled with the old min/max wrapper definitions, so we want the
+ *  mangled names of the legacy min/max reducer wrapper classes to be the
+ *  same as the names produced by the old definitions.
+ *
+ *  Conversely, if the macro is not defined, then we generate binary- 
+ *  incompatible code, so we want different mangled names, to make sure that 
+ *  the linker does not allow new and old compiled legacy wrappers to be passed
+ *  to one another. (Global variables are a different, and probably insoluble,
+ *  problem.)
+ *
+ *  Similarly, min/max classes compiled with and without 
+ *  CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX are binary-incompatible, and must get 
+ *  different mangled names.
+ *
+ *  The trick is, when compiling in normal (non-compatibility) mode, wrap
+ *  everything in an extra namespace, and then `use` it into the top-level cilk
+ *  namespace. Then 
+ *
+ *  *   Classes and functions compiled in normal mode will be in
+ *      different namespaces from the same classes and functions compiled in
+ *      compatibility mode.
+ *  *   The legacy wrapper classes and functions will be in the same namespace 
+ *      as the same classes and functions compiled with the0.9 library if and
+ *      only if the are compiled in compatibility mode.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX
+/** Namespace to wrap min/max reducer definitions when not compiling in “binary
+ *  compatibility” mode.
+ *
+ *  By default, all of the min/max reducer definitions are defined in this
+ *  namespace and then imported into namespace ::cilk, so that they do not
+ *  clash with the legacy definitions with the same names. However, if the
+ *  macro `CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX` is defined, then the min/max
+ *  definitions go directly into namespace ::cilk, so that, for example,
+ *  cilk::reducer_max defined with the 1.0 library is equivalent (to the
+ *  linker) to cilk::reducer_max defined with the 0.9 library.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxBinComp
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+namespace cilk_lib_1_0 {
+#endif
+
+/** Namespace containing internal implementation classes and functions for
+ *  min/max reducers.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+namespace min_max_internal {
+
+using ::cilk::internal::binary_functor;
+using ::cilk::internal::typed_indirect_binary_function;
+using ::cilk::internal::class_is_empty;
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMinMaxIsSet The “is_set optimization”
+ *
+ *  The obvious definition of the identity value for a max or min reducer is as
+ *  the smallest (or largest) value of the value type. However, for an 
+ *  arbitrary comparator and/or an arbitrary value type, the largest / smallest
+ *  value may not be known. It may not even be defined — what is the largest
+ *  string?
+ *
+ *  Therefore, min/max reducers represent their value internally as a pair
+ *  `(value, is_set)`. When `is_set` is true, the pair represents the known
+ *  value `value`; when `is_set` is false, the pair represents the identity
+ *  value.
+ *
+ *  This is an effective solution, but the most common use of min/max reducers
+ *  is probably with numeric types and the default definition of minimum or
+ *  maximum (using `std::less`), in which case there are well-defined, knowable
+ *  smallest and largest values. Testing `is_set` for every comparison is then
+ *  unnecessary and wasteful.
+ *
+ *  The “is_set optimization” just means generating code that doesn’t use
+ *  `is_set` when it isn’t needed. It is implemented using two metaprogramming
+ *  classes:
+ *
+ *  -   do_is_set_optimization tests whether the optimization is applicable.
+ *  -   identity_value gets the appropriate identity value for a type.
+ *
+ *  The is_set optimization is the reason that min/max reducers compiled with
+ *  Cilk library 1.0 are binary-incompatible with the same reducers compiled
+ *  with library 0.9, and therefore the optimization is suppressed when
+ *  compiling in 
+ *  ReducersMinMaxBinComp "binary compatibility mode". 
+ *  
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+
+/** Test whether the ReducersMinMaxIsSet "is_set optimization" is
+ *  applicable.
+ *
+ *  The @ref do_is_set_optimization class is used to test whether the is_set
+ *  optimization should be applied for a particular reducer. It is instantiated
+ *  with a value type and a comparator, and defines a boolean constant, 
+ *  `value`. Then `%do_is_set_optimization<Type, Comp>::%value` can be used as
+ *  a boolean template parameter to control the specialization of another
+ *  class.
+ *
+ *  In ReducersMinMaxBinComp "binary compatibility mode", when the
+ *  `CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX` macro is defined, `value` will always
+ *  be false.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type   The value type for the reducer.
+ *  @tparam Compare The comparator type for the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @result The `value` data member will be `true` if @a Type is a numeric 
+ *          type, @a Compare is `std::less<Type>`, and 
+ *          `CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX` is not defined.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMaxIsSet
+ *  @see @ref view_content
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxIsSet
+ */
+template <  typename Type, 
+            typename Compare >
+struct do_is_set_optimization 
+{ 
+    /// `True` if the is_set optimization should be applied to min/max reducers
+    /// with this value type and comparator; `false` otherwise.
+    static const bool value = false;
+};
+
+#ifndef CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX
+/// @cond
+template <typename Type>
+struct do_is_set_optimization<Type, std::less<Type> > 
+{ 
+    /// True in the special case where optimization is possible.
+    static const bool value = std::numeric_limits<Type>::is_specialized;
+};
+/// @endcond
+#endif
+
+
+/** Get the identity value when using the ReducersMinMaxIsSet 
+ *  "is_set optimization".
+ *
+ *  This class defines a function which assigns the appropriate identity value
+ *  to a variable when the is_set optimization is applicable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type for the reducer.
+ *  @tparam Compare The comparator type for the reducer.
+ *  @tparam ForMax  `true` to get the identity value for a max reducer (i.e., 
+ *                  the smallest value of @a Type), `false` to get the identity
+ *                  value for a min reducer (i.e., the largest value of
+ *                  @a Type).
+ *
+ *  @result If @a Type and @a Compare qualify for the is_set optimization, the
+ *          `set_identity()' function will set its argument variable to the
+ *          smallest or largest value of @a Type, depending on @a ForMax.
+ *          Otherwise, `set_identity()` will be a no-op.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMaxIsSet
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxIsSet
+ *  @see @ref view_content
+ */
+template <  typename    Type, 
+            typename    Compare, 
+            bool        ForMax,
+            bool        = std::numeric_limits<Type>::is_specialized,
+            bool        = std::numeric_limits<Type>::has_infinity >
+struct identity_value {
+    /// Assign the identity value to the reference parameter.
+    static void set_identity(Type&) {}
+};
+
+/// @cond
+template <typename Type>
+struct identity_value<Type, std::less<Type>, true, true, true> {
+    /// Floating max identity is negative infinity.
+    static void set_identity(Type& id) 
+    { id = -std::numeric_limits<Type>::infinity(); }
+};
+
+template <typename Type>
+struct identity_value<Type, std::less<Type>, true, true, false> {
+    /// Integer max identity is minimum value of type.
+    static void set_identity(Type& id)
+    { id = std::numeric_limits<Type>::min(); }
+};
+
+template <typename Type>
+struct identity_value<Type, std::less<Type>, false, true, true> {
+    /// Floating min identity is positive infinity.
+    static void set_identity(Type& id)
+    { id = std::numeric_limits<Type>::infinity(); }
+};
+
+template <typename Type>
+struct identity_value<Type, std::less<Type>, false, true, false> {
+    /// Integer min identity is maximum value of type.
+    static void set_identity(Type& id)
+    { id = std::numeric_limits<Type>::max(); }
+};
+
+/// @endcond
+
+
+/** Adapter class to reverse the arguments of a predicate.
+ *
+ *  Observe that:
+ *
+ *      (x < y) == (y > x)
+ *      max(x, y) == (x < y) ? y : x
+ *      min(x, y) == (y < x) ? y : x == (x > y) ? y : x
+ *
+ *  More generally, if `c` is a predicate defining a `Strict Weak Ordering`, 
+ *  and  `c*(x, y) == c(y, x)`, then
+ *
+ *      max(x, y, c) == c(x, y) ? y : x
+ *      min(x, y, c) == c(y, x) ? y : x == c*(x, y) ? y : x == max(x, y, c*)
+ *
+ *  For any predicate `C` with argument type `T`, the template class 
+ *  `%reverse_predicate<C, T>` defines a predicate which is identical to `C`,
+ *  except that its arguments are reversed. Thus, for example, we could
+ *  implement `%op_min_view<Type, Compare>` as
+ *  `%op_max_view<Type, %reverse_predicate<Compare, Type> >`. 
+ *  (Actually, op_min_view and op_max_view are both implemented as subclasses 
+ *  of a common base class, view_base.)
+ *
+ *  @note   If `C` is an empty functor class, then `reverse_predicate(C)` will
+ *          also be an empty functor class.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Predicate   The predicate whose arguments are to be reversed.
+ *  @tparam Argument    @a Predicate’s argument type.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+template <typename Predicate,
+          typename Argument = typename Predicate::first_argument_type>
+class reverse_predicate : private binary_functor<Predicate>::type {
+    typedef typename binary_functor<Predicate>::type base;
+public:
+    /// Default constructor
+    reverse_predicate() : base() {}
+    /// Constructor with predicate object
+    reverse_predicate(const Predicate& p) : base(p) {} 
+    /// The reversed predicate operation
+    bool operator()(const Argument& x, const Argument& y) const
+        { return base::operator()(y, x); }
+};
+
+
+/** Class to represent the comparator for a min/max view class.
+ *
+ *  This class is intended to accomplish two objectives in the implementation 
+ *  of min/max views.
+ *
+ *  1.  To minimize data bloat, when we have a reducer with a non-stateless
+ *      comparator, we want to keep a single instance of the comparator object
+ *      in the monoid, and just call it from the views.
+ *  2.  In ReducersMinMaxBinComp "binary compatibility mode", views for
+ *      reducers with a stateless comparator must have the same content as in
+ *      Cilk library 0.9 — that is, they must contain only `value` and
+ *      `is_set` data members.
+ *
+ *  To achieve the first objective, we use the 
+ *  @ref internal::typed_indirect_binary_function class defined in
+ *  metaprogramming.h to wrap a pointer to the actual comparator. If no
+ *  pointer is needed because the actual comparator is stateless, the 
+ *  `typed_indirect_binary_function` class will be empty, too.
+ *
+ *  To achieve the second objective, we make the
+ *  `typed_indirect_binary_function` class a base class of the view rather than
+ *  a data member, so the “empty base class” rule will ensure no that no
+ *  additional space is allocated in the view unless it is needed.
+ *
+ *  We could simply use typed_indirect_binary_function as the base class of the
+ *  view, but this would mean writing comparisons as `(*this)(x, y)`, which is
+ *  just weird. So, instead, we comparator_base as a subclass of
+ *  typed_indirect_binary_function which provides function `compare()` 
+ *  as a synonym for `operator()`.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the comparator class.
+ *  @tparam Compare A predicate class.
+ *
+ *  @see internal::typed_indirect_binary_function
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+class comparator_base : private typed_indirect_binary_function<Compare, Type, Type, bool>
+{
+    typedef typed_indirect_binary_function<Compare, Type, Type, bool> base;
+protected:
+    comparator_base(const Compare* f) : base(f) {}  ///< Constructor.
+    
+    /// Comparison function.
+    bool compare(const Type& a, const Type& b) const
+    {
+        return base::operator()(a, b); 
+    }
+    
+    /// Get the comparator pointer.
+    const Compare* compare_pointer() const { return base::pointer(); }
+};
+
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMinMaxViewContent Content classes for min/max views
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ *
+ *  Minimum and maximum reducer view classes inherit from a “view content”
+ *  class. The content class defines the actual data members for the view,
+ *  and provides typedefs and member functions for accessing the data members
+ *  as needed to support the view functionality.
+ *
+ *  There are two content classes, which encapsulate the differences between
+ *  simple min/max reducers and min/max with index reducers:
+ *
+ *  -   view_content
+ *  -   index_view_content
+ *
+ *  @note   An obvious, and arguably simpler, encapsulation strategy would be
+ *          to just let the `Type` of a min/max view be an (index, value) pair
+ *          structure for min_index and max_index reducers. Then all views 
+ *          would just have a `Type` data member and an `is_set` data member,
+ *          and the comparator for min_index and max_index views could be
+ *          customized to consider only the value component of the (index,
+ *          value) `Type` pair. Unfortunately, this would break binary
+ *          compatibility with reducer_max_index and reducer_min_index in
+ *          Cilk library 0.9, because the memory layout of an (index, value)
+ *          pair followed by a `bool` is different from the memory layout of an
+ *          index data member followed by a value data member followed by a
+ *          `bool` data member. The content class is designed to exactly
+ *          replicate the layout of the views in library 0.9 reducers.
+ *
+ *  A content class `C`, and its objects `c`, must define the following:
+ *
+ *  Definition                          | Meaning
+ *  ------------------------------------|--------
+ *  `C::value_type`                     | A typedef for `Type` of the view. (A `std::pair<Index, Type>` for min_index and max_index views).
+ *  `C::comp_value_type`                | A typedef for the type of value compared by the view’s `compare()` function.
+ *  `C()`                               | Constructs the content with the identity value.
+ *  `C(const value_type&)`              | Constructs the content with a specified value.
+ *  `c.is_set()`                        | Returns true if the content has a known value.
+ *  `c.value()`                         | Returns the content’s value.
+ *  `c.set_value(const value_type&)`    | Sets the content’s value. (The value becomes known.)
+ *  `c.comp_value()`                    | Returns a const reference to the value or component of the value that is to be compared by the view’s comparator.
+ *  `C::comp_value(const value_type&)`  | Returns a const reference to a value or component of a value that is to be compared by the view’s comparator.
+ *
+ *  @see view_base
+ */
+
+/** Content class for op_min_view and op_max_view.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the op_min_view or op_max_view.
+ *  @tparam Compare The comparator class specified for the op_min_view or 
+ *                  op_max_view. (_Not_ the derived comparator class actually
+ *                  used by the view_base. For example, the view_content of an
+ *                  `op_min_view<int>` will have `Compare = std::less<int>`, 
+ *                  but its comparator_base will have 
+ *                  `Compare = reverse_predicate< std::less<int> >`.)
+ *  @tparam ForMax  `true` if this is the content class for an op_max_view,
+ *                  `false` if it is for an op_min_view.
+ *
+ *  @note   The general implementation of view_content uses an `is_set` data
+ *          member. There is also a specialization which implements the 
+ *          ReducersMinMaxIsSet "is_set optimization". View classes that
+ *          inherit from view_content do not need to know anything about the
+ *          difference, though; the details are abstracted away in the 
+ *          view_content interface.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMaxViewContent
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxViewContent
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+template < typename Type
+         , typename Compare
+         , bool     ForMax
+         , bool     = do_is_set_optimization<Type, Compare>::value
+         >
+class view_content {
+    Type    m_value;
+    bool    m_is_set;
+public:
+    /// The value type of the view.
+    typedef Type value_type;
+    
+    /// The type compared by the view’s `compare()` function (which is the same
+    /// as the value type for view_content).
+    typedef Type comp_value_type;
+    
+    /// Construct with the identity value.
+    view_content() : m_value(), m_is_set(false) {}
+    
+    /// Construct with a defined value.
+    view_content(const value_type& value) : m_value(value), m_is_set(true) {}
+    
+    /// Get the value.
+    value_type value() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    /// Set the value.
+    void set_value(const value_type& value) 
+    { 
+        m_value = value;
+        m_is_set = true;
+    }
+    
+    /// Get the comparison value (which is the same as the value for
+    /// view_content).
+    const comp_value_type& comp_value() const { return m_value; }
+
+    /// Given an arbitrary value, get the corresponding comparison value (which
+    /// is the same as the value for view_content).
+    static const comp_value_type& comp_value(const value_type& value) 
+    {
+        return value; 
+    }
+    
+    /// Get a const reference to value part of the value (which is the same as
+    /// the value for view_content).
+    const Type& get_reference() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    /// Get a const reference to the index part of the value (which is 
+    /// meaningless for non-index reducers, but required for view_base.
+    const Type& get_index_reference() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    /// Test if the value is defined.
+    bool is_set() const { return m_is_set; }
+};
+
+/// @cond
+
+/*  This is the specialization of the view_content class for cases where
+ *  `AssumeIsSet` is true (i.e., where the is_set optimization is applicable).
+ */
+template < typename Type
+         , typename Compare
+         , bool ForMax
+         >
+class view_content<Type, Compare, ForMax, true> {
+    typedef identity_value<Type, Compare, ForMax> Identity;
+    Type    m_value;
+public:
+    typedef Type value_type;
+    typedef Type comp_value_type;
+    
+    /// Construct with identity value.
+    view_content() { Identity::set_identity(m_value); }
+    
+    view_content(const value_type& value) : m_value(value) {}
+    
+    value_type value() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    void set_value(const value_type& value) 
+    { 
+        m_value = value;
+    }
+    
+    const comp_value_type& comp_value() const { return m_value; }
+
+    static const comp_value_type& comp_value(const value_type& value) 
+    {
+        return value; 
+    }
+    
+    const Type& get_reference() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    const Type& get_index_reference() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    /// Test if the value is defined.
+    bool is_set() const { return true; }
+};
+
+/// @endcond
+
+
+/** Content class for op_min_index_view and op_max_index_view.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Index   The index type of the op_min_index_view or
+                    op_max_index_view.
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the op_min_view or op_max_view. (_Not_ 
+ *                  the value type of the view, which will be
+ *                  `std::pair<Index, Type>`.)
+ *  @tparam Compare The comparator class specified for the op_min_index_view or 
+ *                  op_max_index_view. (_Not_ the derived comparator class
+ *                  actually used by the view_base. For example, the
+ *                  index_view_content of an `op_min_index_view<int>` will have
+ *                  `Compare = std::less<int>`, but its comparator_base will
+ *                  have `Compare = reverse_predicate< std::less<int> >`.)
+ *  @tparam ForMax  `true` if this is the content class for an
+ *                  op_max_index_view, `false` if it is for an
+ *                  op_min_index_view.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMaxViewContent
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxViewContent
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+template < typename Index
+         , typename Type
+         , typename Compare
+         , bool ForMax
+         >
+class index_view_content {
+    typedef identity_value<Type, Compare, ForMax> Identity;
+
+    Index   m_index;
+    Type    m_value;
+    bool    m_is_set;
+public:
+    /// The value type of the view (which is an <index, value> pair for 
+    /// index_view_content).
+    typedef std::pair<Index, Type> value_type;
+    
+    /// The type compared by the view’s `compare()` function (which is the data 
+    /// value type for index_view_content).
+    typedef Type comp_value_type;
+    
+    /// Construct with the identity value.
+    index_view_content() : m_index(), m_value(), m_is_set(false) {}
+    
+    /// Construct with an index/value pair.
+    index_view_content(const value_type& value) : 
+        m_index(value.first), m_value(value.second), m_is_set(true) {}
+    
+    /// Construct with an index and a value.
+    index_view_content(const Index& index, const Type& value) : 
+        m_index(index), m_value(value), m_is_set(true) {}
+    
+    /// Construct with just an index.
+    index_view_content(const Index& index) : 
+        m_index(index), m_value(), m_is_set(false) {}
+    
+    /// Get the value.
+    value_type value() const { return value_type(m_index, m_value); }
+    
+    /// Set value.
+    void set_value(const value_type& value) 
+    { 
+        m_index = value.first; 
+        m_value = value.second;
+        m_is_set = true;
+    }
+    
+    /// Get the comparison value (which is the value component of the 
+    /// index/value pair for index_view_content).
+    const comp_value_type& comp_value() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    /// Given an arbitrary value (i.e., index/value pair), get the
+    /// corresponding comparison value (which is the value component of the
+    /// index/value pair for index_view_content).
+    static const comp_value_type& comp_value(const value_type& value) 
+        { return value.second; }
+    
+    /// Get a const reference to value part of the value.
+    const Type& get_reference() const { return m_value; }
+    
+    /// Get a const reference to the index part of the value.
+    const Index& get_index_reference() const { return m_index; }
+    
+    /// Test if the value is defined.
+    bool is_set() const { return m_is_set; }
+};
+
+
+template <typename View> class rhs_proxy;
+
+/** Create an rhs_proxy.
+ */
+template <typename View>
+inline rhs_proxy<View> 
+make_proxy(const typename View::value_type& value, const View& view);
+
+template <typename Content, typename Less, typename Compare> class view_base;
+
+
+/** Class to represent the right-hand side of 
+ *  `*reducer = {min|max}_of(*reducer, value)`.
+ *
+ *  The only assignment operator for a min/max view class takes a rhs_proxy as
+ *  its operand. This results in the syntactic restriction that the only
+ *  expressions that can be assigned to a min/max view are ones which generate
+ *  an rhs_proxy — that is, expressions of the form `max_of(view, value)` and
+ *  `min_of(view, value)`.
+ *
+ *  @warning
+ *  The lhs and rhs views in such an assignment must be the same; otherwise, 
+ *  the behavior will be undefined. (I.e., `*r1 = min_of(*r1, x)` is legal; 
+ *  `*r1 = min_of(*r2, x)` is illegal.)  This condition will be checked with a
+ *  runtime assertion when compiled in debug mode.
+ *
+ *  @tparam View    The view class (op_{min|max}[_index]_view) that this proxy
+ *                  was created from.
+ *
+ *  @see view_base
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+template <typename View>
+class rhs_proxy {
+    typedef typename View::less_type                less_type;
+    typedef typename View::compare_type             compare_type;
+    typedef typename View::value_type               value_type;
+    typedef typename View::content_type             content_type;
+    typedef typename content_type::comp_value_type  comp_value_type;
+    
+    friend class view_base<content_type, less_type, compare_type>;
+    friend rhs_proxy make_proxy<View>(
+        const typename View::value_type& value, 
+        const View& view);
+    
+    typed_indirect_binary_function<
+        compare_type, comp_value_type, comp_value_type, bool>
+                                        m_comp;
+    const View*                         m_view;
+    value_type                          m_value;
+
+    rhs_proxy& operator=(const rhs_proxy&); // Disable assignment operator
+    rhs_proxy();                            // Disable default constructor
+    
+    // Constructor (called from view_base::make_proxy).
+    rhs_proxy(const View* view, 
+              const value_type& value,
+              const compare_type* compare) : 
+        m_view(view), m_value(value), m_comp(compare) {}
+        
+    // Check matching view, then return value (called from view_base::assign).
+    value_type value(const typename View::base* view) const
+    { 
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(view == m_view); 
+        return m_value; 
+    }
+
+public:
+
+    /** Support max_of(max_of(view, value), value) and the like.
+     */
+    rhs_proxy calc(const value_type& x) const
+    {
+        return rhs_proxy(
+            m_view, 
+            m_comp( content_type::comp_value(m_value),     
+                    content_type::comp_value(x)
+                  ) ? x : m_value,
+            m_comp.pointer());
+    }
+};
+    
+    
+template <typename View>
+inline rhs_proxy<View> 
+make_proxy(const typename View::value_type& value, const View& view)
+{
+    return rhs_proxy<View>(&view, value, view.compare_pointer());
+}
+
+//@}
+
+/** Base class for min and max view classes.
+ *
+ *  This class accumulates the minimum or maximum of a set of values which have
+ *  occurred as arguments to the `calc()` function, as determined by a
+ *  comparator. The accumulated value will be the first `calc()` argument value
+ *  `x` such that `compare(x, y)` is false for every `calc()` argument value
+ *  `y`.
+ *
+ *  If the comparator is `std::less`, then the accumulated value is the first
+ *  argument value which is not less than any other argument value, i.e., the
+ *  maximum. Similarly, if the comparator is `reverse_predicate<std::less>`,
+ *  which is equivalent to `std::greater`, then the accumulated value is the
+ *  first argument value which is not greater than any other argument value,
+ *  i.e., the minimum.
+ *  
+ *  @note   This class provides the definitions that are required for a class
+ *          that will be used as the parameter of a 
+ *          min_max_internal::monoid_base specialization. 
+ *
+ *  @tparam Content     A content class that provides the value types and data
+ *                      members for the view.
+ *  @tparam Less        A “less than” binary predicate that defines the min or
+ *                      max function.
+ *  @tparam Compare     A binary predicate to be used to compare the values.
+ *                      (The same as @a Less for max reducers; its reversal for
+ *                      min reducers.)
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMaxViewContent
+ *  @see op_max_view
+ *  @see op_min_view
+ *  @see op_max_index_view
+ *  @see op_min_index_view
+ *  @see monoid_base
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+template <typename Content, typename Less, typename Compare>
+class view_base : 
+    // comparator_base comes first to ensure that it will get empty base class
+    // treatment
+    private comparator_base<typename Content::comp_value_type, Compare>, 
+    private Content
+{
+    typedef comparator_base<typename Content::comp_value_type, Compare> base;
+    using base::compare;
+    using Content::value;
+    using Content::set_value;
+    using Content::comp_value;
+    typedef Content content_type;
+    
+    template <typename View> friend class rhs_proxy;
+    template <typename View>
+    friend rhs_proxy<View> make_proxy(const typename View::value_type& value, const View& view);
+    
+public:
+    
+    /** @name Monoid support.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Value type. Required by @ref monoid_with_view.
+     */
+    typedef typename Content::value_type    value_type;
+    
+    /** The type of the comparator specified by the user, that defines the 
+     *  ordering on @a Type. Required by min_max::monoid_base.
+     */
+    typedef Less                            less_type;
+    
+    /** The type of the comparator actually used by the view. Required by 
+     *  min_max::monoid_base. (This is the same as the @ref less_type for a 
+     *  max reducer, or `reverse_predicate<less_type>` for a min reducer.)
+     */
+    typedef Compare                         compare_type;
+
+    /** Reduce operation. Required by @ref monoid_with_view.
+     */
+    void reduce(view_base* other)
+    {
+        if (    other->is_set() &&
+                (   !this->is_set() || 
+                    compare(this->comp_value(), other->comp_value()) ) )
+        {
+            this->set_value(other->value());
+        }
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    /** Default constructor. Initializes to identity value.
+     */
+    explicit view_base(const compare_type* compare) : 
+        base(compare), Content() {}
+    
+    /** Value constructor.
+     */
+    template <typename T1>
+    view_base(const T1& x1, const compare_type* compare) : 
+        base(compare), Content(x1) {}
+
+    /** Value constructor.
+     */
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    view_base(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const compare_type* compare) : 
+        base(compare), Content(x1, x2) {}
+
+
+    /** Move-in constructor.
+     */
+    explicit view_base(move_in_wrapper<value_type> w, const compare_type* compare) :
+        base(compare), Content(w.value()) {}
+    
+    /** @name Reducer support.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    void                view_move_in(value_type& v)         { set_value(v); }
+    void                view_move_out(value_type& v)        { v = value(); }
+    void                view_set_value(const value_type& v) { set_value(v); }
+    value_type          view_get_value() const              { return value(); }
+    //                  view_get_reference()                NOT SUPPORTED
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    /** Is the value defined?
+     */
+    using Content::is_set;
+    
+    /** Reference to contained value data member.
+     *  @deprecated For legacy reducers only.
+     */
+    using Content::get_reference;
+    
+    /** Reference to contained index data member.
+     *  (Meaningless for non-index reducers.)
+     *  @deprecated For legacy reducers only.
+     */
+    using Content::get_index_reference;
+    
+protected:
+
+    /** Update the min/max value.
+     */
+    void calc(const value_type& x)
+    {
+        if (!is_set() || compare(comp_value(), comp_value(x))) set_value(x);
+    }
+    
+    /** Assign the result of a `{min|max}_of(view, value)` expression to the 
+     *  view.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    template <typename View>
+    void assign(const rhs_proxy<View>& rhs)
+    {
+        calc(rhs.value(this));
+    }
+    
+};
+
+
+/** Base class for min and max monoid classes.
+ *
+ *  The unique characteristic of minimum and maximum reducers is that they 
+ *  incorporate a comparator functor that defines what “minimum” or “maximum”
+ *  means. The monoid for a reducer contains the comparator that will be used
+ *  for the reduction. If the comparator is a function or a class with state,
+ *  then each view will have a pointer to the comparator.
+ *
+ *  This means that the `construct()` functions first construct the monoid
+ *  (possibly with an explicit comparator argument), and then construct the 
+ *  view with a pointer to the monoid’s comparator.
+ *
+ *  @tparam View    The view class.
+ *  @tparam Align   If true, reducers instantiated on this monoid will be
+ *                  aligned. By default, library reducers (unlike legacy
+ *                  library reducer _wrappers_) are unaligned.
+ *
+ *  @see view_base
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+template <typename View, bool Align = false>
+class monoid_base : public monoid_with_view<View, Align>
+{
+    typedef typename View::compare_type compare_type;
+    typedef typename View::less_type    less_type;
+    const compare_type                  m_compare;
+
+    const compare_type* compare_pointer() const { return &m_compare; }
+    
+    using cilk::monoid_base<typename View::value_type, View>::provisional;
+    
+public:
+
+    /** Default constructor uses default comparator.
+     */
+    monoid_base() : m_compare() {}
+
+    /** Constructor.
+     *
+     *  @param  compare The comparator to use.
+     */
+    monoid_base(const compare_type& compare) : m_compare(compare) {}
+
+    /** Create an identity view.
+     *
+     *  List view identity constructors take the list allocator as an argument.
+     *
+     *  @param v    The address of the uninitialized memory in which the view 
+     *  will be constructed.
+     */
+    void identity(View *v) const { ::new((void*) v) View(compare_pointer()); }
+    
+    /** @name construct functions
+     *
+     *  Min/max monoid `construct()` functions optionally take one or two value
+     *  arguments, a @ref move_in argument, and/or a comparator argument.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    template <typename Monoid>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(monoid->compare_pointer()) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const T1& x1)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, monoid->compare_pointer()) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const T1& x1, const T2& x2)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid() ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2, monoid->compare_pointer()) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const less_type& compare)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(compare) ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(monoid->compare_pointer()) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const T1& x1, const less_type& compare)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(compare) ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, monoid->compare_pointer()) ); }
+
+    template <typename Monoid, typename T1, typename T2>
+    static void construct(Monoid* monoid, View* view, const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const less_type& compare)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)monoid) Monoid(compare) ).confirm_if( 
+            new ((void*)view) View(x1, x2, monoid->compare_pointer()) ); }
+
+    //@}
+};
+
+} //namespace min_max_internal
+
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMinMaxMaxValue Maximum reducers (value only)
+ *
+ *  These reducers will find the largest value from a set of values.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** The maximum reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_max<Type, Compare> >`. It accumulates the maximum,
+ *  as determined by a comparator, of a set of values which have occurred as
+ *  arguments to the `calc_max()` function. The accumulated value will be the
+ *  first argument `x` such that `compare(x, y)` is false for every argument
+ *  `y`.
+ *
+ *  If the comparator is `std::less`, then the accumulated value is the first
+ *  argument value which is not less than any other argument value, i.e., the
+ *  maximum.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `calc_max()` function would be used in an expression like
+ *          `r->calc_max(a)` where `r` is an op_max reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the values compared by the reducer. This will
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is 
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *  @tparam Compare A `Strict Weak Ordering` whose argument type is @a Type. It
+ *                  defines the “less than” relation used to compute the
+ *                  maximum.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @see op_max
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+class op_max_view : public min_max_internal::view_base<
+    min_max_internal::view_content<Type, Compare, true>, 
+    Compare,
+    Compare>
+{
+    typedef min_max_internal::view_base<
+        min_max_internal::view_content<Type, Compare, true>, 
+        Compare,
+        Compare> base;
+    using base::calc;
+    using base::assign;
+    friend class min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_max_view>;
+    
+public:
+
+    /** @name Constructors.
+     *
+     *  All op_max_view constructors simply pass their arguments on to the 
+     *  @ref view_base base class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    op_max_view() : base() {}
+    
+    template <typename T1>
+    op_max_view(const T1& x1) : base(x1) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    op_max_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2) : base(x1, x2) {}
+    
+    //@}    
+
+    /** @name View modifier operations.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Maximize with a value.
+     *
+     *  If @a x is greater than the current value of the view (as defined by 
+     *  the reducer’s comparator), or if the view was created without an 
+     *  initial value and its value has never been updated (with `calc_max()` 
+     *  or `= max_of()`), then the value of the view is set to @a x.
+     *
+     *  @param  x   The value to maximize the view’s value with.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the view. (Allows chaining
+     *              `view.comp_max(a).comp_max(b)…`.)
+     */
+    op_max_view& calc_max(const Type& x) { calc(x); return *this; }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `max_of(view, value)` expression to the view.
+     *
+     *  @param  rhs An rhs_proxy value created by a `max_of(view, value)`
+     *              expression.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the view.
+     *
+     *  @see min_max_internal::view_base::rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_max_view& operator=(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_max_view>& rhs) 
+        { assign(rhs); return *this; }
+    
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** Compute the maximum of the value in an op_max_view and another value.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original 
+ *  view or used in another max_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      *reducer = max_of(*reducer, x);
+ *      *reducer = max_of(x, *reducer);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::rhs_proxy
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const op_max_view<Type, Compare>& view, const Type& value)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(value, view);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const op_max_view<Type, Compare>&, const Type&)
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const Type& value, const op_max_view<Type, Compare>& view)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(value, view);
+}
+
+/** Nested maximum computation.
+ *
+ *  Compute the maximum of the result of a max_of() call and another value.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original
+ *  view or wrapper, or used in another max_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      *reducer = max_of(x, max_of(y, *reducer));
+ *      wrapper = max_of(max_of(wrapper, x), y);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::rhs_proxy
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >& proxy, 
+       const Type& value)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(value);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >&, const Type&)
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const Type& value, 
+       const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >& proxy)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(value);
+}
+
+
+/** Monoid class for maximum reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer template
+ *  class with an op_max monoid to create a maximum reducer class. For example,
+ *  to compute the maximum of a set of `int` values:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_max<int> > r;
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @see op_max_view
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare=std::less<Type>, bool Align = false>
+class op_max : 
+    public min_max_internal::monoid_base<op_max_view<Type, Compare>, Align> 
+{
+    typedef min_max_internal::monoid_base<op_max_view<Type, Compare>, Align>
+            base;
+public:
+    /// Construct with default comparator.
+    op_max() {}
+    /// Construct with specified comparator.
+    op_max(const Compare& compare) : base(compare) {}
+};
+
+//@}
+
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMinMaxMinValue Minimum reducers (value only)
+ *
+ *  These reducers will find the smallest value from a set of values.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** The minimum reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_min<Type, Compare> >`. It accumulates the minimum,
+ *  as determined by a comparator, of a set of values which have occurred as
+ *  arguments to the `calc_min()` function. The accumulated value will be the
+ *  first argument `x` such that `compare(y, x)` is false for every argument
+ *  `y`.
+ *
+ *  If the comparator is `std::less`, then the accumulated value is the first
+ *  argument value which no other argument value is less than, i.e., the
+ *  minimum.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `calc_min()` function would be used in an expression like
+ *          `r->calc_min(a)` where `r` is an op_min reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the values compared by the reducer. This will 
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is 
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *  @tparam Compare A `Strict Weak Ordering` whose argument type is @a Type. It 
+ *                  defines the “less than” relation used to compute the
+ *                  minimum.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @see op_min
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+class op_min_view : public min_max_internal::view_base<
+    min_max_internal::view_content<Type, Compare, false>, 
+    Compare,
+    min_max_internal::reverse_predicate<Compare, Type> >
+{
+    typedef min_max_internal::view_base<
+        min_max_internal::view_content<Type, Compare, false>, 
+        Compare,
+        min_max_internal::reverse_predicate<Compare, Type> > base;
+    using base::calc;
+    using base::assign;
+    friend class min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_min_view>;
+
+public:
+    /** @name Constructors.
+     *
+     *  All op_min_view constructors simply pass their arguments on to the 
+     *  @ref view_base base class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    op_min_view() : base() {}
+    
+    template <typename T1>
+    op_min_view(const T1& x1) : base(x1) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    op_min_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2) : base(x1, x2) {}
+    
+    //@}    
+
+    /** @name View modifier operations.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Minimize with a value.
+     *
+     *  If @a x is less than the current value of the view (as defined by the
+     *  reducer’s comparator), or if the view was created without an initial
+     *  value and its value has never been updated (with `calc_min()` or
+     *  `= min_of()`), then the value of the view is set to @a x.
+     *
+     *  @param  x   The value to minimize the view’s value with.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the view. (Allows chaining
+     *              `view.comp_min(a).comp_min(b)…`.)
+     */
+    op_min_view& calc_min(const Type& x) { calc(x); return *this; }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `min_of(view, value)` expression to the view.
+     *
+     *  @param  rhs An rhs_proxy value created by a `min_of(view, value)`
+     *              expression.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the view.
+     *
+     *  @see min_max_internal::view_base::rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_min_view& operator=(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_min_view>& rhs) 
+        { assign(rhs); return *this; }
+};
+
+
+/** Compute the minimum of the value in a view and another value.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original
+ *  view or used in another min_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      *reducer = min_of(*reducer, x);
+ *      *reducer = min_of(x, *reducer);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::view_base::rhs_proxy
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const op_min_view<Type, Compare>& view, const Type& value)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(value, view);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc min_of(const op_min_view<Type, Compare>&, const Type&)
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const Type& value, const op_min_view<Type, Compare>& view)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(value, view);
+}
+
+/** Nested minimum computation.
+ *
+ *  Compute the minimum of the result of a min_of() call and another value.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original
+ *  view or wrapper, or used in another min_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      *reducer = min_of(x, min_of(y, *reducer));
+ *      wrapper = min_of(min_of(wrapper, x), y);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::rhs_proxy
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >& proxy, 
+       const Type& value)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(value);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc min_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >&, const Type&)
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const Type& value, 
+       const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >& proxy)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(value);
+}
+
+
+/** Monoid class for minimum reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer template
+ *  class with an op_min monoid to create a minimum reducer class. For example,
+ *  to compute the minimum of a set of `int` values:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_min<int> > r;
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @see op_min_view
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare=std::less<Type>, bool Align = false>
+class op_min : public min_max_internal::monoid_base<op_min_view<Type, Compare>, Align> {
+    typedef min_max_internal::monoid_base<op_min_view<Type, Compare>, Align> base;
+public:
+    /// Construct with default comparator.
+    op_min() {}
+    /// Construct with specified comparator.
+    op_min(const Compare& compare) : base(compare) {}
+};
+
+//@}
+
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMinMaxMaxIndex Maximum reducers (value and index)
+ *
+ *  These reducers will find the largest value from a set of values, and its
+ *  index in the set.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** The maximum index reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_max_index<Index, Type, Compare> >`. It accumulates
+ *  the maximum, as determined by a comparator, of a set of values which have
+ *  occurred as arguments to the `calc_max()` function, and records the index
+ *  of the maximum value. The accumulated value will be the first argument `x`
+ *  such that `compare(x, y)` is false for every argument `y`.
+ *
+ *  If the comparator is `std::less`, then the accumulated value is the first
+ *  argument value which is not less than any other argument value, i.e., the
+ *  maximum.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `calc_max()` function would be used in an expression like
+ *          `r->calc_max(i, a)`where `r` is an op_max_index reducer
+ *          variable.
+ *
+ *  @note   The word “index” suggests an integer index into an array, but there
+ *          is no restriction on the index type or how it should be used. In
+ *          general, it may be convenient to use it for any kind of key that 
+ *          can be used to locate the maximum value in the collection that it
+ *          came from — for example:
+ *              -   An index into an array.
+ *              -   A key into an STL map.
+ *              -   An iterator into any STL container.
+ *
+ *  @note   A max_index reducer is essentially a max reducer whose value type 
+ *          is a `std::pair<Index, Type>`. This fact is camouflaged in the view
+ *          `calc_max` function, the global `max_of` functions, and the reducer
+ *          value constructor, which can all take an index argument and a value
+ *          argument as an alternative to a single `std::pair` argument.
+ *          However, the reducer `set_value()`, `get_value()`, `move_in()`, and
+ *          `move_out()` functions work only with pairs, not with individual 
+ *          value and/or index arguments.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Index   The type of the indices associated with the values.
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the values compared by the reducer. This will 
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is 
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *  @tparam Compare Used to compare the values. It must be a binary predicate.
+ *                  If it is omitted, then the view computes the conventional
+ *                  arithmetic maximum.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @see op_max_index
+ */
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+class op_max_index_view : public min_max_internal::view_base<
+    min_max_internal::index_view_content<Index, Type, Compare, true>,
+    Compare,
+    Compare>
+{
+    typedef min_max_internal::view_base<
+        min_max_internal::index_view_content<Index, Type, Compare, true>,
+        Compare,
+        Compare> base;
+    using base::calc;
+    using base::assign;
+    typedef std::pair<Index, Type> pair_type;
+    friend class min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_max_index_view>;
+
+public:
+    /** @name Constructors.
+     *
+     *  All op_max_index_view constructors simply pass their arguments on to the 
+     *  @ref view_base base class, except for the `(index, value [, compare])`
+     *  constructors, which create a `std::pair` containing the index and value.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    op_max_index_view() : base() {}
+    
+    template <typename T1>
+    op_max_index_view(const T1& x1) : base(x1) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    op_max_index_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2) : base(x1, x2) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    op_max_index_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3) : base(x1, x2, x3) {}
+    
+    op_max_index_view(const Index& i, const Type& v) : base(pair_type(i, v)) {}
+    
+    op_max_index_view(const Index& i, const Type& v, const typename base::compare_type* c) : 
+        base(pair_type(i, v), c) {}
+    
+    //@}    
+
+    /** Maximize with a value and index.
+     *
+     *  If @a x is greater than the current value of the view (as defined by 
+     *  the reducer’s comparator), or if the view was created without an 
+     *  initial value and its value has never been updated (with `calc_max()` 
+     *  or `= max_of()`), then the value of the view is set to @a x, and the
+     *  index is set to @a i..
+     *
+     *  @param  i   The index of the value @a x.
+     *  @param  x   The value to maximize the view’s value with.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the view. (Allows 
+     *              `view.comp_max(i, a).comp_max(j, b)…`.)
+     */
+    op_max_index_view& calc_max(const Index& i, const Type& x) 
+        { calc(pair_type(i, x)); return *this; }
+
+    /** Maximize with an index/value pair.
+     *
+     *  If @a pair.second is greater than the current value of the view (as
+     *  defined by the reducer’s comparator), or if the view was created 
+     *  without an initial value and its value has never been updated (with
+     *  `calc_max()` or `= max_of()`), then the value of the view is set to
+     *  @a pair.second, and the index is set to @a pair.first.
+     *
+     *  @param  pair    A pair containing a value to maximize the view’s value
+     *                  with and its associated index.
+     *
+     *  @return         A reference to the view. (Allows
+     *                  `view.comp_max(p1).comp_max(p2)…`.)
+     */
+    op_max_index_view& calc_max(const pair_type& pair) 
+        { calc(pair); return *this; }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `max_of(view, index, value)` expression to the 
+     *  view.
+     *
+     *  @param  rhs An rhs_proxy value created by a `max_of(view, index, value)`
+     *              expression.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the view.
+     *
+     *  @see min_max_internal::view_base::rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_max_index_view& operator=(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_max_index_view>& rhs) 
+        { assign(rhs); return *this; }
+};
+
+
+/** Compute the maximum of the value in a view and another value.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original
+ *  view or used in another max_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      *reducer = max_of(*reducer, i, x);
+ *      *reducer = max_of(i, x, *reducer);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::rhs_proxy
+ */
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>& view,
+       const Index& index, const Type& value)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(std::pair<Index, Type>(index, value), view);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const Index& index, const Type& value,
+       const op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>& view)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(std::pair<Index, Type>(index, value), view);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>& view,
+       const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(pair, view);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair,
+       const op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>& view)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(pair, view);
+}
+
+/** Nested computation of the maximum of the value in a view and other values.
+ *
+ *  Compute the maximum of the result of a max_of() call and another value.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original
+ *  view or used in another max_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      *reducer = max_of(x, max_of(y, *reducer));
+ *      *reducer = max_of(max_of(*reducer, x), y);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::rhs_proxy
+ */
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >& proxy,
+       const Index& index, const Type& value)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(std::pair<Index, Type>(index, value));
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const Index& index, const Type& value,
+       const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >& proxy)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(std::pair<Index, Type>(index, value));
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >& proxy,
+       const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(pair);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair,
+       const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >& proxy)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(pair);
+}
+
+
+/** Monoid class for maximum reductions with index. Instantiate the
+ *  cilk::reducer template class with an op_max_index monoid to create a
+ *  max_index reducer class. For example, to compute the maximum of an array of
+ *  `double` values and the array index of the max value:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_max_index<unsigned, double> > r;
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @see op_max_index_view
+ */
+template < typename Index
+         , typename Type
+         , typename Compare=std::less<Type>
+         , bool     Align = false
+         >
+class op_max_index : public min_max_internal::monoid_base<op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>, Align> 
+{
+    typedef min_max_internal::monoid_base<
+        op_max_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>, Align> base;
+public:
+    /// Construct with default comparator.
+    op_max_index() {}
+    /// Construct with specified comparator.
+    op_max_index(const Compare& compare) : base(compare) {}
+};
+
+//@}
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMinMaxMinIndex Minimum reducers (value and index)
+ *
+ *  These reducers will find the smallest value from a set of values, and its
+ *  index in the set.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMax
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** The minimum index reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer<cilk::op_min_index<Index, Type, Compare> >`. It accumulates
+ *  the minimum, as determined by a comparator, of a set of values which have
+ *  occurred as arguments to the `calc_min()` function, and records the index
+ *  of the minimum value. The accumulated value will be the first argument `x`
+ *  such that `compare(y, x)` is false for every argument `y`.
+ *
+ *  If the comparator is `std::less`, then the accumulated value is the first
+ *  argument value which no other argument value is less than, i.e., the
+ *  minimum.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `calc_min()` function would be
+ *          used in an expression like `r->calc_min(i, a)`where `r` is an
+ *          op_min_index reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @note   The word “index” suggests an integer index into an array, but there
+ *          is no restriction on the index type or how it should be used. In
+ *          general, it may be convenient to use it for any kind of key that 
+ *          can be used to locate the minimum value in the collection that it
+ *          came from — for example:
+ *              -   An index into an array.
+ *              -   A key into an STL map.
+ *              -   An iterator into any STL container.
+ *
+ *  @note   A min_index reducer is essentially a min reducer whose value type 
+ *          is a `std::pair<Index, Type>`. This fact is camouflaged in the view
+ *          `calc_min` function, the global `min_of` functions, and the reducer
+ *          value constructor, which can all take an index argument and a value
+ *          argument as an alternative to a single `std::pair` argument.
+ *          However, the reducer `set_value()`, `get_value()`, `move_in()`, and
+ *          `move_out()` functions work only with pairs, not with individual
+ *          value and/or index arguments.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Index   The type of the indices associated with the values.
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the values compared by the reducer. This will 
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is 
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *  @tparam Compare Used to compare the values. It must be a binary predicate.
+ *                  If it is omitted, then the view computes the conventional
+ *                  arithmetic minimum.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @see op_min_index
+ */
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+class op_min_index_view : public min_max_internal::view_base<
+    min_max_internal::index_view_content<Index, Type, Compare, false>,
+    Compare,
+    min_max_internal::reverse_predicate<Compare, Type> >
+{
+    typedef min_max_internal::view_base<
+        min_max_internal::index_view_content<Index, Type, Compare, false>,
+        Compare,
+        min_max_internal::reverse_predicate<Compare, Type> > base;
+    using base::calc;
+    using base::assign;
+    typedef std::pair<Index, Type> pair_type;
+    friend class min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_min_index_view>;
+
+public:
+    /** @name Constructors.
+     *
+     *  All op_min_index_view constructors simply pass their arguments on to the 
+     *  @ref view_base base class, except for the `(index, value [, compare])`
+     *  constructors, which create a `std::pair` containing the index and value.
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    op_min_index_view() : base() {}
+    
+    template <typename T1>
+    op_min_index_view(const T1& x1) : base(x1) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    op_min_index_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2) : base(x1, x2) {}
+    
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    op_min_index_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3) : base(x1, x2, x3) {}
+    
+    op_min_index_view(const Index& i, const Type& v) : base(pair_type(i, v)) {}
+    
+    op_min_index_view(const Index& i, const Type& v, const typename base::compare_type* c) : 
+        base(pair_type(i, v), c) {}
+    
+    //@}    
+
+    /** Minimize with a value and index.
+     *
+     *  If @a x is greater than the current value of the view (as defined by 
+     *  the reducer’s comparator), or if the view was created without an 
+     *  initial value and its value has never been updated (with `calc_min()` 
+     *  or `= min_of()`), then the value of the view is set to @a x, and the
+     *  index is set to @a i..
+     *
+     *  @param  i   The index of the value @a x.
+     *  @param  x   The value to minimize the view’s value with.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the view. (Allows 
+     *              `view.comp_min(i, a).comp_min(j, b)…`.)
+     */
+    op_min_index_view& calc_min(const Index& i, const Type& x) 
+        { calc(pair_type(i, x)); return *this; }
+
+    /** Maximize with an index/value pair.
+     *
+     *  If @a pair.second is less than the current value of the view (as
+     *  defined by the reducer’s comparator), or if the view was created 
+     *  without an initial value and its value has never been updated (with
+     *  `calc_min()` or `= min_of()`), then the value of the view is set to
+     *  @a pair.second, and the index is set to @a pair.first.
+     *
+     *  @param  pair    A pair containing a value to minimize the view’s value
+     *                  with and its associated index.
+     *
+     *  @return         A reference to the view. (Allows
+     *                  `view.comp_min(p1).comp_min(p2)…`.)
+     */
+    op_min_index_view& calc_min(const pair_type& pair) 
+        { calc(pair); return *this; }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `min_of(view, index, value)` expression to the
+     *  view.
+     *
+     *  @param  rhs An rhs_proxy value created by a `min_of(view, index, value)`
+     *              expression.
+     *
+     *  @return     A reference to the view.
+     *
+     *  @see min_max_internal::view_base::rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_min_index_view& operator=(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_min_index_view>& rhs) 
+        { assign(rhs); return *this; }
+};
+
+
+/** Compute the minimum of the value in a view and another value.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original
+ *  view or used in another min_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      *reducer = min_of(*reducer, i, x);
+ *      *reducer = min_of(i, x, *reducer);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::min_min_view_base::rhs_proxy
+ */
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>& view,
+       const Index& index, const Type& value)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(std::pair<Index, Type>(index, value), view);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc min_of(const op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const Index& index, const Type& value,
+       const op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>& view)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(std::pair<Index, Type>(index, value), view);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc min_of(const op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>& view,
+       const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(pair, view);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc min_of(const op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair,
+       const op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>& view)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(pair, view);
+}
+
+/** Nested computation of the minimum of the value in a view and other values.
+ *
+ *  Compute the minimum of the result of a min_of() call and another value.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original
+ *  view or used in another min_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      *reducer = min_of(x, min_of(y, *reducer));
+ *      *reducer = min_of(min_of(*reducer, x), y);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::min_min_view_base::rhs_proxy
+ */
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >& proxy,
+       const Index& index, const Type& value)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(std::pair<Index, Type>(index, value));
+}
+
+/// @copydoc min_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const Index& index, const Type& value,
+       const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >& proxy)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(std::pair<Index, Type>(index, value));
+}
+
+/// @copydoc min_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >& proxy,
+       const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(pair);
+}
+
+/// @copydoc min_of(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >&, const Index&, const Type&)
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const std::pair<Index, Type>& pair,
+       const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare> >& proxy)
+{
+    return proxy.calc(pair);
+}
+
+
+/** Monoid class for minimum reductions with index. Instantiate the
+ *  cilk::reducer template class with an op_min_index monoid to create a
+ *  min_index reducer class. For example, to compute the minimum of an array of 
+ *  `double` values and the array index of the min value:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_min_index<unsigned, double> > r;
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @see op_min_index_view
+ */
+template < typename Index
+         , typename Type
+         , typename Compare=std::less<Type>
+         , bool     Align = false
+         >
+class op_min_index : public min_max_internal::monoid_base<op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>, Align> 
+{
+    typedef min_max_internal::monoid_base<
+        op_min_index_view<Index, Type, Compare>, Align> base;
+public:
+    /// Construct with default comparator.
+    op_min_index() {}
+    /// Construct with specified comparator.
+    op_min_index(const Compare& compare) : base(compare) {}
+};
+
+//@}
+
+
+/** Deprecated maximum reducer wrapper class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_max is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_max>, except that
+ *  reducer_max is a proxy for the contained view, so that accumulator
+ *  variable update operations can be applied directly to the reducer. For
+ *  example, a value is maximized with  a `reducer<%op_max>` with
+ *  `r->calc_max(a)`, but a value can be maximized with a `%reducer_max` with 
+ *  `r.calc_max(a)`.
+ *
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_max. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_max` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_max>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_max` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_max` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_max>`, and vice
+ *          versa. **But see  @ref redminmax_compatibility.**
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @tparam Compare The “less than” comparator type for the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see op_max
+ *  @see op_max_view
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxMaxValue
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare=std::less<Type> >
+class reducer_max : public reducer< op_max<Type, Compare, true> >
+{
+    __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT(
+        ::cilk::internal::class_is_empty< 
+            typename ::cilk::internal::binary_functor<Compare>::type >::value, 
+        "cilk::reducer_max<Type, Compare> only works with "
+        "an empty Compare class");
+    typedef reducer< op_max<Type, Compare, true> > base;
+public:
+    
+    /// Type of data in a reducer_max.
+    typedef Type                            basic_value_type;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        view_type;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        View;
+    
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      monoid_type;
+    
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+
+    /// The view’s rhs proxy type.          
+    typedef min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<View> rhs_proxy;
+    
+    using base::view;
+
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Construct the wrapper in its identity state (either `!is_set()`, or
+    /// `value() == identity value`).
+    reducer_max() : base() {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper with a specified initial value.
+    explicit reducer_max(const Type& initial_value) : base(initial_value) {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper in its identity state with a specified 
+    /// comparator.
+    explicit reducer_max(const Compare& comp) : base(comp) {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper with a specified initial value and a specified 
+    /// comparator.
+    reducer_max(const Type& initial_value, const Compare& comp)
+    :   base(initial_value, comp) {}
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_max_view. */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc cilk_lib_1_0::min_max_internal::view_content::is_set() const
+    bool is_set() const { return view().is_set(); }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_max_view::calc_max(const Type&)
+    reducer_max& calc_max(const Type& x) 
+        { view().calc_max(x); return *this; }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_max_view::operator=(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_max_view>&) 
+    reducer_max& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs)
+        { view() = rhs; return *this; }
+        
+    //@}
+
+    /** Allow read-only access to the value within the current view.
+     * 
+     *  @returns    A const reference to the value within the current view.
+     */
+    const Type& get_reference() const { return view().get_reference(); }
+    
+    /// @name Dereference
+    /** Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the wrapper.
+     *  Combined with the rule that a wrapper forwards view operations to the
+     *  view, this means that view operations can be written the same way on
+     *  reducers and wrappers, which is convenient for incrementally
+     *  converting code using wrappers to code using reducers. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_max<int> > r;
+     *      r->calc_max(a);      // *r returns the view
+     *                           // calc_max is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_max<int> w;
+     *      w->calc_max(a);      // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                           // calc_max is a wrapper member function that
+     *                           // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_max&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_max const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_max*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_max const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_max<Type, Compare, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< op_max<Type, Compare, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    
+    operator const reducer< op_max<Type, Compare, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer< op_max<Type, Compare, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/// @cond internal
+// The legacy definition of max_of(reducer_max, value) has different
+// behavior and a different return type than this definition. We add an 
+// unused third argument to this version of the function to give it a different
+// signature, so that they won’t end up sharing a single object file entry.
+struct max_of_1_0_t {};
+const max_of_1_0_t max_of_1_0 = {};
+/// @endcond
+
+/** Compute the maximum of the value in a reducer_max and another value.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Because reducer_max is deprecated.
+ *
+ *  The result of this computation can only be assigned back to the original 
+ *  reducer or used in another max_of() call. For example,
+ *
+ *      reducer = max_of(reducer, x);
+ *      reducer = max_of(x, reducer);
+ *
+ *  @see min_max_internal::rhs_proxy
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxMaxValue
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const reducer_max<Type, Compare>& r, const Type& value,
+        const max_of_1_0_t& = max_of_1_0)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(value, r.view());
+}
+
+/// @copydoc max_of(const reducer_max<Type, Compare>&, const Type&, const max_of_1_0_t&)
+/// @ingroup ReducersMinMaxMaxValue
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_max_view<Type, Compare> >
+max_of(const Type& value, const reducer_max<Type, Compare>& r,
+        const max_of_1_0_t& = max_of_1_0)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(value, r.view());
+}
+
+
+/** Deprecated minimum reducer wrapper class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_min is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_min>, except that
+ *  reducer_min is a proxy for the contained view, so that accumulator
+ *  variable update operations can be applied directly to the reducer. For
+ *  example, a value is minimized with  a `reducer<%op_min>` with
+ *  `r->calc_min(a)`, but a value can be minimized with a `%reducer_min` with 
+ *  `r.calc_min(a)`.
+ *
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_min. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_min` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_min>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_min` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_min` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_min>`, and vice
+ *          versa. **But see  @ref redminmax_compatibility.**
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @tparam Compare The “less than” comparator type for the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see op_min
+ *  @see op_min_view
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxMinValue
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare=std::less<Type> >
+class reducer_min : public reducer< op_min<Type, Compare, true> >
+{
+    __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT(
+        ::cilk::internal::class_is_empty<
+            typename ::cilk::internal::binary_functor<Compare>::type >::value, 
+        "cilk::reducer_min<Type, Compare> only works with "
+        "an empty Compare class");
+    typedef reducer< op_min<Type, Compare, true> > base;
+public:
+    
+    /// Type of data in a reducer_min.
+    typedef Type                            basic_value_type;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        view_type;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        View;
+    
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      monoid_type;
+    
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+
+    /// The view’s rhs proxy type.          
+    typedef min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<View> rhs_proxy;
+    
+    using base::view;
+
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Construct the wrapper in its identity state (either `!is_set()`, or
+    /// `value() == identity value`).
+    reducer_min() : base() {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper with a specified initial value.
+    explicit reducer_min(const Type& initial_value) : base(initial_value) {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper in its identity state with a specified 
+    /// comparator.
+    explicit reducer_min(const Compare& comp) : base(comp) {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper with a specified initial value and a specified 
+    /// comparator.
+    reducer_min(const Type& initial_value, const Compare& comp)
+    :   base(initial_value, comp) {}
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_min_view. */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc cilk_lib_1_0::min_max_internal::view_content::is_set() const
+    bool is_set() const { return view().is_set(); }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_min_view::calc_min(const Type&)
+    reducer_min& calc_min(const Type& x) 
+        { view().calc_min(x); return *this; }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_min_view::operator=(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_min_view>&) 
+    reducer_min& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs)
+        { view() = rhs; return *this; }
+        
+    //@}
+
+    /** Allow read-only access to the value within the current view.
+     * 
+     *  @returns    A const reference to the value within the current view.
+     */
+    const Type& get_reference() const { return view().get_reference(); }
+    
+    /// @name Dereference
+    /** Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the wrapper.
+     *  Combined with the rule that a wrapper forwards view operations to the
+     *  view, this means that view operations can be written the same way on
+     *  reducers and wrappers, which is convenient for incrementally
+     *  converting code using wrappers to code using reducers. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_min<int> > r;
+     *      r->calc_min(a);      // *r returns the view
+     *                           // calc_min is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_min<int> w;
+     *      w->calc_min(a);      // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                           // calc_min is a wrapper member function that
+     *                           // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_min&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_min const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_min*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_min const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_min<Type, Compare, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< op_min<Type, Compare, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    
+    operator const reducer< op_min<Type, Compare, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer< op_min<Type, Compare, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** Compute the minimum of a reducer and a value.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Because reducer_min is deprecated.
+ */
+//@{
+// The legacy definition of min_of(reducer_min, value) has different
+// behavior and a different return type than this definition. We add an 
+// unused third argument to this version of the function to give it a different
+// signature, so that they won’t end up sharing a single object file entry.
+struct min_of_1_0_t {};
+const min_of_1_0_t min_of_1_0 = {};
+
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const reducer_min<Type, Compare>& r, const Type& value,
+        const min_of_1_0_t& = min_of_1_0)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(value, r.view());
+}
+
+template <typename Type, typename Compare>
+inline min_max_internal::rhs_proxy< op_min_view<Type, Compare> >
+min_of(const Type& value, const reducer_min<Type, Compare>& r,
+        const min_of_1_0_t& = min_of_1_0)
+{
+    return min_max_internal::make_proxy(value, r.view());
+}
+//@}
+
+
+/** Deprecated maximum with index reducer wrapper class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_max_index is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_max_index>, except
+ *  that reducer_max_index is a proxy for the contained view, so that
+ *  accumulator variable update operations can be applied directly to the
+ *  reducer. For example, a value is maximized with  a `reducer<%op_max_index>`
+ *  with `r->calc_max(i, a)`, but a value can be maximized with a 
+ *  `%reducer_max` with `r.calc_max(i, aa)`.
+ *
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_max. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_max_index` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_max_index>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_max_index` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_max_index` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_max_index>`, and vice
+ *          versa. **But see  @ref redminmax_compatibility.**
+ *
+ *  @tparam Index   The index type of the reducer.
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @tparam Compare The “less than” comparator type for the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see op_max_index
+ *  @see op_max_index_view
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxMaxIndex
+ */
+template < typename Index
+         , typename Type
+         , typename Compare = std::less<Type>
+         >
+class reducer_max_index : 
+    public reducer< op_max_index<Index, Type, Compare, true> >
+{
+    __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT(
+        ::cilk::internal::class_is_empty< 
+            typename ::cilk::internal::binary_functor<Compare>::type >::value, 
+        "cilk::reducer_max_index<Type, Compare> only works with "
+        "an empty Compare class");
+    typedef reducer< op_max_index<Index, Type, Compare, true> > base;
+public:
+    
+    /// Type of data in a reducer_max_index.
+    typedef Type                            basic_value_type;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        view_type;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        View;
+    
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      monoid_type;
+    
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+
+    /// The view’s rhs proxy type.          
+    typedef min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<View> rhs_proxy;
+    
+    using base::view;
+
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Construct the wrapper in its identity state (`!is_set()`).
+    reducer_max_index() : base() {}
+
+    /// Construct with a specified initial index and value.
+    reducer_max_index(const Index& initial_index,
+                      const Type& initial_value)
+    : base(initial_index, initial_value) {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper with a specified comparator.
+    explicit reducer_max_index(const Compare& comp) : base(comp) {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper with a specified initial index, value, 
+    /// and comparator.
+    reducer_max_index(const Index& initial_index,
+                      const Type& initial_value,
+                      const Compare& comp)
+    : base(initial_index, initial_value, comp) {}
+
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Set / Get
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Set the index and value of this object.
+    void set_value(const Index& index, const Type& value)
+        { base::set_value(std::make_pair(index, value)); }
+
+    /// Return the maximum value.
+    const Type& get_value() const 
+        { return view().get_reference(); }
+
+    /// Return the maximum index.
+    const Index& get_index() const 
+        { return view().get_index_reference(); }
+
+    /// Return a const reference to value data member in the view.
+    const Type& get_reference() const
+        { return view().get_reference(); }
+    
+    /// Return a const reference to index data member in the view.
+    const Index& get_index_reference() const 
+        { return view().get_index_reference(); }
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_max_view. */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc cilk_lib_1_0::min_max_internal::view_content::is_set() const
+    bool is_set() const { return view().is_set(); }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_max_index_view::calc_max(const Index&, const Type&)
+    reducer_max_index& calc_max(const Index& i, const Type& x) 
+        { view().calc_max(i, x); return *this; }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_max_view::operator=(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_max_view>&) 
+    reducer_max_index& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs)
+        { view() = rhs; return *this; }
+        
+    //@}
+
+    /// @name Dereference
+    /** Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the wrapper.
+     *  Combined with the rule that a wrapper forwards view operations to the
+     *  view, this means that view operations can be written the same way on
+     *  reducers and wrappers, which is convenient for incrementally
+     *  converting code using wrappers to code using reducers. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_max_index<int, int> > r;
+     *      r->calc_max(i, a);   // *r returns the view
+     *                           // calc_max is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_max_index<int, int> w;
+     *      w->calc_max(i, a);   // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                           // calc_max is a wrapper member function that
+     *                           // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_max_index&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_max_index const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_max_index*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_max_index const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_max_index<Index, Type, Compare, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< op_max_index<Index, Type, Compare, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    
+    operator const reducer< op_max_index<Index, Type, Compare, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer< op_max_index<Index, Type, Compare, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+    
+};
+
+
+/** Deprecated minimum with index reducer wrapper class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_min_index is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_min_index>, except
+ *  that reducer_min_index is a proxy for the contained view, so that
+ *  accumulator variable update operations can be applied directly to the
+ *  reducer. For example, a value is minimized with  a `reducer<%op_min_index>`
+ *  with `r->calc_min(i, a)`, but a value can be minimized with a 
+ *  `%reducer_min` with `r.calc_min(i, aa)`.
+ *
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_min. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_min_index` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_min_index>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_min_index` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_min_index` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_min_index>`, and vice
+ *          versa. **But see  @ref redminmax_compatibility.**
+ *
+ *  @tparam Index   The index type of the reducer.
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @tparam Compare The “less than” comparator type for the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see op_min_index
+ *  @see op_min_index_view
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersMinMax
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMinMaxMinIndex
+ */
+template < typename Index
+         , typename Type
+         , typename Compare = std::less<Type>
+         >
+class reducer_min_index : 
+    public reducer< op_min_index<Index, Type, Compare, true> >
+{
+    __CILKRTS_STATIC_ASSERT(
+        ::cilk::internal::class_is_empty< 
+            typename ::cilk::internal::binary_functor<Compare>::type >::value, 
+        "cilk::reducer_min_index<Type, Compare> only works with "
+        "an empty Compare class");
+    typedef reducer< op_min_index<Index, Type, Compare, true> > base;
+public:
+    
+    /// Type of data in a reducer_min_index.
+    typedef Type                            basic_value_type;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        view_type;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        View;
+    
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      monoid_type;
+    
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+
+    /// The view’s rhs proxy type.          
+    typedef min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<View> rhs_proxy;
+    
+    using base::view;
+
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Construct the wrapper in its identity state (`!is_set()`).
+    reducer_min_index() : base() {}
+
+    /// Construct with a specified initial index and value.
+    reducer_min_index(const Index& initial_index,
+                      const Type& initial_value)
+    : base(initial_index, initial_value) {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper with a specified comparator.
+    explicit reducer_min_index(const Compare& comp) : base(comp) {}
+
+    /// Construct the wrapper with a specified initial index, value, 
+    /// and comparator.
+    reducer_min_index(const Index& initial_index,
+                      const Type& initial_value,
+                      const Compare& comp)
+    : base(initial_index, initial_value, comp) {}
+
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Set / Get
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// Set the index and value of this object.
+    void set_value(const Index& index, const Type& value)
+        { base::set_value(std::make_pair(index, value)); }
+
+    /// Return the minimum value.
+    const Type& get_value() const 
+        { return view().get_reference(); }
+
+    /// Return the minimum index.
+    const Index& get_index() const 
+        { return view().get_index_reference(); }
+
+    /// Return a const reference to value data member in the view.
+    const Type& get_reference() const
+        { return view().get_reference(); }
+    
+    /// Return a const reference to index data member in the view.
+    const Index& get_index_reference() const 
+        { return view().get_index_reference(); }
+    
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_min_view. */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc cilk_lib_1_0::min_max_internal::view_content::is_set() const
+    bool is_set() const { return view().is_set(); }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_min_index_view::calc_min(const Index&, const Type&)
+    reducer_min_index& calc_min(const Index& i, const Type& x) 
+        { view().calc_min(i, x); return *this; }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_min_view::operator=(const min_max_internal::rhs_proxy<op_min_view>&) 
+    reducer_min_index& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs)
+        { view() = rhs; return *this; }
+        
+    //@}
+
+    /// @name Dereference
+    /** Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the wrapper.
+     *  Combined with the rule that a wrapper forwards view operations to the
+     *  view, this means that view operations can be written the same way on
+     *  reducers and wrappers, which is convenient for incrementally
+     *  converting code using wrappers to code using reducers. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_min_index<int, int> > r;
+     *      r->calc_min(i, a);   // *r returns the view
+     *                           // calc_min is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_min_index<int, int> w;
+     *      w->calc_min(i, a);   // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                           // calc_min is a wrapper member function that
+     *                           // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_min_index&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_min_index const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_min_index*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_min_index const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_min_index<Index, Type, Compare, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< op_min_index<Index, Type, Compare, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    
+    operator const reducer< op_min_index<Index, Type, Compare, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer< op_min_index<Index, Type, Compare, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+    
+};
+
+
+#ifndef CILK_LIBRARY_0_9_REDUCER_MINMAX
+} // namespace cilk_lib_1_0
+using namespace cilk_lib_1_0;
+#endif
+
+
+/// @cond internal
+/** Metafunction specialization for reducer conversion.
+ *
+ *  These specializations of the @ref legacy_reducer_downcast template class
+ *  defined in reducer.h causes each `reducer< op_xxxx<Type> >` classes to have
+ *  an `operator reducer_xxxx<Type>& ()` conversion operator that statically
+ *  downcasts the `reducer<op_xxxx>` to the corresponding `reducer_xxxx` type.
+ *  (The reverse conversion, from `reducer_xxxx` to `reducer<op_xxxx>`, is just
+ *  an upcast, which is provided for free by the language.)
+ */
+template <typename Type, typename Compare, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast< reducer< op_max<Type, Compare, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_max<Type> type;
+};
+
+template <typename Type, typename Compare, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast< reducer< op_min<Type, Compare, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_min<Type> type;
+};
+
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast< reducer< op_max_index<Index, Type, Compare, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_max_index<Index, Type> type;
+};
+
+template <typename Index, typename Type, typename Compare, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast< reducer< op_min_index<Index, Type, Compare, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_min_index<Index, Type> type;
+};
+/// @endcond
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+
+/** @name C language reducer macros
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to declare and work with numeric minimum and maximum reducers in C
+ *  code.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+ //@{
+ 
+
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+
+/* Integer min/max constants */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Wchar_t min/max constants */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(ANDROID)
+#   include <wchar.h>
+#else
+#   include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Floating-point min/max constants */
+#include <math.h>
+#ifndef HUGE_VALF
+    static const unsigned int __huge_valf[] = {0x7f800000};
+#   define HUGE_VALF (*((const float *)__huge_valf))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HUGE_VALL
+    static const unsigned int __huge_vall[] = {0, 0, 0x00007f80, 0};
+#   define HUGE_VALL (*((const long double *)__huge_vall))
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** Max reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the max reducer
+ *  type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying the type of the
+ *              reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_,tn)
+
+/** Declare a max reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of a max reducer object for a specified numeric
+ *  type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX(my_reducer, double, -DBL_MAX);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying the type of the
+ *              reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be assigned to the 
+ *              numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                             \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, v)
+
+/** Maximize with a value.
+ *
+ *  `CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_CALC(reducer, v)` sets the current view of the
+ *  reducer to the max of its previous value and a specified new value.
+ *  This is equivalent to
+ *
+ *      REDUCER_VIEW(reducer) = max(REDUCER_VIEW(reducer), v)
+ *
+ *  @param reducer  The reducer whose contained value is to be updated.
+ *  @param v        The value that it is to be maximized with.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_CALC(reducer, v) do {                            \
+    _Typeof((reducer).value)* view = &(REDUCER_VIEW(reducer));              \
+    _Typeof(v) __value = (v);                                               \
+    if (*view < __value) {                                                  \
+        *view = __value;                                                    \
+    } } while (0)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the max reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the max reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer type name,
+ *              function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_DECLARATION(t,tn,id)                             \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_max,tn,l,r);         \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_max,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the max reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement the
+ *  reducer functionality for the max reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer type name,
+ *              function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_DEFINITION(t,tn,id)                           \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_max,tn,l,r)          \
+        { if (*(t*)l < *(t*)r) *(t*)l = *(t*)r; }                        \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_max,tn)            \
+        { *(t*)v = id; }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be defined, and
+ *  this macro will generate reducer implementation functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be undefined, and this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(t,tn,id)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_DEFINITION(t,tn,id)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(t,tn,id)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_DECLARATION(t,tn,id)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for each 
+ *  numeric type.
+ */
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(char,               char,       CHAR_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(unsigned char,      uchar,      0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(signed char,        schar,      SCHAR_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(wchar_t,            wchar_t,    WCHAR_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(short,              short,      SHRT_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(unsigned short,     ushort,     0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(int,                int,        INT_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(unsigned int,       uint,       0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(unsigned int,       unsigned,   0) // alternate name
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(long,               long,       LONG_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(unsigned long,      ulong,      0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(long long,          longlong,   LLONG_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(unsigned long long, ulonglong,  0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(float,              float,      -HUGE_VALF)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(double,             double,     -HUGE_VAL)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INSTANCE(long double,        longdouble, -HUGE_VALL)
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+/// @endcond
+
+/** Max_index reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the max_index reducer
+ *  type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying the type of the
+ *              reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_index_,tn)
+
+/** Declare an op_max_index reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of a max_index reducer object for a specified
+ *  numeric type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX(my_reducer, double, -DBL_MAX_INDEX);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying the type of the
+ *              reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be assigned to the 
+ *              numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                             \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_index_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_index_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, {0, v})
+
+/** Maximize with a value.
+ *
+ *  `CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_CALC(reducer, i, v)` sets the current view of the
+ *  reducer to the max of its previous value and a specified new value.
+ *  This is equivalent to
+ *
+ *      REDUCER_VIEW(reducer) = max_index(REDUCER_VIEW(reducer), v)
+ *
+ *  If the value of the reducer is changed to @a v, then the index of the reducer is
+ *  changed to @a i. 
+ *
+ *  @param reducer  The reducer whose contained value and index are to be updated.
+ *  @param i        The index associated with the new value.
+ *  @param v        The value that it is to be maximized with.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_CALC(reducer, i, v) do {                   \
+    _Typeof((reducer).value)* view = &(REDUCER_VIEW(reducer));              \
+    _Typeof(v) __value = (v);                                               \
+    if (view->value < __value) {                                            \
+        view->index = (i);                                                  \
+        view->value = __value;                                              \
+    } } while (0)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the max_index view type.
+ *
+ *  The view of a max_index reducer is a structure containing both the
+ *  maximum value for the reducer and the index that was associated with
+ *  that value in the sequence of input values.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_VIEW(t,tn)                                  \
+    typedef struct {                                                         \
+        __STDNS ptrdiff_t index;                                             \
+        t                 value;                                             \
+    } __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_index_view_,tn)
+
+/** Declare the max_index reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the max_index reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer type name,
+ *              function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_DECLARATION(t,tn,id)                       \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_VIEW(t,tn);                                    \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(                                         \
+        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_index_view_,tn))               \
+            CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_TYPE(tn);                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_max_index,tn,l,r);      \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_max_index,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the max_index reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement the
+ *  reducer functionality for the max_index reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer type name,
+ *              function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_DEFINITION(t,tn,id)                           \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_VIEW(t,tn);                                    \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(                                         \
+        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_index_view_,tn))               \
+            CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_TYPE(tn);                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_max_index,tn,l,r)          \
+        { typedef __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_index_view_,tn) view_t; \
+          if (((view_t*)l)->value < ((view_t*)r)->value)                       \
+              *(view_t*)l = *(view_t*)r; }                                     \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_max_index,tn)            \
+        { typedef __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_max_index_view_,tn) view_t; \
+          ((view_t*)v)->index = 0; ((view_t*)v)->value = id; }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be defined, and
+ *  this macro will generate reducer implementation functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be undefined, and this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(t,tn,id)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_DEFINITION(t,tn,id)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(t,tn,id)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_DECLARATION(t,tn,id)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for each 
+ *  numeric type.
+ */
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(char,               char,       CHAR_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned char,      uchar,      0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(signed char,        schar,      SCHAR_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(wchar_t,            wchar_t,    WCHAR_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(short,              short,      SHRT_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned short,     ushort,     0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(int,                int,        INT_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned int,       uint,       0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned int,       unsigned,   0) // alternate name
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(long,               long,       LONG_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned long,      ulong,      0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(long long,          longlong,   LLONG_MIN)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned long long, ulonglong,  0)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(float,              float,      -HUGE_VALF)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(double,             double,     -HUGE_VAL)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MAX_INDEX_INSTANCE(long double,        longdouble, -HUGE_VALL)
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+/// @endcond
+
+/** Min reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the min reducer
+ *  type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying the type of the
+ *              reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_,tn)
+
+/** Declare a min reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of a min reducer object for a specified numeric
+ *  type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN(my_reducer, double, DBL_MAX);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying the type of the
+ *              reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be assigned to the 
+ *              numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                             \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, v)
+
+/** Minimize with a value.
+ *
+ *  `CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_CALC(reducer, v)` sets the current view of the
+ *  reducer to the min of its previous value and a specified new value.
+ *  This is equivalent to
+ *
+ *      REDUCER_VIEW(reducer) = min(REDUCER_VIEW(reducer), v)
+ *
+ *  @param reducer  The reducer whose contained value is to be updated.
+ *  @param v        The value that it is to be minimized with.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_CALC(reducer, v) do {                            \
+    _Typeof((reducer).value)* view = &(REDUCER_VIEW(reducer));              \
+    _Typeof(v) __value = (v);                                               \
+    if (*view > __value) {                                                  \
+        *view = __value;                                                    \
+    } } while (0)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the min reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the min reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer type name,
+ *              function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_DECLARATION(t,tn,id)                             \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_min,tn,l,r);         \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_min,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the min reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement the
+ *  reducer functionality for the min reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer type name,
+ *              function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_DEFINITION(t,tn,id)                           \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_min,tn,l,r)          \
+        { if (*(t*)l > *(t*)r) *(t*)l = *(t*)r; }                        \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_min,tn)            \
+        { *(t*)v = id; }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be defined, and
+ *  this macro will generate reducer implementation functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be undefined, and this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(t,tn,id)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_DEFINITION(t,tn,id)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(t,tn,id)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_DECLARATION(t,tn,id)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for each 
+ *  numeric type.
+ */
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(char,               char,       CHAR_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(unsigned char,      uchar,      CHAR_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(signed char,        schar,      SCHAR_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(wchar_t,            wchar_t,    WCHAR_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(short,              short,      SHRT_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(unsigned short,     ushort,     USHRT_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(int,                int,        INT_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(unsigned int,       uint,       UINT_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(unsigned int,       unsigned,   UINT_MAX) // alternate name
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(long,               long,       LONG_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(unsigned long,      ulong,      ULONG_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(long long,          longlong,   LLONG_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(unsigned long long, ulonglong,  ULLONG_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(float,              float,      HUGE_VALF)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(double,             double,     HUGE_VAL)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INSTANCE(long double,        longdouble, HUGE_VALL)
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+/// @endcond
+
+/** Min_index reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the min_index reducer
+ *  type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying the type of the
+ *              reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_index_,tn)
+
+/** Declare an op_min_index reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of a min_index reducer object for a specified
+ *  numeric type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX(my_reducer, double, -DBL_MIN_INDEX);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying the type of the
+ *              reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be assigned to the 
+ *              numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                             \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_index_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_index_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, {0, v})
+
+/** Minimize with a value.
+ *
+ *  `CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_CALC(reducer, i, v)` sets the current view of the
+ *  reducer to the min of its previous value and a specified new value.
+ *  This is equivalent to
+ *
+ *      REDUCER_VIEW(reducer) = min_index(REDUCER_VIEW(reducer), v)
+ *
+ *  If the value of the reducer is changed to @a v, then the index of the reducer is
+ *  changed to @a i. 
+ *
+ *  @param reducer  The reducer whose contained value and index are to be updated.
+ *  @param i        The index associated with the new value.
+ *  @param v        The value that it is to be minimized with.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_CALC(reducer, i, v) do {                   \
+    _Typeof((reducer).value)* view = &(REDUCER_VIEW(reducer));              \
+    _Typeof(v) __value = (v);                                               \
+    if (view->value > __value) {                                            \
+        view->index = (i);                                                  \
+        view->value = __value;                                              \
+    } } while (0)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the min_index view type.
+ *
+ *  The view of a min_index reducer is a structure containing both the
+ *  minimum value for the reducer and the index that was associated with
+ *  that value in the sequence of input values.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_VIEW(t,tn)                                  \
+    typedef struct {                                                         \
+        __STDNS ptrdiff_t index;                                             \
+        t                 value;                                             \
+    } __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_index_view_,tn)
+
+/** Declare the min_index reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the min_index reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer type name,
+ *              function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_DECLARATION(t,tn,id)                       \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_VIEW(t,tn);                                    \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(                                         \
+        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_index_view_,tn))               \
+            CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_TYPE(tn);                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_min_index,tn,l,r);      \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_min_index,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the min_index reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement the
+ *  reducer functionality for the min_index reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer type name,
+ *              function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_DEFINITION(t,tn,id)                           \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_VIEW(t,tn);                                    \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(                                         \
+        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_index_view_,tn))               \
+            CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_TYPE(tn);                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_min_index,tn,l,r)          \
+        { typedef __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_index_view_,tn) view_t; \
+          if (((view_t*)l)->value > ((view_t*)r)->value)                       \
+              *(view_t*)l = *(view_t*)r; }                                     \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_min_index,tn)            \
+        { typedef __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_min_index_view_,tn) view_t; \
+          ((view_t*)v)->index = 0; ((view_t*)v)->value = id; }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be defined, and
+ *  this macro will generate reducer implementation functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be undefined, and this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(t,tn,id)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_DEFINITION(t,tn,id)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(t,tn,id)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_DECLARATION(t,tn,id)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for each 
+ *  numeric type.
+ */
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(char,               char,       CHAR_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned char,      uchar,      CHAR_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(signed char,        schar,      SCHAR_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(wchar_t,            wchar_t,    WCHAR_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(short,              short,      SHRT_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned short,     ushort,     USHRT_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(int,                int,        INT_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned int,       uint,       UINT_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned int,       unsigned,   UINT_MAX) // alternate name
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(long,               long,       LONG_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned long,      ulong,      ULONG_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(long long,          longlong,   LLONG_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(unsigned long long, ulonglong,  ULLONG_MAX)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(float,              float,      HUGE_VALF)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(double,             double,     HUGE_VAL)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_MIN_INDEX_INSTANCE(long double,        longdouble, HUGE_VALL)
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+/// @endcond
+
+//@}
+
+#endif // defined REDUCER_MAX_H_INCLUDED
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opadd.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opadd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4b7a83f845d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opadd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
+/*  reducer_opadd.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_opadd.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel addition reductions.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAdd
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersAdd
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_OPADD_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_OPADD_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersAdd Addition Reducers
+ *
+ *  Addition reducers allow the computation of the sum of a set of values in
+ *  parallel.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  You should be familiar with @ref pagereducers "Cilk reducers", described in
+ *  file `reducers.md`, and particularly with @ref reducers_using, before trying
+ *  to use the information in this file.
+ *
+ *  @section redopadd_usage Usage Example
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_add<int> > r;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != N; ++i) {
+ *          *r += a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      return r.get_value();
+ *
+ *  @section redopadd_monoid The Monoid
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopadd_monoid_values Value Set
+ *
+ *  The value set of an addition reducer is the set of values of `Type`, which
+ *  is expected to be a builtin numeric type (or something like it, such as
+ *  `std::complex`).
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopadd_monoid_operator Operator
+ *
+ *  The operator of an addition reducer is the addition operator, defined by
+ *  the “`+`” binary operator on `Type`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopadd_monoid_identity Identity
+ *
+ *  The identity value of the reducer is the numeric value “`0`”. This is
+ *  expected to be the value of the default constructor `Type()`.
+ *
+ *  @section redopadd_operations Operations
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopadd_constructors Constructors
+ *
+ *      reducer()   // identity
+ *      reducer(const Type& value)
+ *      reducer(move_in(Type& variable))
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopadd_get_set Set and Get
+ *
+ *      r.set_value(const Type& value)
+ *      const Type& = r.get_value() const
+ *      r.move_in(Type& variable)
+ *      r.move_out(Type& variable)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopadd_initial Initial Values
+ *
+ *  If an addition reducer is constructed without an explicit initial value,
+ *  then its initial value will be its identity value, as long as `Type`
+ *  satisfies the requirements of @ref redopadd_types.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopadd_view_ops View Operations
+ *
+ *      *r += a
+ *      *r -= a
+ *      ++*r
+ *      --*r
+ *      (*r)++
+ *      (*r)--
+ *      *r = *r + a
+ *      *r = *r - a
+ *      *r = *r ± a1 ± a2 … ± an
+ *
+ *  The post-increment and post-decrement operations do not return a value. (If
+ *  they did, they would expose the value contained in the view, which is
+ *  non-deterministic in the middle of a reduction.)
+ *
+ *  Note that subtraction operations are allowed on an addition reducer because
+ *  subtraction is equivalent to addition with a negated operand. It is true
+ *  that `(x - y) - z` is not equivalent to `x - (y - z)`, but
+ *  `(x + (-y)) + (-z)` _is_ equivalent to `x + ((-y) + (-z))`.
+ *
+ *  @section redopadd_floating_point Issues with Floating-Point Types
+ *
+ *  Because of precision and round-off issues, floating-point addition is not
+ *  really associative. For example, `(1e30 + -1e30) + 1 == 1`, but 
+ *  `1e30 + (-1e30 + 1) == 0`.
+ *
+ *  In many cases, this won’t matter, but computations which have been
+ *  carefully ordered to control round-off errors may not deal well with
+ *  being reassociated. In general, you should be sure to understand the
+ *  floating-point behavior of your program before doing any transformation 
+ *  that will reassociate its computations. 
+ *
+ *  @section redopadd_types Type and Operator Requirements
+ *
+ *  `Type` must be `Copy Constructible`, `Default Constructible`, and
+ *  `Assignable`.
+ *
+ *  The operator “`+=`” must be defined on `Type`, with `x += a` having the
+ *  same meaning as `x = x + a`. In addition, if the code uses the “`-=`”,
+ *  pre-increment, post-increment, pre-decrement, or post-decrement operators,
+ *  then the corresponding operators must be defined on `Type`.
+ *
+ *  The expression `Type()` must be a valid expression which yields the
+ *  identity value (the value of `Type` whose numeric value is zero).
+ *
+ *  @section redopadd_in_c Addition Reducers in C
+ *
+ *  The @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD and @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_TYPE macros can
+ *  be used to do addition reductions in C. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD(r, double, 0);
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      cilk_for(int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          REDUCER_VIEW(r) += a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      printf("The sum of the elements of a is %f\n", REDUCER_VIEW(r));
+ *
+ *  See @ref reducers_c_predefined.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/** The addition reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_add<Type> >`. It holds the accumulator variable 
+ *  for the reduction, and allows only addition and subtraction operations to 
+ *  be performed on it.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `+=` operation would be used in an expression like `*r += a`, where
+ *          `r` is an op_add reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the contained accumulator variable. This will 
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is 
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersAdd
+ *  @see op_add
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAdd
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class op_add_view : public scalar_view<Type>
+{
+    typedef scalar_view<Type> base;
+    
+public:
+    /** Class to represent the right-hand side of 
+     *  `*reducer = *reducer ± value`.
+     *
+     *  The only assignment operator for the op_add_view class takes an
+     *  rhs_proxy as its operand. This results in the syntactic restriction
+     *  that the only expressions that can be assigned to an op_add_view are
+     *  ones which generate an rhs_proxy — that is, expressions of the form
+     *  `op_add_view ± value ... ± value`.
+     *
+     *  @warning
+     *  The lhs and rhs views in such an assignment must be the same; 
+     *  otherwise, the behavior will be undefined. (I.e., `v1 = v1 + x` is
+     *  legal; `v1 = v2 + x` is illegal.) This condition will be checked with a
+     *  runtime assertion when compiled in debug mode.
+     *
+     *  @see op_add_view
+     */
+    class rhs_proxy {
+        friend class op_add_view;
+
+        const op_add_view* m_view;
+        Type               m_value;
+
+        // Constructor is invoked only from op_add_view::operator+() and 
+        // op_add_view::operator-().
+        //
+        rhs_proxy(const op_add_view* view, const Type& value) :
+            m_view(view), m_value(value) {}
+
+        rhs_proxy& operator=(const rhs_proxy&); // Disable assignment operator
+        rhs_proxy();                            // Disable default constructor
+
+    public:
+        //@{
+        /** Add or subtract an additional rhs value. If `v` is an op_add_view
+         *  and `a1` is a value, then the expression `v + a1` invokes the view’s
+         *  `operator+()` to create an rhs_proxy for `(v, a1)`; then 
+         *  `v + a1 + a2` invokes the rhs_proxy’s `operator+()` to create a new
+         *  rhs_proxy for `(v, a1+a2)`. This allows the right-hand side of an
+         *  assignment to be not just `view ± value`, but 
+         *  `view ± value ± value ... ± value`. The effect is that
+         *
+         *      v = v ± a1 ± a2 ... ± an;
+         *
+         *  is evaluated as
+         *
+         *      v = v ± (±a1 ± a2 ... ± an);
+         */
+        rhs_proxy& operator+(const Type& x) { m_value += x; return *this; }
+        rhs_proxy& operator-(const Type& x) { m_value -= x; return *this; }
+        //@}
+    };
+
+    
+    /** Default/identity constructor. This constructor initializes the 
+     *  contained value to `Type()`, which is expected to be the identity value
+     *  for addition on `Type`.
+     */
+    op_add_view() : base() {}
+
+    /** Construct with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit op_add_view(const Type& v) : base(v) {}
+    
+    /** Reduction operation.
+     *
+     *  This function is invoked by the @ref op_add monoid to combine the views
+     *  of two strands when the right strand merges with the left one. It adds
+     *  the value contained in the right-strand view to the value contained in
+     *  the left-strand view, and leaves the value in the right-strand view
+     *  undefined.
+     *
+     *  @param  right   A pointer to the right-strand view. (`this` points to
+     *                  the left-strand view.)
+     *
+     *  @note   Used only by the @ref op_add monoid to implement the monoid
+     *          reduce operation.
+     */
+    void reduce(op_add_view* right) { this->m_value += right->m_value; }
+
+    /** @name Accumulator variable updates.
+     *
+     *  These functions support the various syntaxes for incrementing or
+     *  decrementing the accumulator variable contained in the view.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /** Increment the accumulator variable by @a x.
+     */
+    op_add_view& operator+=(const Type& x) { this->m_value += x; return *this; }
+
+    /** Decrement the accumulator variable by @a x.
+     */
+    op_add_view& operator-=(const Type& x) { this->m_value -= x; return *this; }
+
+    /** Pre-increment.
+     */
+    op_add_view& operator++() { ++this->m_value; return *this; }
+
+    /** Post-increment.
+     *
+     *  @note   Conventionally, post-increment operators return the old value
+     *          of the incremented variable. However, reducer views do not
+     *          expose their contained values, so `view++` does not have a
+     *          return value.
+     */
+    void operator++(int) { this->m_value++; }
+
+    /** Pre-decrement.
+     */
+    op_add_view& operator--() { --this->m_value; return *this; }
+
+    /** Post-decrement.
+     *
+     *  @note   Conventionally, post-decrement operators return the old value
+     *          of the decremented variable. However, reducer views do not
+     *          expose their contained values, so `view--` does not have a
+     *          return value.
+     */
+    void operator--(int) { this->m_value--; }
+
+    /** Create an object representing `*this + x`.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    rhs_proxy operator+(const Type& x) const { return rhs_proxy(this, x); }
+
+    /** Create an object representing `*this - x`.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    rhs_proxy operator-(const Type& x) const { return rhs_proxy(this, -x); }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `view ± value` expression to the view. Note that
+     *  this is the only assignment operator for this class.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_add_view& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs) {
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(this == rhs.m_view);
+        this->m_value += rhs.m_value;
+        return *this;
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** Monoid class for addition reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer 
+ *  template class with an op_add monoid to create an addition reducer class.
+ *  For example, to compute
+ *  the sum of a set of `int` values:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_add<int> > r;
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The reducer value type.
+ *  @tparam Align   If `false` (the default), reducers instantiated on this
+ *                  monoid will be naturally aligned (the Cilk library 1.0
+ *                  behavior). If `true`, reducers instantiated on this monoid
+ *                  will be cache-aligned for binary compatibility with 
+ *                  reducers in Cilk library version 0.9.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersAdd
+ *  @see op_add_view
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAdd
+ */
+template <typename Type, bool Align = false>
+struct op_add : public monoid_with_view<op_add_view<Type>, Align> {};
+
+/** **Deprecated** addition reducer wrapper class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_opadd is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_add>, except that
+ *  reducer_opadd is a proxy for the contained view, so that accumulator
+ *  variable update operations can be applied directly to the reducer. For
+ *  example, a value is added to a `reducer<%op_add>` with `*r += a`, but a
+ *  value can be added to a `%reducer_opadd` with `r += a`.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_opadd. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_opadd` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_add>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_opadd` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_opadd` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_add>`, and vice
+ *          versa.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see op_add
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersAdd
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAdd
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class reducer_opadd : public reducer< op_add<Type, true> >
+{
+    typedef reducer< op_add<Type, true> > base;
+    using base::view;
+
+  public:
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        view_type;
+    
+    /// The view’s rhs proxy type.
+    typedef typename view_type::rhs_proxy   rhs_proxy;
+
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef view_type                       View;
+
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Default (identity) constructor.
+     *
+     * Constructs the wrapper with the default initial value of `Type()`.
+     */
+    reducer_opadd() {}
+
+    /** Value constructor.
+     *
+     *  Constructs the wrapper with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit reducer_opadd(const Type& initial_value) : base(initial_value) {}
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_add_view. */
+    //@{
+    
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator+=(const Type&)
+    reducer_opadd& operator+=(const Type& x)    { view() += x; return *this; }
+    
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator-=(const Type&)
+    reducer_opadd& operator-=(const Type& x)    { view() -= x; return *this; }
+    
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator++()
+    reducer_opadd& operator++()                 { ++view(); return *this; }
+    
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator++(int)
+    void operator++(int)                        { view()++; }
+    
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator-\-()
+    reducer_opadd& operator--()                 { --view(); return *this; }
+    
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator-\-(int)
+    void operator--(int)                        { view()--; }
+
+    // The legacy definitions of reducer_opadd::operator+() and
+    // reducer_opadd::operator-() have different behavior and a different
+    // return type than this definition. The legacy version is defined as a
+    // member function, so this new version is defined as a free function to
+    // give it a different signature, so that they won’t end up sharing a
+    // single object file entry.
+
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator+(const Type&) const
+    friend rhs_proxy operator+(const reducer_opadd& r, const Type& x)
+    { 
+        return r.view() + x; 
+    }
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator-(const Type&) const
+    friend rhs_proxy operator-(const reducer_opadd& r, const Type& x)
+    { 
+        return r.view() - x; 
+    }
+    /// @copydoc op_add_view::operator=(const rhs_proxy&)
+    reducer_opadd& operator=(const rhs_proxy& temp) 
+    {
+        view() = temp;
+        return *this; 
+    }
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Dereference
+     *  @details Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the
+     *  wrapper. Combined with the rule that the wrapper forwards view
+     *  operations to its contained view, this means that view operations can
+     *  be written the same way on reducers and wrappers, which is convenient
+     *  for incrementally converting old code using wrappers to use reducers
+     *  instead. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_add<int> > r;
+     *      *r += a;    // *r returns the view
+     *                  // operator += is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_opadd<int> w;
+     *      *w += a;    // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                  // operator += is a wrapper member function that
+     *                  // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_opadd&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_opadd const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_opadd*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_opadd const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_add<Type, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< op_add<Type, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    operator const reducer< op_add<Type, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer< op_add<Type, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+};
+
+/// @cond internal
+/** Metafunction specialization for reducer conversion.
+ *
+ *  This specialization of the @ref legacy_reducer_downcast template class 
+ *  defined in reducer.h causes the `reducer< op_add<Type> >` class to have an 
+ *  `operator reducer_opadd<Type>& ()` conversion operator that statically 
+ *  downcasts the `reducer<op_add>` to the corresponding `reducer_opadd` type.
+ *  (The reverse conversion, from `reducer_opadd` to `reducer<op_add>`, is just
+ *  an upcast, which is provided for free by the language.)
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAdd
+ */
+template <typename Type, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer<op_add<Type, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_opadd<Type> type;
+};
+/// @endcond
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+
+/** @ingroup ReducersAdd
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** @name C Language Reducer Macros
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to declare and work with numeric op_add reducers in 
+ *  C code.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+ //@{
+ 
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/** Opadd reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the op_add
+ *  reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersAdd
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opadd_,tn)
+
+/** Declare an op_add reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of an op_add reducer object for a
+ *  specified numeric type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD(my_reducer, double, 0.0);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be
+ *              assigned to the numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersAdd
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                               \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opadd_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opadd_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, v)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the op_add reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which
+ *  implement the reducer functionality for the op_add reducer type for a
+ *  specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_DECLARATION(t,tn)                             \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opadd,tn,l,r);         \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opadd,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the op_add reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the op_add reducer type for a specified
+ *  numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_DEFINITION(t,tn)                              \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opadd,tn,l,r)          \
+        { *(t*)l += *(t*)r; }                                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opadd,tn)            \
+        { *(t*)v = 0; }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be defined, and this macro will generate reducer implementation 
+ *  functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be undefined,
+ *  and this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_DEFINITION(t,tn)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_DECLARATION(t,tn)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for each 
+ *  numeric type.
+ */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(char,                 char)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(unsigned char,        uchar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(signed char,          schar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(wchar_t,              wchar_t)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(short,                short)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(unsigned short,       ushort)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(int,                  int)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         uint)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         unsigned) /* alternate name */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(long,                 long)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(unsigned long,        ulong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(long long,            longlong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(unsigned long long,   ulonglong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(float,                float)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(double,               double)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPADD_INSTANCE(long double,          longdouble)
+
+//@endcond
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+//@}
+
+//@}
+
+#endif /*  REDUCER_OPADD_H_INCLUDED */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opand.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opand.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a086c91818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opand.h
@@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
+/*  reducer_opand.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_opand.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel bitwise and reductions.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAnd
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersAnd
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_OPAND_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_OPAND_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersAnd Bitwise And Reducers
+ *
+ *  Bitwise and reducers allow the computation of the bitwise and of a set of
+ *  values in parallel.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  You should be familiar with @ref pagereducers "Cilk reducers", described in
+ *  file `reducers.md`, and particularly with @ref reducers_using, before trying
+ *  to use the information in this file.
+ *
+ *  @section redopand_usage Usage Example
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_and<unsigned> > r;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != N; ++i) {
+ *          *r &= a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      unsigned result;
+ *      r.move_out(result);
+ *
+ *  @section redopand_monoid The Monoid
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopand_monoid_values Value Set
+ *
+ *  The value set of a bitwise and reducer is the set of values of `Type`, 
+ *  which is expected to be a builtin integer type which has a representation
+ *  as a sequence of bits (or something like it, such as `bool` or
+ *  `std::bitset`).
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopand_monoid_operator Operator
+ *
+ *  The operator of a bitwise and reducer is the bitwise and operator, defined
+ *  by the “`&`” binary operator on `Type`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopand_monoid_identity Identity
+ *
+ *  The identity value of the reducer is the value whose representation 
+ *  contains all 1-bits. This is expected to be the value of the expression
+ *  `~Type()` (i.e., the bitwise negation operator applied to the default value
+ *  of the value type).
+ *
+ *  @section redopand_operations Operations
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopand_constructors Constructors
+ *
+ *      reducer()   // identity
+ *      reducer(const Type& value)
+ *      reducer(move_in(Type& variable))
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopand_get_set Set and Get
+ *
+ *      r.set_value(const Type& value)
+ *      const Type& = r.get_value() const
+ *      r.move_in(Type& variable)
+ *      r.move_out(Type& variable)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopand_initial Initial Values
+ *
+ *  If a bitwise and reducer is constructed without an explicit initial value,
+ *  then its initial value will be its identity value, as long as `Type`
+ *  satisfies the requirements of @ref redopand_types.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopand_view_ops View Operations
+ *
+ *      *r &= a
+ *      *r = *r & a
+ *      *r = *r & a1 & a2 … & an
+ *
+ *  @section redopand_types Type and Operator Requirements
+ *
+ *  `Type` must be `Copy Constructible`, `Default Constructible`, and
+ *  `Assignable`.
+ *
+ *  The operator “`&=`” must be defined on `Type`, with `x &= a` having the 
+ *  same meaning as `x = x & a`.
+ *
+ *  The expression `~ Type()` must be a valid expression which yields the
+ *  identity value (the value of `Type` whose representation consists of all
+ *  1-bits).
+ *
+ *  @section redopand_in_c Bitwise And Reducers in C
+ *
+ *  The @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND and @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_TYPE macros can
+ *  be used to do bitwise and reductions in C. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND(r, uint, ~0);
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      cilk_for(int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          REDUCER_VIEW(r) &= a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      printf("The bitwise AND of the elements of a is %x\n", REDUCER_VIEW(r));
+ *
+ *  See @ref reducers_c_predefined.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/** The bitwise and reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_and<Type> >`. It holds the accumulator variable 
+ *  for the reduction, and allows only `and` operations to be performed on it.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`)
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `&=` operation would be used in an expression like `*r &= a`, where
+ *          `r` is an opmod reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the contained accumulator variable. This will
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersAnd
+ *  @see op_and
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAnd
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class op_and_view : public scalar_view<Type>
+{
+    typedef scalar_view<Type> base;
+    
+public:
+    /** Class to represent the right-hand side of `*reducer = *reducer & value`.
+     *
+     *  The only assignment operator for the op_and_view class takes an
+     *  rhs_proxy as its operand. This results in the syntactic restriction 
+     *  that the only expressions that can be assigned to an op_and_view are
+     *  ones which generate an rhs_proxy — that is, expressions of the form
+     *  `op_and_view & value ... & value`.
+     *
+     *  @warning
+     *  The lhs and rhs views in such an assignment must be the same; 
+     *  otherwise, the behavior will be undefined. (I.e., `v1 = v1 & x` is
+     *  legal; `v1 = v2 & x` is illegal.)  This condition will be checked with
+     *  a runtime assertion when compiled in debug mode.
+     *
+     *  @see op_and_view
+     */
+    class rhs_proxy {
+    private:
+        friend class op_and_view;
+
+        const op_and_view* m_view;
+        Type               m_value;
+
+        // Constructor is invoked only from op_and_view::operator&().
+        //
+        rhs_proxy(const op_and_view* view, const Type& value) : m_view(view), m_value(value) {}
+
+        rhs_proxy& operator=(const rhs_proxy&); // Disable assignment operator
+        rhs_proxy();                            // Disable default constructor
+
+    public:
+        /** Bitwise and with an additional rhs value. If `v` is an op_and_view
+         *  and `a1` is a value, then the expression `v & a1` invokes the
+         *  view’s `operator&()` to create an rhs_proxy for `(v, a1)`; then
+         *  `v & a1 & a2` invokes the rhs_proxy’s `operator&()` to create a new
+         *  rhs_proxy for `(v, a1&a2)`. This allows the right-hand side of an
+         *  assignment to be not just `view & value`, but 
+         *  `view & value & value ... & value`. The effect is that
+         *
+         *      v = v & a1 & a2 ... & an;
+         *
+         *  is evaluated as
+         *
+         *      v = v & (a1 & a2 ... & an);
+         */
+        rhs_proxy& operator&(const Type& x) { m_value &= x; return *this; }
+    };
+
+
+    /** Default/identity constructor. This constructor initializes the
+     *  contained value to `~ Type()`.
+     */
+    op_and_view() : base(~Type()) {}
+
+    /** Construct with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit op_and_view(const Type& v) : base(v) {}
+    
+    
+    /** Reduction operation.
+     *
+     *  This function is invoked by the @ref op_and monoid to combine the views
+     *  of two strands when the right strand merges with the left one. It
+     *  “ands” the value contained in the left-strand view with the value
+     *  contained in the right-strand view, and leaves the value in the
+     *  right-strand view undefined.
+     *
+     *  @param  right   A pointer to the right-strand view. (`this` points to
+     *                  the left-strand view.)
+     *
+     *  @note   Used only by the @ref op_and monoid to implement the monoid
+     *          reduce operation.
+     */
+    void reduce(op_and_view* right) { this->m_value &= right->m_value; }
+    
+    /** @name Accumulator variable updates.
+     *
+     *  These functions support the various syntaxes for “anding” the
+     *  accumulator variable contained in the view with some value.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /** And the accumulator variable with @a x.
+     */
+    op_and_view& operator&=(const Type& x) { this->m_value &= x; return *this; }
+
+    /** Create an object representing `*this & x`.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    rhs_proxy operator&(const Type& x) const { return rhs_proxy(this, x); }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `view & value` expression to the view. Note that
+     *  this is the only assignment operator for this class.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_and_view& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs) {
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(this == rhs.m_view);
+        this->m_value &= rhs.m_value;
+        return *this;
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+};
+
+/** Monoid class for bitwise and reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer
+ *  template class with an op_and monoid to create a bitwise and reducer
+ *  class. For example, to compute the bitwise and of a set of `unsigned long`
+ *  values:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_and<unsigned long> > r;
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The reducer value type.
+ *  @tparam Align   If `false` (the default), reducers instantiated on this
+ *                  monoid will be naturally aligned (the Cilk library 1.0
+ *                  behavior). If `true`, reducers instantiated on this monoid
+ *                  will be cache-aligned for binary compatibility with 
+ *                  reducers in Cilk library version 0.9.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersAnd
+ *  @see op_and_view
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAnd
+ */
+template <typename Type, bool Align = false>
+struct op_and : public monoid_with_view<op_and_view<Type>, Align> {};
+
+/** Deprecated bitwise and reducer class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_opand is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_and>, except that
+ *  reducer_opand is a proxy for the contained view, so that accumulator
+ *  variable update operations can be applied directly to the reducer. For
+ *  example, a value is anded with  a `reducer<%op_and>` with `*r &= a`, but a
+ *  value can be anded with a `%reducer_opand` with `r &= a`.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_opand. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_opand` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_and>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_opand` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_opand` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_and>`, and vice
+ *          versa.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see op_and
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersAnd
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAnd
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class reducer_opand : public reducer< op_and<Type, true> >
+{
+    typedef reducer< op_and<Type, true> > base;
+    using base::view;
+
+public:
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        view_type;
+    
+    /// The view’s rhs proxy type.
+    typedef typename view_type::rhs_proxy   rhs_proxy;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef view_type                       View;
+
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+    
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Default constructor.
+     *
+     *  Constructs the wrapper with the default initial value of `Type()`
+     *  (not the identity value).
+     */
+    reducer_opand() : base(Type()) {}
+
+    /** Value constructor.
+     *
+     *  Constructs the wrapper with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit reducer_opand(const Type& initial_value) : base(initial_value) {}
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_and_view. */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc op_and_view::operator&=(const Type&)
+    reducer_opand& operator&=(const Type& x)
+    {
+        view() &= x;
+        return *this;
+    }
+    
+    // The legacy definition of reducer_opand::operator&() has different
+    // behavior and a different return type than this definition. The legacy
+    // version is defined as a member function, so this new version is defined
+    // as a free function to give it a different signature, so that they won’t 
+    // end up sharing a single object file entry.
+    
+    /// @copydoc op_and_view::operator&(const Type&) const
+    friend rhs_proxy operator&(const reducer_opand& r, const Type& x)
+    { 
+        return r.view() & x; 
+    }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_and_view::operator=(const rhs_proxy&)
+    reducer_opand& operator=(const rhs_proxy& temp) 
+    { 
+        view() = temp;
+        return *this; 
+    }
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Dereference
+     *  @details Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the
+     *  wrapper. Combined with the rule that the wrapper forwards view
+     *  operations to its contained view, this means that view operations can
+     *  be written the same way on reducers and wrappers, which is convenient
+     *  for incrementally converting old code using wrappers to use reducers
+     *  instead. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_and<int> > r;
+     *      *r &= a;    // *r returns the view
+     *                  // operator &= is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_opand<int> w;
+     *      *w &= a;    // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                  // operator &= is a wrapper member function that
+     *                  // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_opand&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_opand const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_opand*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_opand const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_and<Type, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< op_and<Type, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    operator const reducer< op_and<Type, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer< op_and<Type, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+};
+
+/// @cond internal
+/** Metafunction specialization for reducer conversion.
+ *
+ *  This specialization of the @ref legacy_reducer_downcast template class 
+ *  defined in reducer.h causes the `reducer< op_and<Type> >` class to have an 
+ *  `operator reducer_opand<Type>& ()` conversion operator that statically
+ *  downcasts the `reducer<op_and>` to the corresponding `reducer_opand` type.
+ *  (The reverse conversion, from `reducer_opand` to `reducer<op_and>`, is just
+ *  an upcast, which is provided for free by the language.)
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersAnd
+ */
+template <typename Type, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer<op_and<Type, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_opand<Type> type;
+};
+/// @endcond
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+
+/** @ingroup ReducersAdd
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** @name C language reducer macros
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to declare and work with op_and reducers in C code.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+ //@{
+ 
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/** Opand reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the op_and 
+ *  reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersAnd
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opand_,tn)
+
+/** Declare an op_and reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of an op_and reducer object for a
+ *  specified numeric type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND(my_reducer, ulong, ~0UL);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be
+ *              assigned to the numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersAnd
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                               \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opand_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opand_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, v)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the op_and reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which
+ *  implement the reducer functionality for the op_and reducer type for a
+ *  specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_DECLARATION(t,tn)                             \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opand,tn,l,r);         \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opand,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the op_and reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the op_and reducer type for a specified
+ *  numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_DEFINITION(t,tn)                              \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opand,tn,l,r)          \
+        { *(t*)l &= *(t*)r; }                                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opand,tn)            \
+        { *(t*)v = ~((t)0); }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be defined, and this macro will generate reducer implementation
+ *  functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be undefined, and
+ *  this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_DEFINITION(t,tn)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_DECLARATION(t,tn)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for
+ *  each numeric type.
+ */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(char,                 char)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(unsigned char,        uchar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(signed char,          schar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(wchar_t,              wchar_t)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(short,                short)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(unsigned short,       ushort)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(int,                  int)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         uint)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         unsigned) /* alternate name */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(long,                 long)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(unsigned long,        ulong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(long long,            longlong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPAND_INSTANCE(unsigned long long,   ulonglong)
+
+//@endcond
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+//@}
+
+//@}
+
+#endif /*  REDUCER_OPAND_H_INCLUDED */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opmul.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opmul.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..271529d787b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opmul.h
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+/*  reducer_opmul.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2012-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_opmul.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel multiplication reductions.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMul
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMul
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_OPMUL_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_OPMUL_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersMul Multiplication Reducers
+ *
+ *  Multiplication reducers allow the computation of the product of a set of
+ *  values in parallel.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  You should be familiar with @ref pagereducers "Cilk reducers", described in
+ *  file `reducers.md`, and particularly with @ref reducers_using, before trying
+ *  to use the information in this file.
+ *
+ *  @section redopmul_usage Usage Example
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_mul<double> > r;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != N; ++i) {
+ *          *r *= a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      double product;
+ *      r.move_out(product);
+ *
+ *  @section redopmul_monoid The Monoid
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopmul_monoid_values Value Set
+ *
+ *  The value set of a multiplication reducer is the set of values of `Type`,
+ *  which is expected to be a builtin numeric type (or something like it, such
+ *  as `std::complex`).
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopmul_monoid_operator Operator
+ *
+ *  The operator of a multiplication reducer is the multiplication operation,
+ *  defined by the “`*`” binary operator on `Type`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopmul_monoid_identity Identity
+ *
+ *  The identity value of the reducer is the numeric value “`1`”. This is
+ *  expected to be the value of the expression `Type(1)`.
+ *
+ *  @section redopmul_operations Operations
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopmul_constructors Constructors
+ *
+ *      reducer()   // identity
+ *      reducer(const Type& value)
+ *      reducer(move_in(Type& variable))
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopmul_get_set Set and Get
+ *
+ *      r.set_value(const Type& value)
+ *      const Type& = r.get_value() const
+ *      r.move_in(Type& variable)
+ *      r.move_out(Type& variable)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopmul_initial Initial Values
+ *
+ *  If a multiplication reducer is constructed without an explicit initial
+ *  value, then its initial value will be its identity value, as long as `Type`
+ *  satisfies the requirements of @ref redopmul_types.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopmul_view_ops View Operations
+ *
+ *      *r *= a
+ *      *r = *r * a
+ *      *r = *r * a1 * a2 … * an
+ *
+ *  @section redopmul_floating_point Issues with Floating-Point Types
+ *
+ *  Because of overflow and underflow issues, floating-point multiplication is
+ *  not really associative. For example, `(1e200 * 1e-200) * 1e-200 == 1e-200`,
+ *  but `1e200 * (1e-200 * 1e-200 == 0.
+ *
+ *  In many cases, this won’t matter, but computations which have been
+ *  carefully ordered to control overflow and underflow may not deal well with
+ *  being reassociated. In general, you should be sure to understand the
+ *  floating-point behavior of your program before doing any transformation 
+ *  that will reassociate its computations. 
+ *
+ *  @section redopmul_types Type and Operator Requirements
+ *
+ *  `Type` must be `Copy Constructible`, `Default Constructible`, and 
+ *  `Assignable`.
+ *
+ *  The operator “`*=`” must be defined on `Type`, with `x *= a` having the same
+ *  meaning as `x = x * a`.
+ *
+ *  The expression `Type(1)` must be a valid expression which yields the
+ *  identity value (the value of `Type` whose numeric value is `1`).
+ *
+ *  @section redopmul_in_c Multiplication Reducers in C
+ *
+ *  The @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL and @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_TYPE macros can
+ *  be used to do multiplication reductions in C. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL(r, double, 1);
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      cilk_for(int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          REDUCER_VIEW(r) *= a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      printf("The product of the elements of a is %f\n", REDUCER_VIEW(r));
+ *
+ *  See @ref reducers_c_predefined.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/** The multiplication reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_mul<Type> >`. It holds the accumulator variable 
+ *  for the reduction, and allows only multiplication operations to be 
+ *  performed on it.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `*=` operation would be used in an expression like `*r *= a`, where
+ *          `r` is an op_mul reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the contained accumulator variable. This will 
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is 
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMul
+ *  @see op_mul
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMul
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class op_mul_view : public scalar_view<Type>
+{
+    typedef scalar_view<Type> base;
+    
+public:
+    /** Class to represent the right-hand side of `*reducer = *reducer * value`.
+     *
+     *  The only assignment operator for the op_mul_view class takes an 
+     *  rhs_proxy as its operand. This results in the syntactic restriction 
+     *  that the only expressions that can be assigned to an op_mul_view are
+     *  ones which generate an rhs_proxy — that is, expressions of the form
+     *  `op_mul_view * value ... * value`.
+     *
+     *  @warning
+     *  The lhs and rhs views in such an assignment must be the same; 
+     *  otherwise, the behavior will be undefined. (I.e., `v1 = v1 * x` is
+     *  legal; `v1 = v2 * x` is illegal.) This condition will be checked with a
+     *  runtime assertion when compiled in debug mode.
+     *
+     *  @see op_mul_view
+     */
+    class rhs_proxy {
+        friend class op_mul_view;
+
+        const op_mul_view* m_view;
+        Type               m_value;
+
+        // Constructor is invoked only from op_mul_view::operator*().
+        //
+        rhs_proxy(const op_mul_view* view, const Type& value) : m_view(view), m_value(value) {}
+
+        rhs_proxy& operator=(const rhs_proxy&); // Disable assignment operator
+        rhs_proxy();                            // Disable default constructor
+
+    public:
+        /** Multiply by an additional rhs value. If `v` is an op_mul_view and 
+         *  `a1` is a value, then the expression `v * a1` invokes the view’s
+         *  `operator*()` to create an rhs_proxy for `(v, a1)`; then 
+         *  `v * a1 * a2` invokes the rhs_proxy’s `operator*()` to create a
+         *  new rhs_proxy for `(v, a1*a2)`. This allows the right-hand side of
+         *  an assignment to be not just `view * value`, but 
+         *  `view * value * value ... * value`. The effect is that
+         *
+         *      v = v * a1 * a2 ... * an;
+         *
+         *  is evaluated as
+         *
+         *      v = v * (a1 * a2 ... * an);
+         */
+        rhs_proxy& operator*(const Type& x) { m_value *= x; return *this; }
+    };
+
+
+    /** Default/identity constructor. This constructor initializes the 
+     *  contained value to `Type(1)`, which is expected to be the identity
+     *  value for multiplication on `Type`.
+     */
+    op_mul_view() : base(Type(1)) {}
+
+    /** Construct with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit op_mul_view(const Type& v) : base(v) {}
+    
+    /** Reduction operation.
+     *
+     *  This function is invoked by the @ref op_mul monoid to combine the views
+     *  of two strands when the right strand merges with the left one. It
+     *  multiplies the value contained in the left-strand view by the value
+     *  contained in the right-strand view, and leaves the value in the
+     *  right-strand view undefined.
+     *
+     *  @param  right   A pointer to the right-strand view. (`this` points to
+     *                  the left-strand view.)
+     *
+     *  @note   Used only by the @ref op_mul monoid to implement the monoid
+     *          reduce operation.
+     */
+    void reduce(op_mul_view* right) { this->m_value *= right->m_value; }
+    
+    /** @name Accumulator variable updates.
+     *
+     *  These functions support the various syntaxes for multiplying the
+     *  accumulator variable contained in the view by some value.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /** Multiply the accumulator variable by @a x.
+     */
+    op_mul_view& operator*=(const Type& x) { this->m_value *= x; return *this; }
+
+    /** Create an object representing `*this * x`.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    rhs_proxy operator*(const Type& x) const { return rhs_proxy(this, x); }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `view * value` expression to the view. Note that
+     *  this is the only assignment operator for this class.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_mul_view& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs) {
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(this == rhs.m_view);
+        this->m_value *= rhs.m_value;
+        return *this;
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+};
+
+/** Monoid class for multiplication reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer
+ *  template class with an op_mul monoid to create a multiplication reducer
+ *  class. For example, to compute the product of a set of `double` values:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_mul<double> > r;
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersMul
+ *  @see op_mul_view
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersMul
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+struct op_mul : public monoid_with_view< op_mul_view<Type> > {};
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+
+/** @ingroup ReducersAdd
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** @name C language reducer macros
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to declare and work with numeric op_mul reducers in
+ *  C code.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+ //@{
+ 
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/** Opmul reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the op_mul
+ *  reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersMul
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opmul_,tn)
+
+/** Declare an op_mul reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of an op_mul reducer object for a
+ *  specified numeric type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL(my_reducer, double, 1.0);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be
+ *              assigned to the numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersMul
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                               \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opmul_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opmul_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, v)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the op_mul reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which 
+ *  implement the reducer functionality for the op_mul reducer type for a
+ *  specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_DECLARATION(t,tn)                             \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opmul,tn,l,r);         \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opmul,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the op_mul reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the op_mul reducer type for a specified
+ *  numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_DEFINITION(t,tn)                              \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opmul,tn,l,r)          \
+        { *(t*)l *= *(t*)r; }                                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opmul,tn)            \
+        { *(t*)v = 1; }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be defined, and this macro will generate reducer implementation
+ *  functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be undefined, and
+ *  this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_DEFINITION(t,tn)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_DECLARATION(t,tn)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for each 
+ *  numeric type.
+ */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(char,                 char)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(unsigned char,        uchar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(signed char,          schar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(wchar_t,              wchar_t)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(short,                short)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(unsigned short,       ushort)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(int,                  int)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         uint)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         unsigned) /* alternate name */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(long,                 long)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(unsigned long,        ulong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(long long,            longlong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(unsigned long long,   ulonglong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(float,                float)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(double,               double)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPMUL_INSTANCE(long double,          longdouble)
+
+//@endcond
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+//@}
+
+//@}
+
+#endif /*  REDUCER_OPMUL_H_INCLUDED */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opor.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opor.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5c8e7bd972e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+/*  reducer_opor.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_opor.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel bitwise or reductions.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersOr
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersOr
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_OPOR_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_OPOR_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersOr Bitwise Or Reducers
+ *
+ *  Bitwise and reducers allow the computation of the bitwise and of a set of
+ *  values in parallel.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  You should be familiar with @ref pagereducers "Cilk reducers", described in
+ *  file `reducers.md`, and particularly with @ref reducers_using, before trying
+ *  to use the information in this file.
+ *
+ *  @section redopor_usage Usage Example
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_or<unsigned> > r;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != N; ++i) {
+ *          *r |= a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      unsigned result;
+ *      r.move_out(result);
+ *
+ *  @section redopor_monoid The Monoid
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopor_monoid_values Value Set
+ *
+ *  The value set of a bitwise or reducer is the set of values of `Type`, which
+ *  is expected to be a builtin integer type which has a representation as a
+ *  sequence of bits (or something like it, such as `bool` or `std::bitset`).
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopor_monoid_operator Operator
+ *
+ *  The operator of a bitwise or reducer is the bitwise or operator, defined by
+ *  the “`|`” binary operator on `Type`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopor_monoid_identity Identity
+ *
+ *  The identity value of the reducer is the value whose representation 
+ *  contains all 0-bits. This is expected to be the value of the default
+ *  constructor `Type()`.
+ *
+ *  @section redopor_operations Operations
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopor_constructors Constructors
+ *
+ *      reducer()   // identity
+ *      reducer(const Type& value)
+ *      reducer(move_in(Type& variable))
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopor_get_set Set and Get
+ *
+ *      r.set_value(const Type& value)
+ *      const Type& = r.get_value() const
+ *      r.move_in(Type& variable)
+ *      r.move_out(Type& variable)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopor_initial Initial Values
+ *
+ *  If a bitwise or reducer is constructed without an explicit initial value, 
+ *  then its initial value will be its identity value, as long as `Type` 
+ *  satisfies the requirements of @ref redopor_types.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopor_view_ops View Operations
+ *
+ *      *r |= a
+ *      *r = *r | a
+ *      *r = *r | a1 | a2 … | an
+ *
+ *  @section redopor_types Type and Operator Requirements
+ *
+ *  `Type` must be `Copy Constructible`, `Default Constructible`, and
+ *  `Assignable`.
+ *
+ *  The operator “`|=`” must be defined on `Type`, with `x |= a` having the 
+ *  same meaning as `x = x | a`.
+ *
+ *  The expression `Type()` must be a valid expression which yields the
+ *  identity value (the value of `Type` whose representation consists of all
+ *  0-bits).
+ *
+ *  @section redopor_in_c Bitwise Or Reducers in C
+ *
+ *  The @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR and @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_TYPE macros can
+ *  be used to do bitwise or reductions in C. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR(r, uint, 0);
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      cilk_for(int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          REDUCER_VIEW(r) |= a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      printf("The bitwise OR of the elements of a is %x\n", REDUCER_VIEW(r));
+ *
+ *  See @ref reducers_c_predefined.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/** The bitwise or reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_or<Type> >`. It holds the accumulator variable for
+ *  the reduction, and allows only `or` operations to be performed on it.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `|=` operation would be used in an expression like `*r |= a`, where
+ *          `r` is an opmod reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the contained accumulator variable. This will
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersOr
+ *  @see op_or
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersOr
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class op_or_view : public scalar_view<Type>
+{
+    typedef scalar_view<Type> base;
+    
+public:
+    /** Class to represent the right-hand side of `*reducer = *reducer | value`.
+     *
+     *  The only assignment operator for the op_or_view class takes an 
+     *  rhs_proxy as its operand. This results in the syntactic restriction
+     *  that the only expressions that can be assigned to an op_or_view are
+     *  ones which generate an rhs_proxy — that is, expressions of the form
+     *  `op_or_view | value ... | value`.
+     *
+     *  @warning
+     *  The lhs and rhs views in such an assignment must be the same; 
+     *  otherwise, the behavior will be undefined. (I.e., `v1 = v1 | x` is
+     *  legal; `v1 = v2 | x` is illegal.) This condition will be checked with
+     *  a runtime assertion when compiled in debug mode.
+     *
+     *  @see op_or_view
+     */
+    class rhs_proxy {
+        friend class op_or_view;
+
+        const op_or_view* m_view;
+        Type              m_value;
+
+        // Constructor is invoked only from op_or_view::operator|().
+        //
+        rhs_proxy(const op_or_view* view, const Type& value) : m_view(view), m_value(value) {}
+
+        rhs_proxy& operator=(const rhs_proxy&); // Disable assignment operator
+        rhs_proxy();                            // Disable default constructor
+
+    public:
+        /** Bitwise or with an additional rhs value. If `v` is an op_or_view
+         *  and `a1` is a value, then the expression `v | a1` invokes the 
+         *  view’s `operator|()` to create an rhs_proxy for `(v, a1)`; then 
+         *  `v | a1 | a2` invokes the rhs_proxy’s `operator|()` to create a new
+         *  rhs_proxy for `(v, a1|a2)`. This allows the right-hand side of an
+         *  assignment to be not just `view | value`, but 
+         (  `view | value | value ... | value`. The effect is that
+         *
+         *      v = v | a1 | a2 ... | an;
+         *
+         *  is evaluated as
+         *
+         *      v = v | (a1 | a2 ... | an);
+         */
+        rhs_proxy& operator|(const Type& x) { m_value |= x; return *this; }
+    };
+
+
+    /** Default/identity constructor. This constructor initializes the
+     *  contained value to `Type()`.
+     */
+    op_or_view() : base() {}
+
+    /** Construct with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit op_or_view(const Type& v) : base(v) {}
+    
+    /** Reduction operation.
+     *
+     *  This function is invoked by the @ref op_or monoid to combine the views
+     *  of two strands when the right strand merges with the left one. It
+     *  “ors” the value contained in the left-strand view by the value
+     *  contained in the right-strand view, and leaves the value in the
+     *  right-strand view undefined.
+     *
+     *  @param  right   A pointer to the right-strand view. (`this` points to
+     *                  the left-strand view.)
+     *
+     *  @note   Used only by the @ref op_or monoid to implement the monoid
+     *          reduce operation.
+     */
+    void reduce(op_or_view* right) { this->m_value |= right->m_value; }
+    
+    /** @name Accumulator variable updates.
+     *
+     *  These functions support the various syntaxes for “oring” the
+     *  accumulator variable contained in the view with some value.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /** Or the accumulator variable with @a x.
+     */
+    op_or_view& operator|=(const Type& x) { this->m_value |= x; return *this; }
+
+    /** Create an object representing `*this | x`.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    rhs_proxy operator|(const Type& x) const { return rhs_proxy(this, x); }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `view | value` expression to the view. Note that
+     *  this is the only assignment operator for this class.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_or_view& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs) {
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(this == rhs.m_view);
+        this->m_value |= rhs.m_value;
+        return *this;
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+};
+
+/** Monoid class for bitwise or reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer 
+ *  template class with an op_or monoid to create a bitwise or reducer
+ *  class. For example, to compute the bitwise or of a set of `unsigned long`
+ *  values:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_or<unsigned long> > r;
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The reducer value type.
+ *  @tparam Align   If `false` (the default), reducers instantiated on this
+ *                  monoid will be naturally aligned (the Cilk library 1.0
+ *                  behavior). If `true`, reducers instantiated on this monoid
+ *                  will be cache-aligned for binary compatibility with 
+ *                  reducers in Cilk library version 0.9.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersOr
+ *  @see op_or_view
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersOr
+ */
+template <typename Type, bool Align = false>
+struct op_or : public monoid_with_view<op_or_view<Type>, Align> {};
+
+/** Deprecated bitwise or reducer class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_opor is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_or>, except that
+ *  reducer_opor is a proxy for the contained view, so that accumulator
+ *  variable update operations can be applied directly to the reducer. For
+ *  example, a value is ored with  a `reducer<%op_or>` with `*r |= a`, but a
+ *  value can be ored with a `%reducer_opor` with `r |= a`.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_opor. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_opor` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_or>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_opor` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_opor` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_or>`, and vice
+ *          versa.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see op_or
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersOr
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersOr
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class reducer_opor : public reducer< op_or<Type, true> >
+{
+    typedef reducer< op_or<Type, true> > base;
+    using base::view;
+
+  public:
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        view_type;
+    
+    /// The view’s rhs proxy type.
+    typedef typename view_type::rhs_proxy   rhs_proxy;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef view_type                       View;
+
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+    
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Default (identity) constructor.
+     *
+     * Constructs the wrapper with the default initial value of `Type()`.
+     */
+    reducer_opor() {}
+
+    /** Value constructor.
+     *
+     *  Constructs the wrapper with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit reducer_opor(const Type& initial_value) : base(initial_value) {}
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_and_view. */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc op_or_view::operator|=(const Type&)
+    reducer_opor& operator|=(const Type& x)
+    {
+        view() |= x; return *this; 
+    }
+    
+    // The legacy definition of reducer_opor::operator|() has different
+    // behavior and a different return type than this definition. The legacy
+    // version is defined as a member function, so this new version is defined
+    // as a free function to give it a different signature, so that they won’t 
+    // end up sharing a single object file entry.
+
+    /// @copydoc op_or_view::operator|(const Type&) const
+    friend rhs_proxy operator|(const reducer_opor& r, const Type& x)
+    { 
+        return r.view() | x; 
+    }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_and_view::operator=(const rhs_proxy&)
+    reducer_opor& operator=(const rhs_proxy& temp)
+    {
+        view() = temp; return *this; 
+    }
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Dereference
+     *  @details Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the
+     *  wrapper. Combined with the rule that the wrapper forwards view
+     *  operations to its contained view, this means that view operations can
+     *  be written the same way on reducers and wrappers, which is convenient
+     *  for incrementally converting old code using wrappers to use reducers
+     *  instead. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_and<int> > r;
+     *      *r &= a;    // *r returns the view
+     *                  // operator &= is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_opand<int> w;
+     *      *w &= a;    // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                  // operator &= is a wrapper member function that
+     *                  // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_opor&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_opor const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_opor*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_opor const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_or<Type, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< op_or<Type, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    operator const reducer< op_or<Type, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer< op_or<Type, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+    
+};
+
+/// @cond internal
+/** Metafunction specialization for reducer conversion.
+ *
+ *  This specialization of the @ref legacy_reducer_downcast template class 
+ *  defined in reducer.h causes the `reducer< op_or<Type> >` class to have an 
+ *  `operator reducer_opor<Type>& ()` conversion operator that statically
+ *  downcasts the `reducer<op_or>` to the corresponding `reducer_opor` type.
+ *  (The reverse conversion, from `reducer_opor` to `reducer<op_or>`, is just
+ *  an upcast, which is provided for free by the language.)
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersOr
+ */
+template <typename Type, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer<op_or<Type, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_opor<Type> type;
+};
+/// @endcond
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/** @ingroup ReducersOr
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** @name C language reducer macros
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to declare and work with op_or reducers in C code.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+ //@{
+ 
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/** Opor reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the op_or
+ *  reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersOr
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opor_,tn)
+
+/** Declare an op_or reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of an op_or reducer object for a
+ *  specified numeric type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR(my_reducer, ulong, 0);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be
+ *              assigned to the numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersOr
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                               \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opor_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opor_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, v)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the op_or reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which
+ *  implement the reducer functionality for the op_or reducer type for a
+ *  specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_DECLARATION(t,tn)                             \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opor,tn,l,r);         \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opor,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the op_or reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the op_or reducer type for a specified 
+ *  numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_DEFINITION(t,tn)                              \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opor,tn,l,r)          \
+        { *(t*)l |= *(t*)r; }                                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opor,tn)            \
+        { *(t*)v = 0; }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be defined, and this macro will generate reducer implementation
+ *  functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be undefined, and
+ *  this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_DEFINITION(t,tn)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_DECLARATION(t,tn)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for each 
+ *  numeric type.
+ */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(char,                 char)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(unsigned char,        uchar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(signed char,          schar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(wchar_t,              wchar_t)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(short,                short)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(unsigned short,       ushort)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(int,                  int)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         uint)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         unsigned) /* alternate name */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(long,                 long)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(unsigned long,        ulong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(long long,            longlong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPOR_INSTANCE(unsigned long long,   ulonglong)
+
+//@endcond
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+//@}
+
+//@}
+
+#endif /*  REDUCER_OPOR_H_INCLUDED */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opxor.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opxor.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fed49943ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_opxor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+/*  reducer_opxor.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_opxor.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel bitwise or reductions.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersXor
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersXor
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_OPXOR_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_OPXOR_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersXor Bitwise Xor Reducers
+ *
+ *  Bitwise and reducers allow the computation of the bitwise and of a set of
+ *  values in parallel.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  You should be familiar with @ref pagereducers "Cilk reducers", described in
+ *  file `reducers.md`, and particularly with @ref reducers_using, before trying
+ *  to use the information in this file.
+ *
+ *  @section redopxor_usage Usage Example
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_xor<unsigned> > r;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != N; ++i) {
+ *          *r ^= a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      unsigned result;
+ *      r.move_out(result);
+ *
+ *  @section redopxor_monoid The Monoid
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopxor_monoid_values Value Set
+ *
+ *  The value set of a bitwise xor reducer is the set of values of `Type`, which
+ *  is expected to be a builtin integer type which has a representation as a
+ *  sequence of bits (or something like it, such as `bool` or `std::bitset`).
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopxor_monoid_operator Operator
+ *
+ *  The operator of a bitwise xor reducer is the bitwise xor operator, defined
+ *  by the “`^`” binary operator on `Type`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopxor_monoid_identity Identity
+ *
+ *  The identity value of the reducer is the value whose representation 
+ *  contains all 0-bits. This is expected to be the value of the default
+ *  constructor `Type()`.
+ *
+ *  @section redopxor_operations Operations
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopxor_constructors Constructors
+ *
+ *      reducer()   // identity
+ *      reducer(const Type& value)
+ *      reducer(move_in(Type& variable))
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopxor_get_set Set and Get
+ *
+ *      r.set_value(const Type& value)
+ *      const Type& = r.get_value() const
+ *      r.move_in(Type& variable)
+ *      r.move_out(Type& variable)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopxor_initial Initial Values
+ *
+ *  If a bitwise xor reducer is constructed without an explicit initial value, 
+ *  then its initial value will be its identity value, as long as `Type` 
+ *  satisfies the requirements of @ref redopxor_types.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redopxor_view_ops View Operations
+ *
+ *      *r ^= a
+ *      *r = *r ^ a
+ *      *r = *r ^ a1 ^ a2 … ^ an
+ *
+ *  @section redopxor_types Type and Operator Requirements
+ *
+ *  `Type` must be `Copy Constructible`, `Default Constructible`, and
+ *  `Assignable`.
+ *
+ *  The operator “`^=`” must be defined on `Type`, with `x ^= a` having the 
+ *  same meaning as `x = x ^ a`.
+ *
+ *  The expression `Type()` must be a valid expression which yields the
+ *  identity value (the value of `Type` whose representation consists of all
+ *  0-bits).
+ *
+ *  @section redopxor_in_c Bitwise Xor Reducers in C
+ *
+ *  The @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR and @ref CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_TYPE macros can
+ *  be used to do bitwise xor reductions in C. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR(r, uint, 0);
+ *      CILK_C_REGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      cilk_for(int i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
+ *          REDUCER_VIEW(r) ^= a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      CILK_C_UNREGISTER_REDUCER(r);
+ *      printf("The bitwise XOR of the elements of a is %x\n", REDUCER_VIEW(r));
+ *
+ *  See @ref reducers_c_predefined.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/** The bitwise xor reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with 
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_xor<Type> >`. It holds the accumulator variable 
+ *  for the reduction, and allows only `xor` operations to be performed on it.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `^=` operation would be used in an expression like `*r ^= a`, where
+ *          `r` is an opmod reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The type of the contained accumulator variable. This will
+ *                  be the value type of a monoid_with_view that is
+ *                  instantiated with this view.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersXor
+ *  @see op_xor
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersXor
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class op_xor_view : public scalar_view<Type>
+{
+    typedef scalar_view<Type> base;
+    
+public:
+    /** Class to represent the right-hand side of `*reducer = *reducer ^ value`.
+     *
+     *  The only assignment operator for the op_xor_view class takes an 
+     *  rhs_proxy as its operand. This results in the syntactic restriction
+     *  that the only expressions that can be assigned to an op_xor_view are
+     *  ones which generate an rhs_proxy — that is, expressions of the form
+     *  `op_xor_view ^ value ... ^ value`.
+     *
+     *  @warning
+     *  The lhs and rhs views in such an assignment must be the same; 
+     *  otherwise, the behavior will be undefined. (I.e., `v1 = v1 ^ x` is
+     *  legal; `v1 = v2 ^ x` is illegal.) This condition will be checked with
+     *  a runtime assertion when compiled in debug mode.
+     *
+     *  @see op_xor_view
+     */
+    class rhs_proxy {
+        friend class op_xor_view;
+
+        const op_xor_view* m_view;
+        Type              m_value;
+
+        // Constructor is invoked only from op_xor_view::operator^().
+        //
+        rhs_proxy(const op_xor_view* view, const Type& value) : m_view(view), m_value(value) {}
+
+        rhs_proxy& operator=(const rhs_proxy&); // Disable assignment operator
+        rhs_proxy();                            // Disable default constructor
+
+    public:
+        /** Bitwise xor with an additional rhs value. If `v` is an op_xor_view
+         *  and `a1` is a value, then the expression `v ^ a1` invokes the 
+         *  view’s `operator^()` to create an rhs_proxy for `(v, a1)`; then 
+         *  `v ^ a1 ^ a2` invokes the rhs_proxy’s `operator^()` to create a new
+         *  rhs_proxy for `(v, a1^a2)`. This allows the right-hand side of an
+         *  assignment to be not just `view ^ value`, but 
+         (  `view ^ value ^ value ... ^ value`. The effect is that
+         *
+         *      v = v ^ a1 ^ a2 ... ^ an;
+         *
+         *  is evaluated as
+         *
+         *      v = v ^ (a1 ^ a2 ... ^ an);
+         */
+        rhs_proxy& operator^(const Type& x) { m_value ^= x; return *this; }
+    };
+
+
+    /** Default/identity constructor. This constructor initializes the
+     *  contained value to `Type()`.
+     */
+    op_xor_view() : base() {}
+
+    /** Construct with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit op_xor_view(const Type& v) : base(v) {}
+    
+    /** Reduction operation.
+     *
+     *  This function is invoked by the @ref op_xor monoid to combine the views
+     *  of two strands when the right strand merges with the left one. It
+     *  “xors” the value contained in the left-strand view by the value
+     *  contained in the right-strand view, and leaves the value in the
+     *  right-strand view undefined.
+     *
+     *  @param  right   A pointer to the right-strand view. (`this` points to
+     *                  the left-strand view.)
+     *
+     *  @note   Used only by the @ref op_xor monoid to implement the monoid
+     *          reduce operation.
+     */
+    void reduce(op_xor_view* right) { this->m_value ^= right->m_value; }
+    
+    /** @name Accumulator variable updates.
+     *
+     *  These functions support the various syntaxes for “xoring” the
+     *  accumulator variable contained in the view with some value.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /** Xor the accumulator variable with @a x.
+     */
+    op_xor_view& operator^=(const Type& x) { this->m_value ^= x; return *this; }
+
+    /** Create an object representing `*this ^ x`.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    rhs_proxy operator^(const Type& x) const { return rhs_proxy(this, x); }
+
+    /** Assign the result of a `view ^ value` expression to the view. Note that
+     *  this is the only assignment operator for this class.
+     *
+     *  @see rhs_proxy
+     */
+    op_xor_view& operator=(const rhs_proxy& rhs) {
+        __CILKRTS_ASSERT(this == rhs.m_view);
+        this->m_value ^= rhs.m_value;
+        return *this;
+    }
+    
+    //@}
+};
+
+/** Monoid class for bitwise xor reductions. Instantiate the cilk::reducer 
+ *  template class with an op_xor monoid to create a bitwise xor reducer
+ *  class. For example, to compute the bitwise xor of a set of `unsigned long`
+ *  values:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_xor<unsigned long> > r;
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The reducer value type.
+ *  @tparam Align   If `false` (the default), reducers instantiated on this
+ *                  monoid will be naturally aligned (the Cilk library 1.0
+ *                  behavior). If `true`, reducers instantiated on this monoid
+ *                  will be cache-aligned for binary compatibility with 
+ *                  reducers in Cilk library version 0.9.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersXor
+ *  @see op_xor_view
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersXor
+ */
+template <typename Type, bool Align = false>
+struct op_xor : public monoid_with_view<op_xor_view<Type>, Align> {};
+
+/** Deprecated bitwise xor reducer class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_opxor is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_xor>, except that
+ *  reducer_opxor is a proxy for the contained view, so that accumulator
+ *  variable update operations can be applied directly to the reducer. For
+ *  example, a value is xored with  a `reducer<%op_xor>` with `*r ^= a`, but a
+ *  value can be xored with a `%reducer_opxor` with `r ^= a`.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_opand. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_opxor` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_xor>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_opxor` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_opxor` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_xor>`, and vice
+ *          versa.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Type    The value type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see op_xor
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersXor
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersXor
+ */
+template <typename Type>
+class reducer_opxor : public reducer< op_xor<Type, true> >
+{
+    typedef reducer< op_xor<Type, true> > base;
+    using base::view;
+
+  public:
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        view_type;
+    
+    /// The view’s rhs proxy type.
+    typedef typename view_type::rhs_proxy   rhs_proxy;
+    
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef view_type                       View;
+
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+    
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** Default (identity) constructor.
+     *
+     * Constructs the wrapper with the default initial value of `Type()`.
+     */
+    reducer_opxor() {}
+
+    /** Value constructor.
+     *
+     *  Constructs the wrapper with a specified initial value.
+     */
+    explicit reducer_opxor(const Type& initial_value) : base(initial_value) {}
+    
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Forwarded functions
+     *  @details Functions that update the contained accumulator variable are
+     *  simply forwarded to the contained @ref op_and_view. */
+    //@{
+
+    /// @copydoc op_xor_view::operator^=(const Type&)
+    reducer_opxor& operator^=(const Type& x)
+    {
+        view() ^= x; return *this; 
+    }
+    
+    // The legacy definition of reducer_opxor::operator^() has different
+    // behavior and a different return type than this definition. The legacy
+    // version is defined as a member function, so this new version is defined
+    // as a free function to give it a different signature, so that they won’t 
+    // end up sharing a single object file entry.
+
+    /// @copydoc op_xor_view::operator^(const Type&) const
+    friend rhs_proxy operator^(const reducer_opxor& r, const Type& x)
+    { 
+        return r.view() ^ x; 
+    }
+
+    /// @copydoc op_and_view::operator=(const rhs_proxy&)
+    reducer_opxor& operator=(const rhs_proxy& temp)
+    {
+        view() = temp; return *this; 
+    }
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Dereference
+     *  @details Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the
+     *  wrapper. Combined with the rule that the wrapper forwards view
+     *  operations to its contained view, this means that view operations can
+     *  be written the same way on reducers and wrappers, which is convenient
+     *  for incrementally converting old code using wrappers to use reducers
+     *  instead. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer< op_and<int> > r;
+     *      *r &= a;    // *r returns the view
+     *                  // operator &= is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_opand<int> w;
+     *      *w &= a;    // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                  // operator &= is a wrapper member function that
+     *                  // calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_opxor&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_opxor const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_opxor*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_opxor const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+    
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_xor<Type, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< op_xor<Type, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    operator const reducer< op_xor<Type, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer< op_xor<Type, false> >* >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+    
+};
+
+/// @cond internal
+/** Metafunction specialization for reducer conversion.
+ *
+ *  This specialization of the @ref legacy_reducer_downcast template class 
+ *  defined in reducer.h causes the `reducer< op_xor<Type> >` class to have an 
+ *  `operator reducer_opxor<Type>& ()` conversion operator that statically
+ *  downcasts the `reducer<op_xor>` to the corresponding `reducer_opxor` type.
+ *  (The reverse conversion, from `reducer_opxor` to `reducer<op_xor>`, is just
+ *  an upcast, which is provided for free by the language.)
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersXor
+ */
+template <typename Type, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast<reducer<op_xor<Type, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_opxor<Type> type;
+};
+/// @endcond
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/** @ingroup ReducersXor
+ */
+//@{
+
+/** @name C language reducer macros
+ *
+ *  These macros are used to declare and work with op_xor reducers in C code.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref page_reducers_in_c
+ */
+ //@{
+ 
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/** Opxor reducer type name.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into the identifier which is the name of the op_xor
+ *  reducer type for a specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersXor
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_TYPE(tn)                                         \
+    __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opxor_,tn)
+
+/** Declare an op_xor reducer object.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into a declaration of an op_xor reducer object for a
+ *  specified numeric type. For example:
+ *
+ *      CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR(my_reducer, ulong, 0);
+ *
+ *  @param  obj The variable name to be used for the declared reducer object.
+ *  @param  tn  The @ref reducers_c_type_names "numeric type name" specifying
+ *              the type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  v   The initial value for the reducer. (A value which can be
+ *              assigned to the numeric type represented by @a tn.)
+ *
+ *  @see @ref reducers_c_predefined
+ *  @see ReducersXor
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR(obj,tn,v)                                        \
+    CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_TYPE(tn) obj =                                       \
+        CILK_C_INIT_REDUCER(_Typeof(obj.value),                               \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opxor_reduce_,tn),   \
+                        __CILKRTS_MKIDENT(cilk_c_reducer_opxor_identity_,tn), \
+                        __cilkrts_hyperobject_noop_destroy, v)
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/** Declare the op_xor reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into external function declarations for functions which
+ *  implement the reducer functionality for the op_xor reducer type for a
+ *  specified numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_DECLARATION(t,tn)                             \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opxor,tn,l,r);         \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opxor,tn);
+ 
+/** Define the op_xor reducer functions for a numeric type.
+ *
+ *  This macro expands into function definitions for functions which implement
+ *  the reducer functionality for the op_xor reducer type for a specified 
+ *  numeric type.
+ *
+ *  @param  t   The value type of the reducer.
+ *  @param  tn  The value “type name” identifier, used to construct the reducer
+ *              type name, function names, etc.
+ */
+#define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_DEFINITION(t,tn)                              \
+    typedef CILK_C_DECLARE_REDUCER(t) CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_TYPE(tn);       \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_REDUCE(cilk_c_reducer_opxor,tn,l,r)          \
+        { *(t*)l ^= *(t*)r; }                                              \
+    __CILKRTS_DECLARE_REDUCER_IDENTITY(cilk_c_reducer_opxor,tn)            \
+        { *(t*)v = 0; }
+ 
+//@{
+/** @def CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE 
+ *  @brief Declare or define implementation functions for a reducer type.
+ *
+ *  In the runtime source file c_reducers.c, the macro `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS`
+ *  will be defined, and this macro will generate reducer implementation
+ *  functions. Everywhere else, `CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS` will be undefined, and
+ *  this macro will expand into external declarations for the functions.
+ */
+#ifdef CILK_C_DEFINE_REDUCERS
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_DEFINITION(t,tn)
+#else
+#   define CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(t,tn)  \
+        CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_DECLARATION(t,tn)
+#endif
+//@}
+
+/*  Declare or define an instance of the reducer type and its functions for each 
+ *  numeric type.
+ */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(char,                 char)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(unsigned char,        uchar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(signed char,          schar)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(wchar_t,              wchar_t)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(short,                short)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(unsigned short,       ushort)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(int,                  int)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         uint)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(unsigned int,         unsigned) /* alternate name */
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(long,                 long)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(unsigned long,        ulong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(long long,            longlong)
+CILK_C_REDUCER_OPXOR_INSTANCE(unsigned long long,   ulonglong)
+
+//@endcond
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+
+//@}
+
+//@}
+
+#endif /*  REDUCER_OPXOR_H_INCLUDED */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_ostream.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_ostream.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d9addeee89f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_ostream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/*
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * reducer_ostream.h
+ *
+ * Purpose: Hyper-object to write to 'std::ostream's
+ *
+ * Classes: reducer_ostream
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * ============
+ * Output streams ('std::ostream's) are a convenient means of writing text to
+ * files, the user console, or sockets.  In a serial program, text is written
+ * to an ostream in a specific, logical order.  For example, computing while
+ * traversing a data structure and printing them to an 'ostream' will result
+ * in the values being printed in the order of traversal.  In a parallel
+ * version of the same program, however, different parts of the data structure
+ * may be traversed in a different order, resulting in a non-deterministic
+ * ordering of the stream.  Worse, multiple strands may write to the same
+ * stream simultaneously, resulting in a data race.  Replacing the
+ * 'std::ostream' with a 'cilk::reducer_ostream' will solve both problems: Data
+ * will appeaer in the stream in the same order as it would for the serial
+ * program, and there will be no races (no locks) on the common stream.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * ==============
+ * Assume we wish to traverse an array of objects, performing an operation on
+ * each object and writing the result to a file.  Without a reducer_ostream,
+ * we have a race on the 'output' file stream:
+ *..
+ *  void compute(std::ostream& os, double x)
+ *  {
+ *      // Perform some significant computation and print the result:
+ *      os << std::asin(x);
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  int test()
+ *  {
+ *      const std::size_t ARRAY_SIZE = 1000000;
+ *      extern double myArray[ARRAY_SIZE];
+ *
+ *      std::ofstream output("output.txt");
+ *      cilk_for (std::size_t i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE; ++i)
+ *      {
+ *          compute(output, myArray[i]);
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      return 0;
+ *  }
+ *..
+ * The race is solved by using a reducer_ostream to proxy the 'output' file:
+ *..
+ *  void compute(cilk::reducer_ostream& os, double x)
+ *  {
+ *      // Perform some significant computation and print the result:
+ *      *os << std::asin(x);
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  int test()
+ *  {
+ *      const std::size_t ARRAY_SIZE = 1000000;
+ *      extern double myArray[ARRAY_SIZE];
+ *
+ *      std::ofstream output("output.txt");
+ *      cilk::reducer_ostream hyper_output(output);
+ *      cilk_for (std::size_t i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE; ++i)
+ *      {
+ *          compute(hyper_output, myArray[i]);
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      return 0;
+ *  }
+ *..
+ *
+ * Limitations:
+ * ============
+ * There are two possible values for the formatting flags immediately after a
+ * 'cilk_spawn' statement: they may either have the value that was set by the
+ * spawn function, or they may have default values.  Because of
+ * non-determinism in the processor scheduling, there is no way to determine
+ * which it will be.  Similarly, the formatting flags after a 'cilk_sync' may
+ * or may not have the same value as before the sync.  Therefore, one must use
+ * a disciplined coding style to avoid formatting errors.  There are two
+ * approaches to mitigating the problem: The first is to eliminate the
+ * difference between the two possible outcomes by ensuring that the spawned
+ * function always returns the flags to their initial state:
+ *..
+ *  void compute(cilk::reducer_ostream& os, double x)
+ *  {
+ *      // Perform some significant computation and print the result:
+ *      int saveprec = os.precision(5);
+ *      os << std::asin(x);
+ *      os.precision(saveprec);
+ *  }
+ *..
+ * The second approach is to write your streaming operations such that they
+ * don't depend on the previous state of the formatting flags by setting any
+ * important flags before every block of output:
+ *..
+ *      cilk_spawn compute(hyper_output, value);
+ *
+ *      hyper_output->precision(2);  // Don't depend on previous precision
+ *      *hyper_output << f();
+ *      *hyper_output << g();
+ *..
+ * Another concern is memory usage.  A reducer_ostream will buffer as much text
+ * as necessary to ensure that the order of output matches that of the serial
+ * version of the program.  If all spawn branches perform an equal amount of
+ * output, then one can expect that half of the output before a sync will be
+ * buffered in memory.  This hyperobject is therefore not well suited for
+ * serializing very large quantities of text output.
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_OSTREAM_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_OSTREAM_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+#include <iostream>
+#include <sstream>
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/**
+ * @brief Class 'reducer_ostream' is the representation of a hyperobject for
+ * output text streaming.
+ */
+class reducer_ostream
+{
+public:
+    /// Internal representation of the per-strand view of the data for reducer_ostream
+    class View: public std::ostream
+    {
+    public:
+        /// Type of the std::stream reducer_ostream is based on
+        typedef std::ostream Base;
+
+        friend class reducer_ostream;
+
+        View():
+            std::ostream(0)
+        {
+            Base::rdbuf(&strbuf_);
+        };
+
+    private:
+        void use_ostream (const std::ostream &os)
+        {
+            Base::rdbuf(os.rdbuf());
+            Base::flags(os.flags());       // Copy formatting flags
+            Base::setstate(os.rdstate());  // Copy error state
+        }
+
+    private:
+        std::stringbuf  strbuf_;
+    };
+
+public:
+    /// Definition of data view, operation, and identity for reducer_ostream
+    struct Monoid: monoid_base< View >
+    {
+        static void reduce (View *left, View *right);
+    };
+
+private:
+    // Hyperobject to serve up views
+    reducer<Monoid> imp_;
+
+    // Methods that provide the API for the reducer
+public:
+
+    // Construct an initial 'reducer_ostream' from an 'std::ostream'.  The
+    // specified 'os' stream is used as the eventual destination for all
+    // text streamed to this hyperobject.
+    explicit reducer_ostream(const std::ostream &os);
+
+    // Return a modifiable reference to the underlying 'ostream' object.
+    std::ostream& get_reference();
+
+    /**
+     * Append data from some type to the reducer_ostream
+     *
+     * @param v Value to be appended to the reducer_ostream
+     */
+    template<typename T>
+    std::ostream &
+    operator<< (const T &v)
+    {
+        return imp_.view() << v;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Append data from a std::ostream to the reducer_ostream
+     *
+     * @param _Pfn std::ostream to copy from
+     */
+    std::ostream &
+    operator<< (std::ostream &(*_Pfn)(std::ostream &))
+    {
+        View &v = imp_.view();
+
+        return ((*_Pfn)(v));
+    }
+
+    reducer_ostream&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_ostream const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_ostream*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_ostream const* operator->() const { return this; }
+};
+
+
+// -------------------------------------------
+// class reducer_ostream::Monoid
+// -------------------------------------------
+
+/**
+ * Appends string from "right" reducer_basic_string onto the end of
+ * the "left". When done, the "right" reducer_basic_string is empty.
+ */
+void
+reducer_ostream::Monoid::reduce(View *left, View *right)
+{
+    left->operator<< (&right->strbuf_);
+}
+
+// --------------------------
+// class reducer_ostream
+// --------------------------
+
+/**
+ * Construct a reducer_ostream which will write to the specified std::ostream
+ *
+ * @param os std::ostream to write to
+ */
+inline
+reducer_ostream::reducer_ostream(const std::ostream &os) :
+    imp_()
+{
+    View &v = imp_.view();
+
+    v.use_ostream(os);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a reference to the std::ostream
+ */
+inline
+std::ostream &
+reducer_ostream::get_reference()
+{
+    View &v = imp_.view();
+
+    return v;
+}
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif //  REDUCER_OSTREAM_H_INCLUDED
+
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_string.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_string.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0d70dd8b30a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilk/reducer_string.h
@@ -0,0 +1,729 @@
+/*  reducer_string.h                  -*- C++ -*-
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/** @file reducer_string.h
+ *
+ *  @brief Defines classes for doing parallel string creation by appending.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersString
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersString
+ */
+
+#ifndef REDUCER_STRING_H_INCLUDED
+#define REDUCER_STRING_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/reducer.h>
+#include <string>
+#include <list>
+
+/** @defgroup ReducersString String Reducers
+ *
+ *  String reducers allow the creation of a string by concatenating a set of 
+ *  strings or characters in parallel.
+ *
+ *  @ingroup Reducers
+ *
+ *  You should be familiar with @ref pagereducers "Cilk reducers", described in
+ *  file reducers.md, and particularly with @ref reducers_using, before trying
+ *  to use the information in this file.
+ *
+ *  @section redstring_usage Usage Example
+ *
+ *      vector<Data> data;
+ *      void expensive_string_computation(const Data& x, string& s);
+ *      cilk::reducer<cilk::op_string> r;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != data.size(); ++i) {
+ *          string temp;
+ *          expensive_string_computation(data[i], temp);
+ *          *r += temp;
+ *      }
+ *      string result;
+ *      r.move_out(result);
+ *
+ *  @section redstring_monoid The Monoid
+ *
+ *  @subsection redstring_monoid_values Value Set
+ *
+ *  The value set of a string reducer is the set of values of the class
+ *  `std::basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc>`, which we refer to as “the
+ *  reducer’s string type”.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redstring_monoid_operator Operator
+ *
+ *  The operator of a string reducer is the string concatenation operator, 
+ *  defined by the “`+`” binary operator on the reducer’s string type.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redstring_monoid_identity Identity
+ *
+ *  The identity value of a string reducer is the empty string, which is the 
+ *  value of the expression
+ *  `std::basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc>([allocator])`.
+ *
+ *  @section redstring_operations Operations
+ *
+ *  In the operation descriptions below, the type name `String` refers to the
+ *  reducer’s string type, `std::basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc>`.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redstring_constructors Constructors
+ *
+ *  Any argument list which is valid for a `std::basic_string` constructor is
+ *  valid for a string reducer constructor. The usual move-in constructor is
+ *  also provided:
+ *
+ *      reducer(move_in(String& variable))
+ *
+ *  @subsection redstring_get_set Set and Get
+ *
+ *      r.set_value(const String& value)
+ *      const String& = r.get_value() const
+ *      r.move_in(String& variable)
+ *      r.move_out(String& variable)
+ *
+ *  @subsection redstring_initial Initial Values
+ *
+ *  A string reducer with no constructor arguments, or with only an allocator
+ *  argument, will initially contain the identity value, an empty string.
+ *
+ *  @subsection redstring_view_ops View Operations
+ *
+ *      *r += a
+ *      r->append(a)
+ *      r->append(a, b)
+ *      r->push_back(a)
+ *
+ *  These operations on string reducer views are the same as the corresponding
+ *  operations on strings.
+ *
+ *  @section redstring_performance Performance Considerations
+ *
+ *  String reducers work by creating a string for each view, collecting those
+ *  strings in a list, and then concatenating them into a single result string
+ *  at the end of the computation. This last step takes place in serial code,
+ *  and necessarily takes time proportional to the length of the result string.
+ *  Thus, a parallel string reducer cannot actually speed up the time spent
+ *  directly creating the string. This trivial example would probably be slower
+ *  (because of reducer overhead) than the corresponding serial code:
+ *
+ *      vector<string> a;
+ *      reducer<op_string> r;
+ *      cilk_for (int i = 0; i != a.length(); ++i) {
+ *          *r += a[i];
+ *      }
+ *      string result;
+ *      r.move_out(result);
+ *
+ *  What a string reducer _can_ do is to allow the _remainder_ of the
+ *  computation to be done in parallel, without having to worry about managing
+ *  the string computation.
+ *
+ *  The strings for new views are created (by the view identity constructor)
+ *  using the same allocator as the string that was created when the reducer 
+ *  was constructed. Note that this allocator is determined when the reducer is 
+ *  constructed. The following two examples may have very different behavior:
+ *
+ *      string<Char, Traits, Allocator> a_string;
+ *
+ *      reducer< op_string<Char, Traits, Allocator> reducer1(move_in(a_string));
+ *      ... parallel computation ...
+ *      reducer1.move_out(a_string);
+ *
+ *      reducer< op_string<Char, Traits, Allocator> reducer2;
+ *      reducer2.move_in(a_string);
+ *      ... parallel computation ...
+ *      reducer2.move_out(a_string);
+ *
+ *  *   `reducer1` will be constructed with the same allocator as `a_string`, 
+ *      because the string was specified in the constructor. The `move_in`
+ *      and `move_out` can therefore be done with a `swap` in constant time.
+ *  *   `reducer2` will be constructed with a _default_ allocator of type
+ *      `Allocator`, which may not be the same as the allocator of `a_string`.
+ *      Therefore, the `move_in` and `move_out` may have to be done with a copy
+ *      in _O(N)_ time.
+ *
+ *  (All instances of an allocator type with no internal state (like
+ *  `std::allocator`) are “the same”. You only need to worry about the “same
+ *  allocator” issue when you create string reducers with custom allocator
+ *  types.)
+ *
+ *  @section redstring_types Type and Operator Requirements
+ *
+ *  `std::basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc>` must be a valid type.
+*/
+
+namespace cilk {
+
+/** @ingroup ReducersString */
+//@{
+
+/** The string append reducer view class.
+ *
+ *  This is the view class for reducers created with
+ *  `cilk::reducer< cilk::op_basic_string<Type, Traits, Allocator> >`. It holds
+ *  the accumulator variable for the reduction, and allows only append
+ *  operations to be performed on it.
+ *
+ *  @note   The reducer “dereference” operation (`reducer::operator *()`) 
+ *          yields a reference to the view. Thus, for example, the view class’s
+ *          `append` operation would be used in an expression like
+ *          `r->append(a)`, where `r` is a string append reducer variable.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Char        The string element type (not the string type).
+ *  @tparam Traits      The character traits type.
+ *  @tparam Alloc       The string allocator type.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersString
+ *  @see op_basic_string
+ */
+template<typename Char, typename Traits, typename Alloc>
+class op_basic_string_view
+{
+    typedef std::basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc>  string_type;
+    typedef std::list<string_type>                  list_type;
+    typedef typename string_type::size_type         size_type;
+
+    // The view's value is represented by a list of strings and a single 
+    // string. The value is the concatenation of the strings in the list with
+    // the single string at the end. All string operations apply to the single
+    // string; reduce operations cause lists of partial strings from multiple
+    // strands to be combined.
+    //
+    mutable string_type                             m_string;
+    mutable list_type                               m_list;
+
+    // Before returning the value of the reducer, concatenate all the strings 
+    // in the list with the single string.
+    //
+    void flatten() const
+    {
+        if (m_list.empty()) return;
+
+        typename list_type::iterator i;
+
+        size_type len = m_string.size();
+        for (i = m_list.begin(); i != m_list.end(); ++i)
+            len += i->size();
+
+        string_type result(get_allocator());
+        result.reserve(len);
+
+        for (i = m_list.begin(); i != m_list.end(); ++i)
+            result += *i;
+        m_list.clear();
+
+        result += m_string;
+        result.swap(m_string);
+    }
+
+public:
+
+    /** @name Monoid support.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    /// Required by @ref monoid_with_view
+    typedef string_type value_type;
+
+    /// Required by @ref op_string
+    Alloc get_allocator() const
+    {
+        return m_string.get_allocator();
+    }
+
+    /** Reduction operation.
+     *
+     *  This function is invoked by the @ref op_basic_string monoid to combine
+     *  the views of two strands when the right strand merges with the left 
+     *  one. It appends the value contained in the right-strand view to the 
+     *  value contained in the left-strand view, and leaves the value in the
+     *  right-strand view undefined.
+     *
+     *  @param  right   A pointer to the right-strand view. (`this` points to
+     *                  the left-strand view.)
+     *
+     *  @note   Used only by the @ref op_basic_string monoid to implement the
+     *          monoid reduce operation.
+     */
+    void reduce(op_basic_string_view* right)
+    {
+        if (!right->m_string.empty() || !right->m_list.empty()) {
+            // (list, string) + (right_list, right_string) =>
+            //      (list + {string} + right_list, right_string)
+            if (!m_string.empty()) {
+                // simulate m_list.push_back(std::move(m_string))
+                m_list.push_back(string_type(get_allocator()));
+                m_list.back().swap(m_string);
+            }
+            m_list.splice(m_list.end(), right->m_list);
+            m_string.swap(right->m_string);
+        }
+    }
+
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Pass constructor arguments through to the string constructor.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    op_basic_string_view() : m_string() {}
+
+    template <typename T1>
+    op_basic_string_view(const T1& x1) : m_string(x1) {}
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    op_basic_string_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2) : m_string(x1, x2) {}
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    op_basic_string_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3) : m_string(x1, x2, x3) {}
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
+    op_basic_string_view(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, const T4& x4) :
+        m_string(x1, x2, x3, x4) {}
+
+    //@}
+
+    /** Move-in constructor.
+     */
+    explicit op_basic_string_view(move_in_wrapper<value_type> w)
+        : m_string(w.value().get_allocator())
+    {
+        m_string.swap(w.value());
+    }
+
+    /** @name @ref reducer support.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    void view_move_in(string_type& s)
+    {
+        m_list.clear();
+        if (m_string.get_allocator() == s.get_allocator())
+            // Equal allocators. Do a (fast) swap.
+            m_string.swap(s);
+        else
+            // Unequal allocators. Do a (slow) copy.
+            m_string = s;
+        s.clear();
+    }
+
+    void view_move_out(string_type& s)
+    {
+        flatten();
+        if (m_string.get_allocator() == s.get_allocator())
+            // Equal allocators.  Do a (fast) swap.
+            m_string.swap(s);
+        else
+            // Unequal allocators.  Do a (slow) copy.
+            s = m_string;
+        m_string.clear();
+    }
+
+    void view_set_value(const string_type& s) 
+        { m_list.clear(); m_string = s; }
+
+    string_type const& view_get_value()     const 
+        { flatten(); return m_string; }
+
+    string_type      & view_get_reference()       
+        { flatten(); return m_string; }
+
+    string_type const& view_get_reference() const 
+        { flatten(); return m_string; }
+
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name View modifier operations.
+     *
+     *  @details These simply wrap the corresponding operations on the underlying string.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    template <typename T>
+    op_basic_string_view& operator +=(const T& x)
+        { m_string += x; return *this; }
+
+    template <typename T1>
+    op_basic_string_view& append(const T1& x1)
+        { m_string.append(x1); return *this; }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    op_basic_string_view& append(const T1& x1, const T2& x2)
+        { m_string.append(x1, x2); return *this; }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    op_basic_string_view& append(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3)
+        { m_string.append(x1, x2, x3); return *this; }
+
+    void push_back(const Char x) { m_string.push_back(x); }
+
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** String append monoid class. Instantiate the cilk::reducer template class
+ *  with an op_basic_string monoid to create a string append reducer class. For
+ *  example, to concatenate a collection of standard strings:
+ *
+ *      cilk::reducer< cilk::op_basic_string<char> > r;
+ *
+ *  @tparam Char    The string element type (not the string type).
+ *  @tparam Traits  The character traits type.
+ *  @tparam Alloc   The string allocator type.
+ *  @tparam Align   If `false` (the default), reducers instantiated on this
+ *                  monoid will be naturally aligned (the Cilk library 1.0
+ *                  behavior). If `true`, reducers instantiated on this monoid
+ *                  will be cache-aligned for binary compatibility with 
+ *                  reducers in Cilk library version 0.9.
+ *
+ *  @see ReducersString
+ *  @see op_basic_string_view
+ *  @see reducer_basic_string
+ *  @see op_string
+ *  @see op_wstring
+ */
+template<typename Char,
+         typename Traits = std::char_traits<Char>,
+         typename Alloc = std::allocator<Char>,
+         bool     Align = false>
+class op_basic_string : 
+    public monoid_with_view< op_basic_string_view<Char, Traits, Alloc>, Align >
+{
+    typedef monoid_with_view< op_basic_string_view<Char, Traits, Alloc>, Align >
+            base;
+    Alloc m_allocator;
+
+public:
+
+    /** View type of the monoid.
+     */
+    typedef typename base::view_type view_type;
+
+    /** Constructor.
+     *
+     *  There is no default constructor for string monoids, because the
+     *  allocator must always be specified.
+     *
+     *  @param  allocator   The list allocator to be used when
+     *                      identity-constructing new views.
+     */
+    op_basic_string(const Alloc& allocator = Alloc()) : m_allocator(allocator)
+    {}
+
+    /** Create an identity view.
+     *
+     *  String view identity constructors take the string allocator as an
+     *  argument.
+     *
+     *  @param v    The address of the uninitialized memory in which the view
+     *              will be constructed.
+     */
+    void identity(view_type *v) const { ::new((void*) v) view_type(m_allocator); }
+
+    /** @name Construct functions
+     *
+     *  A string append reduction monoid must have a copy of the allocator of
+     *  the leftmost view’s string, so that it can use it in the `identity`
+     *  operation. This, in turn, requires that string reduction monoids have a
+     *  specialized `construct()` function.
+     *
+     *  All string reducer monoid `construct()` functions first construct the
+     *  leftmost view, using the arguments that were passed in from the reducer
+     *  constructor. They then call the view’s `get_allocator()` function to
+     *  get the string allocator from the string in the leftmost view, and pass
+     *  that to the monoid constructor.
+     */
+    //@{
+
+    static void construct(op_basic_string* monoid, view_type* view)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) view_type() ).confirm_if(
+            new ((void*)monoid) op_basic_string(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    template <typename T1>
+    static void construct(op_basic_string* monoid, view_type* view, const T1& x1)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) view_type(x1) ).confirm_if(
+            new ((void*)monoid) op_basic_string(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    static void construct(op_basic_string* monoid, view_type* view, const T1& x1, const T2& x2)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) view_type(x1, x2) ).confirm_if(
+            new ((void*)monoid) op_basic_string(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    static void construct(op_basic_string* monoid, view_type* view, const T1& x1, const T2& x2,
+                            const T3& x3)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) view_type(x1, x2, x3) ).confirm_if(
+            new ((void*)monoid) op_basic_string(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
+    static void construct(op_basic_string* monoid, view_type* view, const T1& x1, const T2& x2,
+                            const T3& x3, const T4& x4)
+        { provisional( new ((void*)view) view_type(x1, x2, x3, x4) ).confirm_if(
+            new ((void*)monoid) op_basic_string(view->get_allocator()) ); }
+
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** Convenience typedef for 8-bit strings
+ */
+typedef op_basic_string<char> op_string;
+    
+/** Convenience typedef for 16-bit strings
+ */
+typedef op_basic_string<wchar_t> op_wstring;
+
+
+/** Deprecated string append reducer class.
+ *
+ *  reducer_basic_string is the same as @ref reducer<@ref op_basic_string>,
+ *  except that reducer_basic_string is a proxy for the contained view, so that
+ *  accumulator variable update operations can be applied directly to the
+ *  reducer. For example, a value is appended to a `reducer<%op_basic_string>`
+ *  with `r->push_back(a)`, but a value can be appended to  a `%reducer_opand`
+ *  with `r.push_back(a)`.
+ *
+ *  @deprecated Users are strongly encouraged to use `reducer<monoid>`
+ *              reducers rather than the old wrappers like reducer_basic_string. 
+ *              The `reducer<monoid>` reducers show the reducer/monoid/view
+ *              architecture more clearly, are more consistent in their
+ *              implementation, and present a simpler model for new
+ *              user-implemented reducers.
+ *
+ *  @note   Implicit conversions are provided between `%reducer_basic_string` 
+ *          and `reducer<%op_basic_string>`. This allows incremental code
+ *          conversion: old code that used `%reducer_basic_string` can pass a
+ *          `%reducer_basic_string` to a converted function that now expects a
+ *          pointer or reference to a `reducer<%op_basic_string>`, and vice
+ *          versa.
+ *
+ *  @tparam Char        The string element type (not the string type).
+ *  @tparam Traits      The character traits type.
+ *  @tparam Alloc       The string allocator type.
+ *
+ *  @see op_basic_string
+ *  @see reducer
+ *  @see ReducersString
+ */
+template<typename Char,
+         typename Traits = std::char_traits<Char>,
+         typename Alloc = std::allocator<Char> >
+class reducer_basic_string : 
+    public reducer< op_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc, true> >
+{
+    typedef reducer< op_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc, true> > base;
+    using base::view;
+public:
+
+    /// The reducer’s string type.
+    typedef typename base::value_type       string_type;
+
+    /// The reducer’s primitive component type.
+    typedef Char                            basic_value_type;
+
+    /// The string size type.
+    typedef typename string_type::size_type size_type;
+
+    /// The view type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::view_type        View;
+
+    /// The monoid type for the reducer.
+    typedef typename base::monoid_type      Monoid;
+
+
+    /** @name Constructors
+     */
+    //@{
+    
+    /** @name Forward constructor calls to the base class.
+     *
+     *  All basic_string constructor forms are supported.
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_basic_string() {}
+
+    template <typename T1>
+    reducer_basic_string(const T1& x1) : 
+        base(x1) {}
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2>
+    reducer_basic_string(const T1& x1, const T2& x2) : 
+        base(x1, x2) {}
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
+    reducer_basic_string(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3) : 
+        base(x1, x2, x3) {}
+
+    template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
+    reducer_basic_string(const T1& x1, const T2& x2, const T3& x3, const T4& x4) :
+        base(x1, x2, x3, x4) {}
+    //@}
+
+    /** Allow mutable access to the string within the current view.
+     *
+     *  @warning    If this method is called before the parallel calculation is 
+     *              complete, the string returned by this method will be a
+     *              partial result.
+     *
+     *  @returns    A mutable reference to the string within the current view.
+     */
+    string_type &get_reference() 
+        { return view().view_get_reference(); }
+
+    /** Allow read-only access to the string within the current view.
+     *
+     *  @warning    If this method is called before the parallel calculation is
+     *              complete, the string returned by this method will be a
+     *              partial result.
+     *
+     *  @returns    A const reference to the string within the current view.
+     */
+    string_type const &get_reference() const 
+        { return view().view_get_reference(); }
+
+    /** @name Append to the string.
+     *
+     *  These operations are simply forwarded to the view.
+     */
+    //@{
+    void append(const Char *ptr)
+        { view().append(ptr); }
+    void append(const Char *ptr, size_type count)
+        { view().append(ptr, count); }
+    void append(const string_type &str, size_type offset, size_type count)
+        { view().append(str, offset, count); }
+    void append(const string_type &str)
+        { view().append(str); }
+    void append(size_type count, Char ch)
+        { view().append(count, ch); }
+
+    // Append to the string
+    reducer_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc> &operator+=(Char ch)
+        { view() += ch; return *this; }
+    reducer_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc> &operator+=(const Char *ptr)
+        { view() += ptr; return *this; }
+    reducer_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc> &operator+=(const string_type &right)
+        { view() += right; return *this; }
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Dereference
+     *  @details Dereferencing a wrapper is a no-op. It simply returns the
+     *  wrapper. Combined with the rule that the wrapper forwards view
+     *  operations to its contained view, this means that view operations can
+     *  be written the same way on reducers and wrappers, which is convenient
+     *  for incrementally converting old code using wrappers to use reducers
+     *  instead. That is:
+     *
+     *      reducer<op_string> r;
+     *      r->push_back(a);    // r-> returns the view
+     *                          // push_back() is a view member function
+     *
+     *      reducer_string w;
+     *      w->push_back(a);    // *w returns the wrapper
+     *                          // push_back() is a wrapper member function
+     *                          // that calls the corresponding view function
+     */
+    //@{
+    reducer_basic_string&       operator*()       { return *this; }
+    reducer_basic_string const& operator*() const { return *this; }
+
+    reducer_basic_string*       operator->()       { return this; }
+    reducer_basic_string const* operator->() const { return this; }
+    //@}
+
+    /** @name Upcast
+     *  @details In Cilk library 0.9, reducers were always cache-aligned. In
+     *  library  1.0, reducer cache alignment is optional. By default, reducers
+     *  are unaligned (i.e., just naturally aligned), but legacy wrappers
+     *  inherit from cache-aligned reducers for binary compatibility.
+     *
+     *  This means that a wrapper will automatically be upcast to its aligned
+     *  reducer base class. The following conversion operators provide
+     *  pseudo-upcasts to the corresponding unaligned reducer class.
+     */
+    //@{
+    operator reducer< op_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc, false> >& ()
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< reducer< 
+            op_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc, false> >* 
+        >(this);
+    }
+    operator const reducer< op_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc, false> >& () const
+    {
+        return *reinterpret_cast< const reducer<
+            op_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc, false> >* 
+        >(this);
+    }
+    //@}
+};
+
+
+/** Convenience typedef for 8-bit strings
+ */
+typedef reducer_basic_string<char> reducer_string;
+
+/** Convenience typedef for 16-bit strings
+ */
+typedef reducer_basic_string<wchar_t> reducer_wstring;
+
+/// @cond internal
+
+/// @cond internal
+/** Metafunction specialization for reducer conversion.
+ *
+ *  This specialization of the @ref legacy_reducer_downcast template class 
+ *  defined in reducer.h causes the `reducer< op_basic_string<Char> >` class to
+ *  have an `operator reducer_basic_string<Char>& ()` conversion operator that
+ *  statically downcasts the `reducer<op_basic_string>` to the corresponding
+ *  `reducer_basic_string` type. (The reverse conversion, from 
+ *  `reducer_basic_string` to `reducer<op_basic_string>`, is just an upcast,
+ *  which is provided for free by the language.)
+ *
+ *  @ingroup ReducersString
+ */
+template<typename Char, typename Traits, typename Alloc, bool Align>
+struct legacy_reducer_downcast<
+    reducer<op_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc, Align> > >
+{
+    typedef reducer_basic_string<Char, Traits, Alloc> type;
+};
+
+/// @endcond
+
+//@}
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif //  REDUCER_STRING_H_INCLUDED
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/cilkscreen.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/cilkscreen.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6986ae7b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/cilkscreen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* cilkscreen.h                  -*-C++-*-
+ *
+ *************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @copyright
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2013, Intel Corporation
+ * All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ * @copyright
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 
+ *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *     distribution.
+ *   * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *     from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * @copyright
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ * OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ * WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_CILKSCREEN_H
+#define INCLUDED_CILKSCREEN_H
+
+#include <cilk/cilk_api.h>
+
+/*
+ * Cilkscreen "functions".  These macros generate metadata in your application
+ * to notify Cilkscreen of program state changes
+ */
+
+#if ! defined(CILK_STUB) && defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+#  define __cilkscreen_metacall(annotation,expr) \
+    __notify_zc_intrinsic((char *)annotation, expr)
+#else
+#  define __cilkscreen_metacall(annotation,expr) ((void)annotation, (void)(expr))
+#endif
+
+/* Call once when a user thread enters a spawning function */
+#define __cilkscreen_enable_instrumentation() \
+    __cilkscreen_metacall("cilkscreen_enable_instrumentation", 0)
+
+/* Call once when a user thread exits a spawning function */
+#define  __cilkscreen_disable_instrumentation() \
+    __cilkscreen_metacall("cilkscreen_disable_instrumentation", 0)
+
+/* Call to temporarily disable cilkscreen instrumentation */
+#define __cilkscreen_enable_checking() \
+    __cilkscreen_metacall("cilkscreen_enable_checking", 0)
+
+/* Call to re-enable temporarily-disabled cilkscreen instrumentation */
+#define __cilkscreen_disable_checking() \
+    __cilkscreen_metacall("cilkscreen_disable_checking", 0)
+
+/* Inform cilkscreen that memory from begin to end can be reused without
+ * causing races (e.g., for memory that comes from a memory allocator) */
+#define __cilkscreen_clean(begin, end)                      \
+    do {                                                    \
+        void *__data[2] = { (begin), (end) };               \
+        __cilkscreen_metacall("cilkscreen_clean", &__data); \
+    } while(0)
+
+/* Inform cilkscreen that a lock is being acquired.
+ * If the lock type is not a handle, then the caller should take its address
+ * and pass the pointer to the lock.  Otherwise, the caller should pass the
+ * lock handle directly.
+ */
+#define __cilkscreen_acquire_lock(lock) \
+    __cilkscreen_metacall("cilkscreen_acquire_lock", (lock))
+
+#define __cilkscreen_release_lock(lock) \
+    __cilkscreen_metacall("cilkscreen_release_lock", (lock))
+
+/*
+ * Metacall data
+ *
+ * A metacall is a way to pass data to a function implemented by a tool.
+ * Metacalls are always instrumented when the tool is loaded.
+ */
+
+// Tool code for Cilkscreen
+#define METACALL_TOOL_CILKSCREEN 1
+
+// Metacall codes implemented by Cilkscreen
+#define CS_METACALL_PUTS 0  // Write string to the Cilkscreen log
+
+#define __cilkscreen_puts(text) \
+    __cilkrts_metacall(METACALL_TOOL_CILKSCREEN, CS_METACALL_PUTS, (void *)(const char *)text)
+
+#endif /* defined(INCLUDED_CILKSCREEN_H) */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/cilkview.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/cilkview.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eb7d9d8c0e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/cilkview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/* cilkview.h                  -*-C++-*-
+ *
+ *************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @copyright
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2013, Intel Corporation
+ * All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ * @copyright
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 
+ *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *     distribution.
+ *   * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *     from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * @copyright
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ * OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ * WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_CILKVIEW_H
+#define INCLUDED_CILKVIEW_H
+
+#include <cilk/cilk_api.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#   ifndef _WINBASE_
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+unsigned long __stdcall GetTickCount();
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+#   endif
+#endif  // _WIN32
+
+#if defined __unix__ || defined __APPLE__ || defined __VXWORKS__
+#   include <sys/time.h>
+#endif  // defined __unix__ || defined __APPLE__
+
+/// @brief Return the system clock with millisecond resolution
+///
+/// This function returns a long integer representing the number of
+/// milliseconds since an arbitrary starting point, e.g., since the system was
+/// started or since the Unix Epoch.  The result is meaningless by itself, but
+/// the difference between two sequential calls to __cilkview_getticks()
+/// represents the time interval that elapsed between them (in ms).
+static inline unsigned long long __cilkview_getticks()
+{
+#if __INTEL_COMPILER > 1200
+    // When inlined, prevent code motion around this call
+    __notify_zc_intrinsic((void*) "test_getticks_start", 0);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    // Return milliseconds elapsed since the system started
+    return GetTickCount();
+#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined __VXWORKS__
+    // Return milliseconds elapsed since the Unix Epoch
+    // (1-Jan-1970 00:00:00.000 UTC)
+    struct timeval t;
+    gettimeofday(&t, 0);
+    return t.tv_sec * 1000ULL + t.tv_usec / 1000;
+#else
+#   error test_getticks() not implemented for this OS
+#endif
+
+#if __INTEL_COMPILER > 1200
+    // When inlined, prevent code motion around this call
+    __notify_zc_intrinsic((void*) "test_getticks_end", 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    unsigned int        size;           // Size of structure in bytes
+    unsigned int        status;         // 1 = success, 0 = failure
+    unsigned long long  time;           // Time in milliseconds
+    unsigned long long  work;
+    unsigned long long  span;
+    unsigned long long  burdened_span;
+    unsigned long long  spawns;
+    unsigned long long  syncs;
+    unsigned long long  strands;
+    unsigned long long  atomic_ins;
+    unsigned long long  frames;
+} cilkview_data_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    cilkview_data_t *start;     // Values at start of interval
+    cilkview_data_t *end;       // Values at end of interval
+    const char *label;          // Name for this interval
+    unsigned int flags;         // What to do - see flags below
+} cilkview_report_t;
+
+// What __cilkview_report should do.  The flags can be ORed together
+enum
+{
+    CV_REPORT_WRITE_TO_LOG = 1,     // Write parallelism report to the log (xml or text)
+    CV_REPORT_WRITE_TO_RESULTS = 2  // Write parallelism data to results file
+};
+
+#ifndef CILKVIEW_NO_REPORT
+static void __cilkview_do_report(cilkview_data_t *start,
+                          cilkview_data_t *end,
+                          const char *label,
+                          unsigned int flags);
+#endif /* CILKVIEW_NO_REPORT */
+
+/*
+ * Metacall data
+ *
+ * A metacall is a way to pass data to a function implemented by a tool.
+ * Metacalls are always instrumented when the tool is loaded.
+ */
+
+// Tool code for Cilkview
+#define METACALL_TOOL_CILKVIEW 2
+
+// Metacall codes implemented by Cilkview
+enum
+{
+    CV_METACALL_PUTS,
+    CV_METACALL_QUERY,
+    CV_METACALL_START,
+    CV_METACALL_STOP,
+    CV_METACALL_RESET,
+    CV_METACALL_USE_DEFAULT_GRAIN,
+    CV_METACALL_CONNECTED,
+    CV_METACALL_SUSPEND,
+    CV_METACALL_RESUME,
+    CV_METACALL_REPORT
+};
+
+#if ! defined(CILK_STUB) && defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+#  define __cilkview_metacall(code,data) \
+    __cilkrts_metacall(METACALL_TOOL_CILKVIEW, code, data)
+#else
+#  define __cilkview_metacall(annotation,expr) (annotation, (void) (expr))
+#endif
+
+// Write arbitrary string to the log
+#define __cilkview_puts(arg) \
+    __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_PUTS, arg)
+
+// Retrieve the Cilkview performance counters.  The parameter must be a 
+// cilkview_data_t
+#define __cilkview_query(d)                             \
+    do {                                                \
+        d.size = sizeof(d);                             \
+        d.status = 0;                                   \
+        __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_QUERY, &d);     \
+        if (0 == d.status)                              \
+            d.time = __cilkview_getticks();             \
+    } while (0)
+
+// Write report to log or results file. If end is NULL, Cilkview will
+// use the current values.
+#define __cilkview_report(start, end, label, flags) \
+    __cilkview_do_report(start, end, label, flags)
+
+// Control the workspan performance counters for the final report
+#define __cilkview_workspan_start() \
+    __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_START, 0)
+#define __cilkview_workspan_stop() \
+    __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_STOP, 0)
+#define __cilkview_workspan_reset() \
+    __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_RESET, 0)
+#define __cilkview_workspan_suspend() \
+    __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_SUSPEND, 0)
+#define __cilkview_workspan_resume() \
+    __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_RESUME, 0)
+
+#define __cilkview_use_default_grain_size() \
+    __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_USE_DEFAULT, 0)
+
+// Sets the int is_connected to 1 if Cilkview is active
+#define __cilkview_connected(is_connected) \
+    __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_CONNECTED, &is_connected)
+
+
+#ifndef CILKVIEW_NO_REPORT
+
+// Stop Microsoft include files from complaining about getenv and fopen
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#pragma warning(push)
+#pragma warning(disable: 1786)	// Suppress warnings that getenv, fopen are deprecated
+#endif
+
+static void __cilkview_do_report(cilkview_data_t *start,
+                                 cilkview_data_t *end,
+                                 const char *label,
+                                 unsigned int flags)
+{
+    int under_cilkview = 0;
+    unsigned long long elapsed_ms;
+    int worker_count = 0;
+    char *nworkers;
+    char *outfile;
+    FILE *f;
+
+    // Check whether we're running under Cilkview
+    __cilkview_connected(under_cilkview);
+
+    // If we're running under Cilkview, let it do those things that need
+    // to be done
+    if (under_cilkview)
+    {
+        cilkview_report_t d = {start, end, label, flags};
+        __cilkview_metacall(CV_METACALL_REPORT, &d);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // We're not running under Cilkview.
+    //
+    // If we weren't asked to write to the results file, we're done.
+    if (0 == (flags & CV_REPORT_WRITE_TO_RESULTS))
+        return;
+
+    // Calculate the elapse milliseconds
+    if (NULL == end)
+        elapsed_ms = __cilkview_getticks() - start->time;
+    else
+        elapsed_ms = end->time - start->time;
+
+    // Determine how many workers we're using for this trial run
+    nworkers = getenv("CILK_NWORKERS");
+    if (NULL != nworkers)
+        worker_count = atoi(nworkers);
+    if (0 == worker_count)
+        worker_count = 16;
+
+    // Open the output file and write the trial data to it
+    outfile = getenv("CILKVIEW_OUTFILE");
+    if (NULL == outfile)
+        outfile = (char *)"cilkview.out";
+
+    f = fopen(outfile, "a");
+    if (NULL == f)
+        fprintf(stderr, "__cilkview_do_report: unable to append to file %s\n", outfile);
+    else
+    {
+        fprintf(f, "%s trial %d %f\n", label,
+                worker_count,
+                ((float)elapsed_ms) / 1000.0f);
+        fclose(f);
+    }
+}
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#pragma warning(pop)
+#endif
+
+#endif  // CILKVIEW_NO_REPORT
+
+
+#endif /* ! defined(INCLUDED_CILKVIEW_H) */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/fake_mutex.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/fake_mutex.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ae0678112f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/fake_mutex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* fake_mutex.h                  -*-C++-*-
+ *
+ *************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @copyright
+ * Copyright (C) 2013, Intel Corporation
+ * All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ * @copyright
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 
+ *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *     distribution.
+ *   * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *     from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * @copyright
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ * OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ * WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Cilkscreen fake mutexes are provided to indicate to the Cilkscreen race
+ * detector that a race should be ignored.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This class does not provide mutual exclusion.  You should use the
+ * mutual exclusion constructs provided by TBB or your operating system to
+ * protect against real data races.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FAKE_MUTEX_H_INCLUDED
+#define FAKE_MUTEX_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilktools/cilkscreen.h>
+
+namespace cilkscreen
+{
+    class fake_mutex
+    {
+    public:
+	fake_mutex() : locked(false)
+	{
+	}
+
+	~fake_mutex()
+	{
+	    __CILKRTS_ASSERT(! locked);
+	}
+
+        // Wait until mutex is available, then enter
+        void lock()
+        {
+            __cilkscreen_acquire_lock(&locked);
+	    __CILKRTS_ASSERT(! locked);
+	    locked = true;
+        }
+
+        // A fake mutex is always available
+        bool try_lock() { lock(); return true; }
+
+        // Releases the mutex
+        void unlock()
+        {
+	    __CILKRTS_ASSERT(locked);
+	    locked = false;
+            __cilkscreen_release_lock(&locked);
+        }
+
+    private:
+        bool locked;
+    };
+
+} // namespace cilk
+
+#endif  // FAKE_MUTEX_H_INCLUDED
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/lock_guard.h b/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/lock_guard.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d513e2b9734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/cilktools/lock_guard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* lock_guard.h                  -*-C++-*-
+ *
+ *************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @copyright
+ * Copyright (C) 2011-2013, Intel Corporation
+ * All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ * @copyright
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 
+ *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *     distribution.
+ *   * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *     from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * @copyright
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ * OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ * WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Lock guard patterned after the std::lock_guard class template proposed in
+ * the C++ 0x draft standard.
+ *
+ * An object of type lock_guard controls the ownership of a mutex object
+ * within a scope. A lock_guard object maintains ownership of a mutex object
+ * throughout the lock_guard object's lifetime. The behavior of a program is
+ * undefined if the mutex referenced by pm does not exist for the entire
+ * lifetime of the lock_guard object.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LOCK_GUARD_H_INCLUDED
+#define LOCK_GUARD_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include <cilk/cilk.h>
+
+namespace cilkscreen
+{
+    template <class Mutex>
+    class lock_guard
+    {
+    public:
+        typedef Mutex mutex_type;
+
+        explicit lock_guard(mutex_type &m) : pm(m)
+        {
+            pm.lock();
+            locked = true;
+        }
+
+        ~lock_guard()
+        {
+            locked = false;
+            pm.unlock();
+        }
+
+    private:
+        lock_guard(lock_guard const&);
+        lock_guard& operator=(lock_guard const&);
+
+    private:
+        // exposition only:
+        mutex_type &pm;
+        bool locked;
+    };
+}
+
+#endif  // LOCK_GUARD_H_INCLUDED
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/internal/abi.h b/libcilkrts/include/internal/abi.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f45b5bcb178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/internal/abi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
+/*
+ *  abi.h
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @file abi.h
+ *
+ * @brief Defines the application binary interface between the compiler and
+ * the Intel Cilk Plus runtime.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CILK_INTERNAL_ABI_H
+#define CILK_INTERNAL_ABI_H
+
+
+#include <cilk/common.h>
+#include <stddef.h>  // Needed to define size_t
+
+/**
+ * Jump buffers are OS and architecture dependent
+ */
+#if ! defined(_MSC_VER)
+/* Non-Windows - only need 5 registers for the jump buffer for both IA32 and Intel64 */
+typedef void *__CILK_JUMP_BUFFER[5];
+
+/** OS-specific implementation of setjmp */
+#   define CILK_SETJMP(X) __builtin_setjmp(X)
+/** OS-specific implementation of longjmp */
+#   define CILK_LONGJMP(X) __builtin_longjmp(X,1)
+#else
+/* Windows - things are a little more complicated */
+#   if defined(_M_X64)
+/* Intel64 - Use an OS-defined jump buffer */
+#       include <setjmp.h>
+typedef jmp_buf __CILK_JUMP_BUFFER;
+
+#       define CILK_SETJMP(X) setjmp(X)
+#       define CILK_LONGJMP(X) longjmp(X, 1)
+#   elif defined(_M_IX86)
+/**
+ * Windows x86 - Use a simplified version of the Windows jump buffer for x86
+ * setjmp is provided by __cilkrts_setjmp which passes jump buffer in EAX and
+ * destination in EDX longjmp is provided by an internal routine which uses
+ * this structure
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    unsigned long Ebp;
+    unsigned long Ebx;
+    unsigned long Edi;
+    unsigned long Esi;
+    unsigned long Esp;
+    unsigned long Eip;
+    unsigned long Registration;
+    unsigned long TryLevel;
+} __CILK_JUMP_BUFFER;
+
+#    else
+#    error Unexpected architecture - Need to define __CILK_JUMP_BUFFER
+#    endif  /* _M_X64 */
+
+#endif  /* defined(_MSC_VER) */
+
+/* struct tags */
+typedef struct __cilkrts_stack_frame __cilkrts_stack_frame; ///< struct tag for stack frame
+
+// Forwarded declarations
+typedef struct global_state_t        global_state_t;  ///< Forwarded declaration for global state
+typedef struct local_state           local_state;     ///< Forwarded declaration for local state
+typedef struct cilkred_map           cilkred_map;     ///< Forward declaration for reducer map
+
+/// Forwarded declaration for system-dependent worker state
+typedef struct __cilkrts_worker_sysdep_state
+                                     __cilkrts_worker_sysdep_state;
+
+/**
+ * The worker struct contains per-worker information that needs to be
+ * visible to the compiler, or rooted here.
+ *
+ * For 32-bit Windows we need to be aligning the structures on 4-byte
+ * boundaries to match where ICL is allocating the birthrank and rank
+ * in the __cilkrts_stack_frame.  It's 4-byte aligned instead of 8-byte
+ * aligned.  This is OK because the compiler is dealing with the 64-bit
+ * quantities as two 32-bit values.  So change the packing to be on
+ * 4-byte boundaries.
+ *
+ * The fields of the worker struct can be classified as either local
+ * or shared.
+ *
+ *  Local: This field is only accessed by the thread bound to this
+ *    worker struct.  Local fields can be freely accessed without
+ *    acquiring locks.
+ *  
+ *  Shared: This field may be accessed by multiple worker threads.
+ *    Accesses to shared fields usually requires locks, except in
+ *    special situations where one can prove that locks are
+ *    unnecessary.
+ *
+ * The fields of the worker struct can also be classified as
+ * "read-only" if the field does not change after it is initialized.
+ * Otherwise, the field is "read/write".  Read-only fields do not
+ * require locks to access (ignoring the synchronization that might be
+ * needed for initialization if this can occur in parallel).
+ *
+ * Finally, we explicitly classify some fields as "synchronization"
+ * fields if they are used as part of a synchronization protocol in
+ * the runtime.  These variables are generally shared and read/write.
+ * Mostly, this category includes lock variables and other variables
+ * that are involved in synchronization protocols (i.e., the THE
+ * protocol).
+ */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_IX86)
+#pragma pack(push, 4)
+#endif
+
+struct __cilkrts_worker {
+    /**
+     * T, H, and E pointers in the THE protocol See "The implementation of
+     * the Cilk-5 multithreaded language", PLDI 1998:
+     * http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?doid=277652.277725
+     *
+     * Synchronization fields.  [shared read/write]
+     */
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *volatile *volatile tail;
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *volatile *volatile head;  /**< @copydoc tail */
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *volatile *volatile exc;   /**< @copydoc tail */
+
+    /**
+     * Addition to the THE protocol to allow us to protect some set of
+     * entries in the tail queue from stealing.  Normally, this is set
+     * beyond the end of the task queue, indicating that all entries are
+     * available for stealing.  During exception handling, protected_tail
+     * may be set to the first entry in the task queue, indicating that
+     * stealing is not allowed.
+     *
+     * Synchronization field.
+     */
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *volatile *volatile protected_tail;
+
+    /**
+     * Limit of the Lazy Task Queue, to detect queue overflow
+     * [local read-only]
+     */
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *volatile *ltq_limit;
+
+    /**
+     * Worker id.
+     * [local read-only]
+     */
+    int32_t self;
+
+    /**
+     * Global state of the runtime system, opaque to the client.
+     * [local read-only]
+     */
+    global_state_t *g;
+
+    /**
+     * Additional per-worker state of the runtime system that we want
+     * to maintain hidden from the client.
+     * [shared read-only]
+     */
+    local_state *l;
+
+    /**
+     * Map from reducer names to reducer values.
+     * [local read/write]
+     */
+    cilkred_map *reducer_map;
+
+    /**
+     * A slot that points to the currently executing Cilk frame.
+     * [local read/write]
+     */
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *current_stack_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * Reserved space for a pointer.
+     * Used to be __cilkrts_stack_frame *volatile *volatile saved_protected_tail; 
+     */
+    void* reserved;
+
+    /**
+     * System-dependent part of the worker state
+     * [local read-only]
+     */
+    __cilkrts_worker_sysdep_state *sysdep;
+
+#if __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1
+    /**
+     * Per-worker pedigree information used to support scheduling-independent
+     * pseudo-random numbers.
+     * [local read/write]
+     */
+    __cilkrts_pedigree   pedigree;    
+#endif  /* __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1 */
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Every spawning function has a frame descriptor.  A spawning function
+ * is a function that spawns or detaches.  Only spawning functions
+ * are visible to the Cilk runtime.
+ */
+struct __cilkrts_stack_frame
+{
+    /**
+     * flags is an integer with values defined below.  Client code
+     * initializes flags to CILK_FRAME_VERSION before the first Cilk
+     * operation.
+     *
+     * The low 24-bits of the 'flags' field are the flags, proper.  The high
+     * 8-bits are the version number.
+     *
+     * IMPORTANT: bits in this word are set and read by the PARENT ONLY,
+     * not by a spawned child.  In particular, the STOLEN and UNSYNCHED
+     * bits are set on a steal and are read before a sync.  Since there
+     * is no synchronization (locking) on this word, any attempt to set
+     * or read these bits asynchronously in a child would result in a race.
+     */
+    uint32_t flags;
+
+    /** Not currently used.  Not initialized by Intel compiler. */
+    int32_t size;
+
+    /** 
+     * call_parent points to the __cilkrts_stack_frame of the closest
+     * ancestor spawning function, including spawn helpers, of this frame.
+     * It forms a linked list ending at the first stolen frame.
+     */
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *call_parent;
+
+    /**
+     * The client copies the worker from TLS here when initializing
+     * the structure.  The runtime ensures that the field always points
+     * to the __cilkrts_worker which currently "owns" the frame.
+     */
+    __cilkrts_worker *worker;
+
+    /**
+     * Unix: Pending exception after sync.  The sync continuation
+     * must call __cilkrts_rethrow to handle the pending exception.
+     *
+     * Windows: the handler that _would_ have been registered if our
+     * handler were not there.  We maintain this for unwinding purposes.
+     * Win32: the value of this field is only defined in spawn helper
+     * functions
+     *
+     * Win64: except_data must be filled in  for all functions with a
+     * __cilkrts_stack_frame
+     */
+    void *except_data;
+
+    /**
+     * Before every spawn and nontrivial sync the client function
+     * saves its continuation here.
+     */
+    __CILK_JUMP_BUFFER ctx;
+
+#if __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1
+    /**
+     * Architecture-specific floating point state.  mxcsr and fpcsr should be
+     * set when CILK_SETJMP is called in client code.  Note that the Win64
+     * jmpbuf for the Intel64 architecture already contains this information
+     * so there is no need to use these fields on that OS/architecture.
+     */
+    uint32_t mxcsr;
+    uint16_t fpcsr;         /**< @copydoc mxcsr */
+
+
+    /**
+     * reserved is not used at this time.  Client code should initialize it
+     * to 0 before the first Cilk operation
+     */
+    uint16_t reserved;
+
+    /**
+     * Pedigree information to support scheduling-independent pseudo-random
+     * numbers.  There are two views of this information.  The copy in a
+     * spawning function is used to stack the rank and communicate to the
+     * runtime on a steal or continuation.  The copy in a spawn helper is
+     * immutable once the function is detached and is a node in the pedigree.
+     * The union is used to make clear which view we're using.
+     *
+     * In the detach sequence Client code should:
+     *    - copy the worker pedigree into the spawn helper's pedigree
+     *    - copy the worker pedigree into the call parent's pedigree
+     *    - set the worker's rank to 0
+     *    - set the worker's pedigree.next to the spawn helper's pedigree
+     */
+    union
+    {
+        __cilkrts_pedigree spawn_helper_pedigree; /* Used in spawn helpers */
+        __cilkrts_pedigree parent_pedigree;       /* Used in spawning funcs */
+    };
+#endif  /* __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION >= 1 */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Restore previous structure packing for 32-bit Windows
+ */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_IX86)
+#pragma pack(pop)
+#endif
+
+/* Values of the flags bitfield */
+/** CILK_FRAME_STOLEN is set if the frame has ever been stolen. */
+#define CILK_FRAME_STOLEN    0x01
+
+/**
+ * CILK_FRAME_UNSYNCHED is set if the frame has been stolen and
+ * is has not yet executed _Cilk_sync.  It is technically a misnomer in that a
+ * frame can have this flag set even if all children have returned.
+ */
+#define CILK_FRAME_UNSYNCHED 0x02
+
+/**
+ * Is this frame detached (spawned)?  If so the runtime needs
+ * to undo-detach in the slow path epilogue.
+ */
+#define CILK_FRAME_DETACHED  0x04
+
+/**
+ * CILK_FRAME_EXCEPTION_PROBED is set if the frame has been probed in the
+ * exception handler first pass
+ */
+#define CILK_FRAME_EXCEPTION_PROBED 0x08
+
+/** Is this frame receiving an exception after sync? */
+#define CILK_FRAME_EXCEPTING 0x10
+
+/**
+ * Is the pedigree unsynched?  That is, has a synch occurred that is not
+ * yet represented in the pedigree?
+ */
+#define CILK_FRAME_SF_PEDIGREE_UNSYNCHED 0x20
+
+/** Is this the last (oldest) Cilk frame? */
+#define CILK_FRAME_LAST	     0x80
+
+/**
+ * Is this frame in the epilogue, or more generally after the last
+ * sync when it can no longer do any Cilk operations?
+ */
+#define CILK_FRAME_EXITING   0x0100
+
+/** Is this frame suspended? (used for debugging) */
+#define CILK_FRAME_SUSPENDED 0x8000
+
+/** Used by Windows exception handling to indicate that __cilkrts_leave_frame should do nothing */
+#define CILK_FRAME_UNWINDING 0x10000
+
+/*
+ * The low 24-bits of the 'flags' field are the flags, proper.  The high 8-bits
+ * are the version number.
+ */
+
+/** ABI version left shifted to the high byte */
+#define CILK_FRAME_VERSION (__CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION << 24)
+
+/** Mask for the flags field to isolate the version bits */
+#define CILK_FRAME_VERSION_MASK  0xFF000000
+
+/** Mask for the flags field to isolate the flag bits */
+#define CILK_FRAME_FLAGS_MASK    0x00FFFFFF
+
+/** Convenience macro to provide access the version portion of the flags field */
+#define CILK_FRAME_VERSION_VALUE(_flags) (((_flags) & CILK_FRAME_VERSION_MASK) >> 24)
+
+/** Any undefined bits are reserved and must be zero ("MBZ" = "Must Be Zero") */
+#define CILK_FRAME_MBZ  (~ (CILK_FRAME_STOLEN | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_UNSYNCHED | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_DETACHED | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_EXCEPTION_PROBED | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_EXCEPTING | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_SF_PEDIGREE_UNSYNCHED | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_LAST | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_EXITING | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_SUSPENDED | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_UNWINDING | \
+                            CILK_FRAME_VERSION_MASK))
+
+__CILKRTS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/**
+ * Call __cilkrts_enter_frame to initialize an ABI 0 frame descriptor.
+ * Initialize the frame descriptor before spawn or detach.  A function that
+ * conditionally does Cilk operations need not initialize the frame descriptor
+ * in a code path that never uses it.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame that is to be initialized.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(void) __cilkrts_enter_frame(__cilkrts_stack_frame* sf);
+
+/**
+ * Call __cilkrts_enter_frame to initialize an ABI 1 frame descriptor.
+ * Initialize the frame descriptor before spawn or detach.  A function that
+ * conditionally does Cilk operations need not initialize the frame descriptor
+ * in a code path that never uses it.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame that is to be initialized.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(void) __cilkrts_enter_frame_1(__cilkrts_stack_frame* sf);
+
+/**
+ * __cilkrts_enter_frame_fast is the same as __cilkrts_enter_frame, except it
+ * assumes that the thread has already been bound to a worker.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame that is to be initialized.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(void) __cilkrts_enter_frame_fast(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf);
+
+/**
+ * __cilkrts_enter_frame_fast_1 is the same as __cilkrts_enter_frame_1,
+ * except it assumes that the thread has already been bound to a worker.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame that is to be initialized.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(void) __cilkrts_enter_frame_fast_1(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf);
+
+/**
+ * Call leave_frame before leaving a frame, after sync.  This function
+ * returns except in a spawn wrapper where the parent has been stolen.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame that is to be left.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(void) __cilkrts_leave_frame(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf);
+
+/**
+ * Wait for any spawned children of this function to complete before
+ * continuing.  This function will only return when the join counter
+ * has gone to 0.  Other workers will re-enter the scheduling loop to
+ * attempt to steal additional work.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame that is to be synched.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(void) __cilkrts_sync(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf);
+
+/**
+ * Called when an exception is escaping a spawn * wrapper.
+ * The stack frame's except_data field is the C++ runtime
+ * exception object.  If NULL (temporary workaround) the
+ * currently caught exception should be rethrown.  If this
+ * function returns normal exit functions must be called;
+ * undo-detach will have been done.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame for the function that
+ * is raising an exception.
+ */
+CILK_ABI_THROWS(void)
+    __cilkrts_return_exception(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf);
+
+/**
+ * Called to re-raise an exception.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame for the function that
+ * is raising an exception.
+ */
+CILK_ABI_THROWS(void) __cilkrts_rethrow(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf);
+
+/**
+ * Called at the beginning of a spawning function to get the worker
+ * that this function is running on.  This worker will be used to
+ * initialize the __cilkrts_stack_frame.
+ *
+ * @return The __cilkrts_worker that the function is running on.
+ * @return NULL if this thread is not yet bound to a worker.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(__cilkrts_worker_ptr) __cilkrts_get_tls_worker(void);
+
+/**
+ * Similar to __cilkrts_get_tls_worker, but assumes that TLS has been
+ * initialized.
+ *
+ * @return The __cilkrts_worker that the function is running on.
+ * @return NULL if this thread is not yet bound to a worker.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(__cilkrts_worker_ptr) __cilkrts_get_tls_worker_fast(void);
+
+/**
+ * Binds a thread to the runtime by associating a __cilkrts_worker with
+ * it.  Called if __cilkrts_get_tls_worker returns NULL.  This function will
+ * initialize the runtime the first time it is called.
+ *
+ * This function is versioned by the ABI version number.  The runtime
+ * will export all previous versions.  This prevents using an application
+ * built with a newer compiler against an old runtime.
+ *
+ * @return The __cilkrts_worker bound to the thread the function is running
+ * on.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(__cilkrts_worker_ptr) __cilkrts_bind_thread_1(void);
+
+typedef uint32_t cilk32_t;  /**< 32-bit unsigned type for cilk_for loop indicies */
+
+typedef uint64_t cilk64_t;  /**< 64-bit unsigned type for cilk_for loop indicies */
+
+/**
+ * Signature for the lambda function generated for the body of a cilk_for loop
+ * which uses 32-bit indicies
+ */
+typedef void (*__cilk_abi_f32_t)(void *data, cilk32_t low, cilk32_t high);
+
+/**
+ * Signature for the lambda function generated for the body of a cilk_for lop
+ * which uses 64-bit indicies
+ */
+typedef void (*__cilk_abi_f64_t)(void *data, cilk64_t low, cilk64_t high);
+
+/**
+ * @brief cilk_for implementation for 32-bit indexes.
+ *
+ * @param body The lambda function for the body of the cilk_for.  The lambda
+ * function will be called to execute each grain of work.
+ * @param data Data passed by the compiler into the lambda function.  Provides
+ * access to data outside the cilk_for body.
+ * @param count Number of steps in the loop.
+ * @param grain This parameter allows the compiler to pass a value from a
+ * \#pragam(grainsize) statement to allow the user to control the grainsize.  If
+ * there isn't a \#pragma(grainsize) immediately preceeding cilk_for loop, Pass
+ * 0 to specify that the runtime should calculate the grainsize using its own
+ * hueristicts.
+ */
+CILK_ABI_THROWS(void) __cilkrts_cilk_for_32(__cilk_abi_f32_t body,
+                                            void *data,
+                                            cilk32_t count,
+                                            int grain);
+
+/**
+ * @brief cilk_for implementation for 64-bit indexes.
+ *
+ * @copydetails __cilkrts_cilk_for_32
+ */
+CILK_ABI_THROWS(void) __cilkrts_cilk_for_64(__cilk_abi_f64_t body,
+                                            void *data,
+                                            cilk64_t count,
+                                            int grain);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Allocate memory for variable length arrays. If the frame is
+ * sync'd, the memory will be allocated on the stack, otherwise it will
+ * be allocated from the heap.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame for the function allocating the
+ * memory.
+ * @param size The number of bytes requested.
+ * @param distance_from_sp_to_alloca_area ?.
+ * @param align Alignment required.  Always >= minimum stack alignment,
+ * >= ptr_size, and always a power of 2.
+ * @param needs_tag Non-zero if the pointer being returned needs to be
+ * tagged
+ *
+ * @return The address of the memory block allocated.
+ */
+
+CILK_ABI(__cilkrts_void_ptr)
+__cilkrts_stack_alloc(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf,
+                      size_t size,
+                      size_t distance_from_sp_to_alloca_area,
+                      uint32_t align,
+                      uint32_t needs_tag);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Free memory allocated by _cilkrts_stack_alloc() for variable length
+ * arrays.
+ *
+ * @param sf The __cilkrts_stack_frame for the function allocating the
+ * memory.
+ * @param p Pointer to the memory block to be freed.
+ * @param size The number of bytes requested.
+ * @param distance_from_sp_to_alloca_area ?.
+ * @param align Alignment required.  Always >= minimum stack alignment,
+ * >= ptr_size, and always a power of 2.
+ * @param know_from_stack Non-zero if the pointer is known to have been
+ * allocated on the stack and has no tag.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(void)
+__cilkrts_stack_free(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf,
+                     void *p,
+                     size_t size,
+                     size_t distance_from_sp_to_alloca_area,
+                     uint32_t align,
+                     uint32_t known_from_stack);
+
+/**
+ * @brief System-dependent code to save floating point control information
+ * to an ABI 1 or higher @c __cilkrts_stack_frame.  If possible (and necessary)
+ * the code to save the floating point control information should be inlined.
+ *
+ * Note that this function does *not* save the current floating point
+ * registers.  It saves the floating point control words that control
+ * precision and rounding and stuff like that.
+ *
+ * This function will be a noop for architectures that don't have warts
+ * like the floating point control words, or where the information is
+ * already being saved by the setjmp.
+ *
+ * @param sf  @c __cilkrts_stack_frame for the frame we're saving the
+ * floating point control information in.
+ */
+CILK_ABI(void)
+__cilkrts_save_fp_ctrl_state(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf);
+
+__CILKRTS_END_EXTERN_C
+#endif /* include guard */
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/internal/cilk_fake.h b/libcilkrts/include/internal/cilk_fake.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2386dd6bffa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/internal/cilk_fake.h
@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+/* cilk_fake.h                  -*-C++-*-
+ *
+ *************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2011-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @file cilk_fake.h
+ *
+ * @brief Macros to simulate a compiled Cilk program.
+ *
+ * Used carefully, these macros can be used to create a Cilk program with a
+ * non-Cilk compiler by manually inserting the code necessary for interacting
+ * with the Cilk runtime library.  They are not intended to be pretty (you
+ * wouldn't want to write a whole program using these macros), but they are
+ * useful for experiments.  They also work well as an illustration of what the
+ * compiler generates.
+ *
+ * Details of the mechanisms used in these macros are described in
+ * design-notes/CilkPlusABI.docx
+ *
+ * Example 1: fib in C++
+ * ---------------------
+ *
+ *  #include <internal/cilk_fake.h>
+ *  
+ *  int fib(int n)
+ *  {
+ *      CILK_FAKE_PROLOG();
+ *  
+ *      if (n < 2)
+ *          return n;
+ *  
+ *      int a, b;
+ *      CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_R(a, fib(n - 1));
+ *      b = fib(n - 2);
+ *      CILK_FAKE_SYNC();
+ *  
+ *      return a + b;
+ *  }
+ *  
+ *
+ * Example 2: fib in C
+ * -------------------
+ *
+ *  #include <internal/cilk_fake.h>
+ *  
+ *  int fib(int n);
+ *  
+ *  void fib_spawn_helper(__cilkrts_stack_frame* parent_sf, int* a, int n)
+ *  {
+ *      CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_PROLOG(*parent_sf);
+ *      *a = fib(n - 1);
+ *      CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_EPILOG();
+ *  }
+ *  
+ *  int fib(int n)
+ *  {
+ *      CILK_FAKE_PROLOG();
+ *  
+ *      if (n < 2)
+ *          return n;
+ *  
+ *      int a, b;
+ *      CILK_FAKE_CALL_SPAWN_HELPER(fib_spawn_helper(&__cilk_sf, &a, n));
+ *      b = fib(n - 2);
+ *      CILK_FAKE_SYNC();
+ *  
+ *      CILK_FAKE_EPILOG();
+ *      return a + b;
+ *  }
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_CILK_FAKE_DOT_H
+#define INCLUDED_CILK_FAKE_DOT_H
+
+// This header implements ABI version 1.  If __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION is already
+// defined but is less than 1, then the data structures in <internal/abi.h>
+// will not match the expectations of facilities in this header.  Therefore,
+// for successful compilation, __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION must either be not
+// defined, or defined to be 1 or greater.
+#ifndef __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION
+    // ABI version was not specified.  Set it to 1.
+#   define __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION 1
+#elif __CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION < 1
+    // ABI version was specified but was too old.  Fail compilation.
+#   error cilk_fake.h requirs an ABI version of 1 or greater
+#endif
+
+#include <internal/abi.h>
+
+// alloca is defined in malloc.h on Windows, alloca.h on Linux
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else
+#include <malloc.h>
+// Define offsetof
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+// Allows use of a different version that the one defined in abi.h
+#define CILK_FAKE_VERSION_FLAG (__CILKRTS_ABI_VERSION << 24)
+    
+/* Initialize frame. To be called when worker is known */
+__CILKRTS_INLINE void __cilk_fake_enter_frame_fast(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf,
+                                                   __cilkrts_worker      *w)
+{
+    sf->call_parent = w->current_stack_frame;
+    sf->worker      = w;
+    sf->flags       = CILK_FAKE_VERSION_FLAG;
+    w->current_stack_frame = sf;
+}
+
+/* Initialize frame. To be called when worker is not known */
+__CILKRTS_INLINE void __cilk_fake_enter_frame(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf)
+{
+    __cilkrts_worker* w = __cilkrts_get_tls_worker();
+    uint32_t          last_flag = 0;
+    if (! w) {
+        w = __cilkrts_bind_thread_1();
+        last_flag = CILK_FRAME_LAST;
+    }
+    __cilk_fake_enter_frame_fast(sf, w);
+    sf->flags |= last_flag;
+}
+
+/* Initialize frame. To be called within the spawn helper */
+__CILKRTS_INLINE void __cilk_fake_helper_enter_frame(
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *sf,
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *parent_sf)
+{
+    sf->worker      = 0;
+    sf->call_parent = parent_sf;
+}
+
+/* Called from the spawn helper to push the parent continuation on the task
+ * deque so that it can be stolen.
+ */
+__CILKRTS_INLINE void __cilk_fake_detach(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf)
+{
+    /* Initialize spawn helper frame.
+     * call_parent was saved in __cilk_fake_helper_enter_frame */
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *parent = sf->call_parent;
+    __cilkrts_worker *w = parent->worker;
+    __cilk_fake_enter_frame_fast(sf, w);
+
+    /* Append a node to the pedigree */
+    sf->spawn_helper_pedigree = w->pedigree;
+    parent->parent_pedigree = w->pedigree;
+    w->pedigree.rank = 0;
+    w->pedigree.parent = &sf->spawn_helper_pedigree;
+
+    /* Push parent onto the task deque */
+    __cilkrts_stack_frame *volatile *tail = w->tail;
+    *tail++ = sf->call_parent;
+    /* The stores must be separated by a store fence (noop on x86)
+     * or the second store is a release (st8.rel on Itanium)   */
+    w->tail = tail;
+    sf->flags |= CILK_FRAME_DETACHED;
+}
+
+/* This variable is used in CILK_FAKE_FORCE_FRAME_PTR(), below */
+static int __cilk_fake_dummy = 8;
+
+/* The following macro is used to force the compiler into generating a frame
+ * pointer.  We never change the value of __cilk_fake_dummy, so the alloca()
+ * is never called, but we need the 'if' statement and the __cilk_fake_dummy
+ * variable so that the compiler does not attempt to optimize it away.
+ */
+#define CILK_FAKE_FORCE_FRAME_PTR(sf) do {                              \
+    if (__builtin_expect(1 & __cilk_fake_dummy, 0))                     \
+        (sf).worker = (__cilkrts_worker*) alloca(__cilk_fake_dummy);    \
+} while (0)
+
+#ifndef CILK_FAKE_NO_SHRINKWRAP
+    /* "shrink-wrap" optimization enabled.  Do not initialize frame on entry,
+     * except to clear worker pointer.  Instead, defer initialization until
+     * the first spawn.
+     */
+#   define CILK_FAKE_INITIAL_ENTER_FRAME(sf) ((void) ((sf).worker = 0))
+#   define CILK_FAKE_DEFERRED_ENTER_FRAME(sf) do {            \
+        if (! (sf).worker) __cilk_fake_enter_frame(&(sf));    \
+    } while (0)
+#else
+    /* "shrink-wrap" optimization disabled.  Initialize frame immediately on
+     * entry.  Do not initialize frame on spawn.
+     */
+#   define CILK_FAKE_INITIAL_ENTER_FRAME(sf) \
+        __cilk_fake_enter_frame(&(sf))
+#   define CILK_FAKE_DEFERRED_ENTER_FRAME(sf) ((void) &(sf))
+#endif
+
+/* Prologue of a spawning function.  Declares and initializes the stack
+ * frame.
+ */
+#define CILK_FAKE_PROLOG()                                           \
+    __cilk_fake_stack_frame __cilk_sf;                               \
+    CILK_FAKE_FORCE_FRAME_PTR(__cilk_sf);                            \
+    CILK_FAKE_INITIAL_ENTER_FRAME(__cilk_sf)
+
+/* Prologue of a spawning function where the current worker is already known.
+ * Declares and initializes the stack frame without looking up the worker from
+ * TLS.
+ */
+#define CILK_FAKE_PROLOG_FAST(w)                                     \
+    __cilk_fake_stack_frame __cilk_sf;                               \
+    CILK_FAKE_FORCE_FRAME_PTR(__cilk_sf);                            \
+    __cilk_fake_enter_frame_fast(&__cilk_sf, (w))
+
+/* Simulate a cilk_sync */
+#define CILK_FAKE_SYNC() CILK_FAKE_SYNC_IMP(__cilk_sf)
+
+/* Epilog at the end of a spawning function.  Does a sync and calls the
+ * runtime for leaving the frame.
+ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    // Epilogue is run automatically by __cilk_fake_stack_frame destructor.
+#   define CILK_FAKE_EPILOG() ((void) __cilk_sf)
+#else
+#   define CILK_FAKE_EPILOG() CILK_FAKE_CLEANUP_FRAME(__cilk_sf)
+#endif // C
+
+/* Implementation of spawning function epilog.  See CILK_FAKE_EPILOG macro and
+ * __cilk_fake_stack_frame destructor body.
+ */
+#define CILK_FAKE_CLEANUP_FRAME(sf) do {                     \
+    if (! (sf).worker) break;                                \
+    CILK_FAKE_SYNC_IMP(sf);                                  \
+    CILK_FAKE_POP_FRAME(sf);                                 \
+    if ((sf).flags != CILK_FAKE_VERSION_FLAG)                \
+        __cilkrts_leave_frame(&(sf));                        \
+} while (0)
+
+/* Implementation of CILK_FAKE_SYNC with sf argument */
+#define CILK_FAKE_SYNC_IMP(sf) do {                                       \
+    if (__builtin_expect((sf).flags & CILK_FRAME_UNSYNCHED, 0))      {    \
+        (sf).parent_pedigree = (sf).worker->pedigree;                     \
+        CILK_FAKE_SAVE_FP(sf);                                            \
+        if (! CILK_SETJMP((sf).ctx))                                      \
+            __cilkrts_sync(&(sf));                                        \
+    }                                                                     \
+    ++(sf).worker->pedigree.rank;                                         \
+} while (0)
+
+/* Save the floating-point control registers.
+ * The definition of CILK_FAKE_SAVE_FP is compiler specific (and
+ * architecture specific on Windows)
+ */
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#   define MXCSR_OFFSET offsetof(struct __cilkrts_stack_frame, mxcsr)
+#   define FPCSR_OFFSET offsetof(struct __cilkrts_stack_frame, fpcsr)
+#   if defined(_M_IX86)
+/* Windows x86 */
+#       define CILK_FAKE_SAVE_FP(sf) do {                               \
+            __asm                                                       \
+            {                                                           \
+                mov eax, sf                                             \
+                stmxcsr [eax+MXCSR_OFFSET]                              \
+                fnstcw  [eax+FPCSR_OFFSET]                              \
+            }                                                           \
+        } while (0)
+#   elif defined(_M_X64)
+/* Windows Intel64 - Not needed - saved by setjmp call */
+#       define CILK_FAKE_SAVE_FP(sf) ((void) sf)
+#   else
+#       error "Unknown architecture"
+#   endif /* Microsoft architecture specifics */
+#else
+/* Non-Windows */
+#   define CILK_FAKE_SAVE_FP(sf) do {                                   \
+        __asm__ ( "stmxcsr %0\n\t"                                      \
+                  "fnstcw %1" : : "m" ((sf).mxcsr), "m" ((sf).fpcsr));  \
+    } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/* Call the spawn helper as part of a fake spawn */
+#define CILK_FAKE_CALL_SPAWN_HELPER(helper) do {                    \
+    CILK_FAKE_DEFERRED_ENTER_FRAME(__cilk_sf);                      \
+    CILK_FAKE_SAVE_FP(__cilk_sf);                                   \
+    if (__builtin_expect(! CILK_SETJMP(__cilk_sf.ctx), 1)) {        \
+        helper;                                                     \
+    }                                                               \
+} while (0)
+
+/* Body of a spawn helper function.  In addition to the worker and the
+ * expression to spawn, pass it any number of statements to be executed before
+ * detaching.
+ */
+#define CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_BODY(parent_sf, expr, ...)                   \
+    CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_PROLOG(parent_sf);                               \
+    __VA_ARGS__;                                                            \
+    __cilk_fake_detach(&__cilk_sf);                                         \
+    expr;                                                                   \
+    CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_EPILOG()
+
+/* Prolog for a spawn helper function */
+#define CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_PROLOG(parent_sf)                     \
+    __cilk_fake_spawn_helper_stack_frame __cilk_sf;                  \
+    __cilk_fake_helper_enter_frame(&__cilk_sf, &(parent_sf))
+
+/* Implementation of spawn helper epilog.  See CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_EPILOG
+ * and the __cilk_fake_spawn_helper_frame destructor.
+ */
+#define CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_CLEANUP_FRAME(sf) do {                \
+    if (! (sf).worker) break;                                        \
+    CILK_FAKE_POP_FRAME(sf);                                         \
+    __cilkrts_leave_frame(&(sf));                                    \
+} while (0)
+
+/* Epilog to execute at the end of a spawn helper */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    // Epilog handled by __cilk_fake_spawn_helper_stack_frame destructor
+#   define CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_EPILOG() ((void) __cilk_sf)
+#else
+#   define CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_EPILOG() \
+        CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_CLEANUP_FRAME(__cilk_sf)
+#endif
+
+/* Pop the current frame off of the call chain */
+#define CILK_FAKE_POP_FRAME(sf) do {                       \
+    (sf).worker->current_stack_frame = (sf).call_parent;   \
+    (sf).call_parent = 0;                                  \
+} while (0)
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+/* define macros for synching functions before allowing them to propagate. */
+#   define CILK_FAKE_EXCEPT_BEGIN                              \
+    if (0 == CILK_SETJMP(__cilk_sf.except_ctx)) {
+
+#   define CILK_FAKE_EXCEPT_END                                               \
+    } else {                                                                  \
+        assert((__cilk_sf.flags & (CILK_FRAME_UNSYNCHED|CILK_FRAME_EXCEPTING))\
+                == CILK_FRAME_EXCEPTING);                                     \
+        __cilkrts_rethrow(&__cilk_sf);                                        \
+        exit(0);                                                              \
+    }
+#else
+#   define CILK_EXCEPT_BEGIN {
+#   define CILK_EXCEPT_END   }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+// The following definitions depend on C++ features.
+
+// Wrap a functor (probably a lambda), so that a call to it cannot be
+// inlined.
+template <typename F>
+class __cilk_fake_noinline_wrapper
+{
+    F&& m_fn;
+public:
+    __cilk_fake_noinline_wrapper(F&& fn) : m_fn(static_cast<F&&>(fn)) { }
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    __declspec(noinline) void operator()(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf);
+#else
+    void operator()(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf) __attribute__((noinline));
+#endif
+
+};
+
+template <typename F>
+void __cilk_fake_noinline_wrapper<F>::operator()(__cilkrts_stack_frame *sf)
+{
+    m_fn(sf);
+}
+
+template <typename F>
+inline
+__cilk_fake_noinline_wrapper<F> __cilk_fake_make_noinline_wrapper(F&& fn)
+{
+    return __cilk_fake_noinline_wrapper<F>(static_cast<F&&>(fn));
+}
+
+// Simulate "_Cilk_spawn expr", where expr must be a function call.
+//
+// Note: this macro does not correctly construct function arguments.
+// According to the ABI specification, function arguments should be evaluated
+// before the detach and destroyed after the detach.  This macro both
+// evaluates and destroys them after the detach.  This means that if any part
+// of the function argument expression depends on a value that is modified in
+// the continuation of the spawn, race will occur between the continuation and
+// the argument evaluation.
+//
+// To work around this problem, this macro accepts an arbitrary list of
+// declarations and statements (separated by semicolons) that are evaluated
+// before the detach.  Thus, to simulate:
+//
+//    _Cilk_spawn f(expr);
+//
+// one would write:
+//
+//    CILK_FAKE_SPAWN(f(arg), auto arg = expr);
+//
+// Despite appearing in the reverse order, the 'arg' variable is created and
+// initialized before the detach and the call to f(arg) occurs after the
+// detach.
+#define CILK_FAKE_SPAWN(expr, ...)                                  \
+    CILK_FAKE_CALL_SPAWN_HELPER(                                    \
+        CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER(expr, __VA_ARGS__)(&__cilk_sf))
+
+// Simulate "ret = cilk_spawn expr".  See CILK_FAKE_SPAWN for constraints.
+#define CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_R(ret, expr, ...) \
+    CILK_FAKE_SPAWN(((ret) = (expr)), __VA_ARGS__)
+
+// Create a spawn helper as a C++11 lambda function.  In addition to the
+// expression to spawn, this macro takes a any number of statements to be
+// executed before detaching.
+#define CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER(expr, ...)                                     \
+    __cilk_fake_make_noinline_wrapper([&](__cilkrts_stack_frame *parent_sf) { \
+        CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_BODY(*parent_sf, expr, __VA_ARGS__);           \
+    })
+
+// C++ version of a __cilkrts_stack_frame for a spawning function.
+// This struct is identical to __cilkrts_stack_frame except that the
+// destructor automatically does frame cleanup.
+struct __cilk_fake_stack_frame : __cilkrts_stack_frame
+{
+    // Extension of __cilkrts_stack_frame with constructor and destructor
+    __cilk_fake_stack_frame() { }
+    __forceinline ~__cilk_fake_stack_frame() {
+        CILK_FAKE_CLEANUP_FRAME(*this);
+    }
+};
+
+// C++ version of a __cilkrts_stack_frame for a spawn helper.
+// This struct is identical to __cilkrts_stack_frame except that the
+// destructor automatically does frame cleanup.
+struct __cilk_fake_spawn_helper_stack_frame : __cilkrts_stack_frame
+{
+    // Extension of __cilkrts_stack_frame with constructor and destructor
+    __cilk_fake_spawn_helper_stack_frame() { worker = 0; }
+    __forceinline ~__cilk_fake_spawn_helper_stack_frame() {
+        CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_CLEANUP_FRAME(*this);            
+    }
+};
+#else
+// For C, __cilk_fake_stack_frame and __cilk_fake_spawn_helper_stack_frame are
+// identical to __cilkrts_stack_frame.  Frame cleanup must be performed
+// excplicitly (in CILK_FAKE_EPILOG and CILK_FAKE_SPAWN_HELPER_EPILOG)
+typedef __cilkrts_stack_frame __cilk_fake_stack_frame;
+typedef __cilkrts_stack_frame __cilk_fake_spawn_helper_stack_frame;
+#endif
+
+#endif // ! defined(INCLUDED_CILK_FAKE_DOT_H)
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/internal/cilk_version.h b/libcilkrts/include/internal/cilk_version.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f628338f7d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/internal/cilk_version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// cilk_version.h
+//
+//  @copyright
+//  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+//  All rights reserved.
+//  
+//  @copyright
+//  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+//  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+//  are met:
+//  
+//    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+//      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+//      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+//      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+//      distribution.
+//    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+//      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+//      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+//  
+//  @copyright
+//  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+//  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+//  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+//  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+//  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+//  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+//  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+//  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+//  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+//  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+//  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+//  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+// DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE!
+//
+// It was automatically generated by cilkrts/include/internal/Makefile
+
+#define VERSION_MAJOR 2
+#define VERSION_MINOR 0
+#define VERSION_BUILD 3902
+#define VERSION_REV 0
+#define VERSION_STRING "2,0,3902,0"
+#define VERSION_HASH "b4e38f4f7e3e"
+#define VERSION_BRANCH "v14.0"
+#define TBB_REV_NUMBER ""
+#define VERSION_YEAR "2013"
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/internal/metacall.h b/libcilkrts/include/internal/metacall.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..886f49f9f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/internal/metacall.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+// -*- C++ -*-
+
+/*
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Copyright (C) 2009-2013, Intel Corporation
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  
+ *    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *      distribution.
+ *    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+ *      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *  
+ *  @copyright
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ *  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ *  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+ *  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ *  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ *  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ *  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ *  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * metacall.h
+ *
+ * This is an internal header file defining part of the metacall
+ * interface used by Cilkscreen.  It is not a stable API and is
+ * subject to change without notice.
+ */
+
+// Provides the enum of metacall kinds.  This is used by Cilkscreen and the
+// runtime, and will probably be used by any future ptools.
+
+#pragma once
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+enum
+{
+    // Notify Cilkscreen to stop/start instrumenting code
+    HYPER_DISABLE_INSTRUMENTATION = 0,
+    HYPER_ENABLE_INSTRUMENTATION = 1,
+
+    // Write 0 in *(char *)arg if the p-tool is sequential.  The Cilk runtime
+    // system invokes this metacall to know whether to spawn worker threads.
+    HYPER_ZERO_IF_SEQUENTIAL_PTOOL = 2,
+
+    // Write 0 in *(char *)arg if the runtime must force reducers to
+    // call the reduce() method even if no actual stealing occurs.
+    HYPER_ZERO_IF_FORCE_REDUCE = 3,
+
+    // Inform cilkscreen about the current stack pointer.
+    HYPER_ESTABLISH_C_STACK = 4,
+
+    // Inform Cilkscreen about the current worker
+    HYPER_ESTABLISH_WORKER = 5,
+
+    // Tell tools to ignore a block of memory.  Parameter is a 2 element
+    // array: void *block[2] = {_begin, _end};  _end is 1 beyond the end
+    // of the block to be ignored.  Essentially, if p is a pointer to an
+    // array, _begin = &p[0], _end = &p[max]
+    HYPER_IGNORE_MEMORY_BLOCK = 6
+
+    // If you add metacalls here, remember to update BOTH workspan.cpp AND
+    // cilkscreen-common.cpp!
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    unsigned int tool;  // Specifies tool metacall is for
+                        // (eg. system=0, cilkscreen=1, cilkview=2).
+                        // All tools should understand system codes.
+                        // Tools should ignore all other codes, except
+                        // their own.
+
+    unsigned int code;  // Tool-specific code specifies what to do and how to
+                        // interpret data
+
+    void        *data;
+} metacall_data_t;
+
+#define METACALL_TOOL_SYSTEM 0
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/libcilkrts/include/internal/rev.mk b/libcilkrts/include/internal/rev.mk
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f65ad6d57d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libcilkrts/include/internal/rev.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#########################################################################
+#
+#  @copyright
+#  Copyright (C) 2011-2013, Intel Corporation
+#  All rights reserved.
+#  
+#  @copyright
+#  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+#  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+#  are met:
+#  
+#    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+#    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+#      the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+#      distribution.
+#    * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
+#      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+#      from this software without specific prior written permission.
+#  
+#  @copyright
+#  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+#  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+#  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+#  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+#  HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+#  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+#  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+#  OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+#  AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+#  LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+#  WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+#  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+###########################################################################
+
+# DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE!
+#
+# It was automatically generated by cilkrts/include/internal/Makefile
+
+CILK_REVISION = 3902